



b<S^SSS 




Copyright, 1922, by 
THE ELECTRIC POWER CLUB 


AE Rights Reserved. 


* ■ 




f4 *. 

wM 




•• »■ • 

V t* 1 ' > iij, X \ * V.' ■ •’ 3&v ; 


Ml- 


t cMni 


1 ' -'I,'. . - 

.r* i 


• sa <2fp -v 


, 

• r 








HAND BOOK 


OF 

m ELECTRIC 
POWER CLUB 



1017 Olive Street 
SAINT LOUIS, U. S. A. 


PRINTED IN U. S. A. 


A) 


o 


Y'/ 


March, 1922 


















■ 











PREFACE 


The Electric Power Club is an association 
of manufacturers of electric power apparatus 
and control equipment, organized for the stand¬ 
ardization, improved production, and increased 
distribution of electrical machinery and appa¬ 
ratus. 

This Handbook covers substantially all of the 
standardization thus far accomplished by The 
Electric Power Club and its predecessors, The 
American Association of Electric Motor Manu¬ 
facturers, which was organized in 1908. 

Sections and Committees of The Electric 
Power Club are actively engaged in establish¬ 
ing additional standards which will be pub¬ 
lished, as they are approved, in later editions 
of the Handbook. 

Information regarding practices not covered 
herein may be secured by addressing The 
Electric Power Club, 1017 Olive St., St. Louis, 
U. S. A. 


3 


March, 1922 




4 


CONTENTS 


Page 

Officers and Board of Governors. 7 

Member Companies and Their Representatives.. 8 

Corresponding Secretaries . 19 

Standing Committees . 21 

Special Committees . 23 

Working Sections . 24 

Organization and Method of Operation. 29 

Rules of Procedure in Standardization. 33 

Constitution . 37 

By-Laws . 41 

Standardization Foreword . 45 

Nomenclature Standardization . 47 

Commercial Standardization . 63 

Operating Regulations . 67 

Apparatus Application Standards. 71 

Use of 40 deg. and 50 deg. Rated Motors. 73 

General Engineering Recommendations. 75 

Fractional Horsepower D. C. Motor Standards.. 105 
Fractional Horsepower A. C. Motor Standards..Ill 

Large Direct Current Motor Standards.117 

Large Single Phase Motor Standards.129 

Large Polyphase Motor Standards.141 

Direct Current Generator Standards..155 

Alternating Current Generator Standards.165 

Mining Locomotive Standards.169 

Industrial Locomotive Standards.....175 

Buffing and Grinding Motor Standards.181 

Industrial Control Standards.183 

Distribution Transformer Standards.201 

Power Transformer Standards .217 

Power Switchboards .233 

Power Switching Equipment .245 

Recognized Departures from Electric Power Club 

Standards.261 

Index.263 

Addenda .285 


5 


March, 1922 




















































■ 

■ 

* 

a 











THE ELECTRIC POWER CLUB 
1921-1922 


OFFICERS 

R. J. Russell, President C. H. Roth, Vice-President. 
C. H. Roth, Secretary. J. K. Bass, Treasurer. 

S. N. Clarkson, Executive Secretary. 


BOARD OF GOVERNORS 

T. E. Barnum, (Term expires 1923) 

37 12th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 

J. K. Bass, (Term expires 1924) 

634 N. Western Ave., Chicago. 

Jas. Burke, (Term expires 1922) 

Erie, Pa. 

C. L. Collens, 2nd, (Term expires 1923) 
1088 Ivanhoe Road, Cleveland, O. 

A. L. Doremus, (Term expires 1922) 
30 Church Street, New York City. 

E. R. Harding, (Term expires 1922) 

6161 S. State St., Chicago, Ill. 

F. M. Kimball, (Term expires 1924) 

West Lynn, Mass. 

J. F. Lincoln, (Term expires 1924) 

E. 38th and Kelley Ave., Cleveland, O. 

S. L. Nicholson, (Term expires 1924) 
East Pittsburgh, Pa. 

C. H. Roth, (Term expires 1923) 

1410 W. Adams Street, Chicago, Ill. 

R. J. Russell, (Term expires 1923) 

1827 Pine Street, St. Louis, Mo. 

H. F. Stratton, (Term expires 1922) 

2700 E. 79th Street, Cleveland, O 


7 


March, 1922 


MEMBER COMPANIES AND THEIR 
REPRESENTATIVES 

1921-1922 


Allen-Bradley Co., 

495-7 Clinton St., Milwaukee, Wis. 

Harry L. Bradley. Executive Representative 


Allis-Chalmers Mfg. Co., 

Milwaukee, Wis. 

J. R. Jeffrey. Executive Representative 

L. C. Nichols. Executive Representative 

R. O. Gooding (East Norwood, 

Ohio) . Associate Representative 

American Transformer Co., 

178 Emmet St., Newark, N. J. 

W. F. Hubley. Executive Representative 

'T. L. Scherir.erhorn. Associate Representative 

Automatic Switch Co., 

154 Grand St., New York, N. Y. 

David H. Darrin.;. Executive Representative 


Bell Electric Motor Co., 

Garwood, N. J. 

Alonzo C. Bell. Executive Representative 

Bodine Electric Company, 

2254 W. Ohio St., Chicago, Ill. 

Carl D. Bodine. Executive Representative 

Burke Electric Co., 

Erie, Pa. 

James Burke. Executive Representative 

Geo. H. Winkler, Jr. Executive Representative 

Gustave Faure . Associate Representative 

Chas. H. Schum. Associate Representative 

L. L. Myers... Associate Representative 

Illuminating Bldg., Cleveland, O.) 

L. B. Ritchie... Associate Representative 

(513 Hudson Terminal Bldg., New York) 

March, 1922 


8 


















Century Electric Co., 

1827 Pine St., St. Louis, Mo. 

R* J Russell... Executive Representative 

J. L. Hamilton. Associate Representative 

J. L. Woodress. Associate Representative 

Chandeysson Electric Co., 

4092 Bingham Ave., St. Louis, Mo. 

P. I. Chandeysson . Executive Representative 

Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co., 

6 E. 44th St., New York, N. Y. 

C. B. Coates. Executive Representative 

The Cincinnati Electrical Tool Co., 

1501 Freeman Ave., Cincinnati, O. 

Joseph Wolf . Executive Representative 

J. Albert Goldman. Associate Representative 

Jas. Clark Jr., Electric Co., 

640 E. Bergman St., Louisville, Ky. 

Jas. Clark, Jr. Executive Representative 

C. B. Bennet. Associate Representative 

The Cleveland Electric Motor Co., 

5518 Euclid Ave., Cleveland, O. 

L. P. Orr. Executive Representative 

Condit Electrical Mfg. Co., 

838 Summer St., Boston, Mass. 

S. B. Condit, Jr. Executive Representative 

G. A. Burnham. Associate Representative 

Crocker-Wheeler Co., 

Ampere, N. J. 

A. L. Doremus (30 Church 

St., New York). Executive Representative 

Edmund Lang . Executive Representative 

B. D. Christian. Associate Representative 

The Cutler-Hammer Mfg. Co., 

37 12th St., Milwaukee, Wis. 

T. E. Barnum. Executive Representative 

W. C. Stevens. Associate Representative 

G. S. Crane. Associate Representative 


9 


March, 1922 




















The Dayton Fan & Motor Co., 
Monument and Meigs Sts., 

Dayton, O. 

Ernest Boehme . Executive Representative 

Diehl Mfg. Co., 

Elizabethport, N. J. 

Hjalmar Hertz. Executive Representative 

H. L. Zabriskie. Associate Representative 

The Domestic Electric Co., 

1125 Oregon Ave., Cleveland, O. 

Carl A. Duffner. Executive Representative 

M. H. Spielman. Executive Representative 

J. E. Gregory. Associate Representative 

A. N. Kellogg. Associate Representative 

Duncan Electric Mfg. Co., 

3rd & Mechanic Sts., LaFayette, Ind. 

Thomas Duncan. Executive Representative 

Frederick Holmes. Executive Representative 

Eck Dynamo & Motor Co., 

Belleville, N. J. 

W. J. Wallace. Executive Representative 

Edison Storage Battery Co., 

Valley Road & Lakeside Ave., Orange, N. J. 

F. R. Blair. Executive Representative 

R. P. Sanborn. Associate Representative 

F. D. Fagan. Associate Representative 

Electrical Development & Machine Co., 
221-227 N. 23rd St., 

Philadelphia, Pa. 

H. B. Austin. Executive Representative 

The Electric Controller & Mfg. Co., 

2700 E. 79th St., Cleveland, O. 

H. F. Stratton. Executive Representative 

A. J. Porskievies. Associate Representative 

The Electric Products Co., 

1067 E. 152nd St., Cleveland, O. 

M. R. Berry. Executive Representative 

Electric Service Supplies Co., 

17th & Cambria Sts., 

Philadelphia, Pa. 

J. R. McFarlin. Executive Representative 

10 March, 1922 




















The Electric Storage Battery Co., 

19th & Allegheny Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 

Bruce Ford . Executive Representative 

W. Van C. Brandt. Associate Representative 

Electro Dynamic Co., 

Bayonne, N. J. 

C. A. Mudge. Executive Representative 

H. A. Brown. Associate Representative 

Edward Heitman . Associate Representative 

Electro Magnetic Tool Co., 

19th and 52nd Ave., Cicero, Ill. 

James S. Knowlson. Executive Representative 

Geo. L. Newcomb. Associate Representative 

General Electric Co., 

Schenectady, N. Y. 

A. R. Bush. Executive Representative 

F. S. Hunting (Fort Wayne, Ind.) 

. Executive Representative 

F. M. Kimball (West Lynn, Mass.) 

. Executive Representative 

A. H. Moore. Executive Representative 

L. F. Adams. Associate Representative 

N. Currie, Jr. (Pittsfield, Mass.) 

. Associate Representative 

H. H. Dewey. Associate Representative 

W. S. Goll (Ft. Wayne, Ind.) Associate Representative 
F. W. Hall (527 W. 34th St., 

New York, N. Y.). Associate Representative 

W. W. Miller..,. Associate Representative 

L. T. Robinson. Associate Representative 

J. T. Stockdale. Associate Representative 

L. S. Thurston. Associate Representative 

M. O. Troy (Pittsfield, Mass) .Associate Representative 
L. E. Underwood (West Lynn, Mass.) 

.. Associate Representative 

J W. Upp. Associate Representative 

F. G. Vaughen. Associate Representative 

W. P. White (Pittsfield, Mass.) 

. Associate Representative 

W. C. Yates. Associate Representative 

E. A. Adler. Assisting Legal Committee 


n 


March, 1922 


























The Glow Electric Co., 

219 Walnut St., 

Cincinnati, O. 

A. Glowicki . Executive Representative 

Goodman Manufacturing Co., 

4834 So. Halsted St., Chicago, Ill. 

Chas. A. Pratt. Executive Representative 

Chas. H. Strawbridge. Executive Representative 

A. B. Benedict. Associate Representative 

Gould Storage Battery Co., 

30 E. 42nd St., New York, N. Y. 

R. N. Chamberlain. Executive Representative 

M. E. Pipkin. Associate Representative 

The Hisey-Wolf Machine Co., 

Colerain and Marshall Ave., Cincinnati, O. 

Walter J. Friedlander. Executive Representative 

Ritz . Associate Representative 

The Holtzer-Cabot Electric Co., 

125 Amory St., Roxbury (Boston 19), Mass. 

E. R. Harding (6161 S. State St., 

Chicago, Ill.). Executive Representative 

W. E. Haseltine. Executive Representative 

W. S. Kemp. Executive Representative 

C. L. Kennedy. Associate Representative 

Matthew Porosky . Associate Representative 

E. M. Tormin. Associate Representative 

Howell Electric Motors Co., 

Howell, Mich. 

C. F. Norton. Executive Representative 

W. M. Spencer..... Executive Representative 

Prof. Benj. F. Bailey. 4 . .Associate Representative 

Care Electrical Dept., University of Michigan, Ann Ar¬ 
bor, Mich. 

The Ideal Electric and Manufacturing Co., 
Mansfield, Ohio. 

S Glen Vinson. Executive Representative 

The Imperial Electric Co., 

Akron, Ohio. 

John Hearty. Executive Representative 

ta Associate Representative 

J. A. W. Seifert. Associate Representative 


12 


March, 1922 























Industrial Controller Company, 
Milwaukee, Wis. 

F. W. Magin.. Executive Representative 

H. L. Van Valkenburg. Associate Representative 

The Ironton Engine Co., 

6th & Ashtabula Sts., Ironton, O. 

Allfree. Executive Representative 

W D v ton . Executive Representative 

W. K. Youmans. Associate Representative 

Jantz & Leist Electric Co., 

Western Ave. and York St., 

Cincinnati, O. 

O- W. Jantz. Executive Representative 

The Jeffrey Manufacturing Co., 

First Ave., Columbus, Onio. 

Sanford B. Belden... Executive Representative 

M. D. Jeffrey. Executive Representative 

Robert H. Jeffrey. Executive Representative 

J. H. Flory. Associate Representative 

Kimble Electric Co., 

634 No. Western Ave., Chicago, Ill. 

Jas. K. Bass. Executive Representative 

Kuhlman Electric Co., 

1000-8 26th St., Bay City, Mich. 

J. A. Johnson. Executive Representative 

The Lincoln Electric Co., 

E. 38th and Kelley Ave., Cleveland, Ohio. 

J. F. Lincoln. Executive Representative 

J. C. Lincoln. Associate Representative 

Louisville Electric Manufacturing Co., 

31st and Magazine Sts., Louisville, Ky. 

Chas. E. Willey. Executive Representative 

Marble-Card Electric Co., 

Superior Ave., Gladstone, Mich. 

John F. Card.. Executive Representative 

March, 1922 


13 


















The Mechanical Appliance Co., 

133 Stewart St., Milwaukee, Wis. 

Louis Allis . Executive Representative 

J. M. Barr. Executive Representative 

E. P. Allis. Associate Representative 

O. F. Pihl.'.. .Associate Representative 

H. L. Smith. Associate Representative 

Moloney Electric Co., _ 

7th and Hickory Sts., St. Louis, Mo. 

T. O. Moloney. Executive Representative 

J. J. Mullen. Executive Representative 

Monitor Controller Co., • 

500-516 E. Lombard St., Baltimore, Md. 

Chas. R. Durling. Executive Representative 

Geo. H. Whittingham. Associate Representative 

Morgan-Gardner Electric Co., 

2640 Shields Ave., 

Chicago, Ill. 

John L. Connors. Executive Representative 

The Neil & Smith Electric Tool Co., 

813 Broadway, Cincinnati, O. 

John W. Neil. Executive Representative 

Northwestern Mfg. Co., 

Clinton and Madison Sts., Milwaukee, Wis. 

Wm. Stark Smith. Executive Representative 

Frederick W. Ells. Associate Representative 

The Ohio Electric & Controller Co., 

5900 Maurice Ave., 

Cleveland, O. 

A. D. Walter. Executive Representative 

F. W. Jessop... Associate Representative 

Clement Whittier . Associate Representative 

Otis Elevator Co., 

11th Ave. and 26th St., New York City. 

R. W. Gardner.. Executive Representative 

R. H. Goodwillie, Yonkers, N.Y., Assoc. Representative 
A. Marks . Associate Representative 

The Packard Electric Co., 

Warren, Ohio. 

N. A. Wolcott. Executive Representative 

W. F. Parker. Associate Representative 

March, 1922 


14 






















The Peerless Electric Co., 

Warren, Ohio 

W. C. Ward. Executive Representative 

Philadelphia Storage Battery Co., 

Ontario & “C” Sts., Philadelphia, Pa. 

R. L. Heberling. Executive Representative 

W. E. Holland. Associate Representative 

Pittsburgh Transformer Co., 

Pittsburgh, Pa. 

R. V. Bingay. Executive Representative 

S. McN. Johnston. Executive Representative 

Railway and Industrial Eng. Co., 
Greensburg, Pa. 

H. H. Rudd. Executive Representative 

Reliance Elec. & Eng. Co., 

1088 Ivanhoe Rd., Cleveland, Ohio. 

C. L. Collens, 2d. Executive Representative 

A. M. MacCutcheon. Associate Representative 

Reynolds Electric Co., 

422 S. Talman Ave., Chicago, Ill. 

Wm. L. Laib. Executive Representative 

C. E. L. Dapprich. Associate Representative 

Ridgway Dynamo & Engine Co., 

Ridgway, Pa. 

A. B. Owen. Executive Representative 

H. A. Otterson. Associate Representative 

The Robbins & Myfers Co., 

Springfield, Ohio. 

Wm. W. Mumma. Executive Representative 

Wilbur J, Myers. Executive Representative 

Warren A. Myers. Associate Representative 

Eugene Newnham. Associate Representative 

Harve R. Stuart. Associate Representative 

Rochester Electric Products Corp., 

640 Driving Park Ave., Rochester, N. Y. 

£dw. F. Davison.......- .Executive Representative 


15 




















Roth Bros. & Co., 

1400 W. Adams St., Chicago, Ill. 

C. H. Roth... Executive Representative 

Harry N. Gilbert. Associate Representative 

Sangamo Electric Co., 

Springfield, Ill. 

R. C. Lanphier. Executive Representative 

B. F. Sturtevant Co., 

Damon St., Hyde Park, Boston, Mass. 

E. B. Freeman. Executive Representative 

C. O. Bergstrom. Associate Representative 

H. W. Page. Associate Representative 


The Temco Electric Motor Co., 

10th and Sugar Sts., Leipsic, O. 

J. E. Werner. Executive Representative 

O. P. Edwards. Executive Representative 

W. H. Parker. Associate Representative 

The Triumph Electric Co., 

(Oakley) Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Jas. C. Hobart. Executive Representative 

Justin Lebovici . Associate Representative 

C. E. Winchell. Associate Representative 

Union Electric Mfg. Co., 

110-120 Reed St., Milwaukee, Wis. 

Eugene F. LeNoir. Executive Representative 

U. S. Electrical Manufacturing Co., 

3rd & Central Ave., Los Angeles, Cal. 

Carl E. Johnson. Executive Representative 


The United States Electrical Tool Co., 
2490 W. 6th St., Cincinnati, O. 


J. A. Smith.. 
G. H. Feltes 
G. E. Smith. 


Executive Representative 
Associate Representative 
.Associate Representative 


The Van Dorn Electric Tool Co., 
2978 Woodhill Road, Cleveland, O. 


Franklin Schneider 

F. W. Sinram. 

B. W. Sweet. 

F. U. Zukutff. 


Executive Representative 
Executive Representative 
.Associate Representative 
.Associate Representative 


16 


March, 1922 























Wagner Electric Mfg. Co., 

6400 Plymouth Ave., St. Louis, Mo. 

W. A. Layman. Executive Representative 

A. H. Timmerman. Executive Representative 

E. H. Cheney (918 S. Michigan 

Ave., Chicago) . Associate Representative 

T. T. Richards. Associate Representative 

G. A. Waters. Associate Representative 

John Mustard (1632 Sansom 

St., Philadelphia, Pa.)_ Associate Representative 


Ward Leonard Electric Co., 

Mount Vernon, N. Y. 

Alfred E. Waller... Executive Representative 

D. J. Burns. Executive Representative 


Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co., 

East Pittsburgh, Pa. 

J. M. Curtin. Executive Representative 

S. L. Nicholson. Executive Representative 

Chas. Robbins. Executive Representative 

A. P. Bender. Associate Representative 

G. H. Garcelon. Associate Representative 

J. M. Hippie. Associate Representative 

E. A. Hitchner. Associate Representative 

J. J. Jackson. Associate Representative 

H. D. James. Associate Representative 

C. W. Kincaid. Associate Representative 

B. Lester. Associate Representative 

C. F. Lloyd. Associate Representative 

R. A. McCarty. Associate Representative 

W. M. McConahey. Associate Representative 

R. W. E. Moore. Associate Representative 

T. J. Pace. Associate Representative 

G. A. Sawin.. Associate Representative 


A. L. Schieber 
O. F. Stroman. 

Dean Harvey . 

F. E. Craig_ 

W. B. Everest 

. Assisting Freight 


Associate Representative 
Associate Representative 
Associate Representative 
Assisting Cost Accounting Committee 


Classifications Committee 


Zobell Electric Motor Corp., 
South Ave., 
Garwood, N. J. 


F. G. Bell. Executive Representative 

E. G, Pgrvin . Associate Representative 


17 


March, 1 942 



































18 


CORRESPONDING SECRETARIES OF 
MEMBER COMPANIES. 


Allen-Bradley Co. 
Allis-Chalmers Mfg. Co. 
American Transformer Co. 
Automatic Switch Co. 

Bell Electric Motor Co. 

Bodine Electric Co. 

Burke Electric Co. 

Century Electric Co. 
Chandeysson Electric Co. 
Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co. 
Cincinati Electrical Tool Co. 
Jas. Clark Jr. Electric Co. 
Cleveland Electric Motor Co 
Condit Electrical Mfg. Co. 
Crocker-Wheeler Co. 
Cutler-Hammer Mfg. Co. 
Dayton Fan & Motor Co. 
Diehl Mfg. Co. 

Domestic Electric Co. 
Duncan Electric Mfg. Co. 

Eck Dynamo & Motor Co. 
Edison Storage Battery Co. 
Electrical Development & 
Machine Co. 

Electric Controller & Mfg. Co 
Electric Products Co. 

Electric Service Supplies Co. 
Electric Storage Battery Co. 
Electro-Dynamic Co. 

Electro Magnetic Tool Co. 
General Electric Co. 

Glow Electrical Co. 

Goodman Mfg. Co. 

Gould Storage Battery Co. 
Hisey Wolf Machine Co. 


Holtzer-Cabot Elec. Co. 


R. Fishback 
L. C. Nichols 
MissN. J. Rosencrans 
David H. Darrin 
Thaddeus R. Bell 
C. D. Bodine 
Chas. H. Schum 
R. J. Russell 
W. C. Forder 
C. B. Coates 
J. Albert Goldman 
Jas. Clark, Jr. 

Miss Elsa W. Haaks 
J. F. Taylor 
A. L. Doremus 
T. E. Barnum 
W. H. Thompson 
H. L. Zabriskie 

J. E. Gregory 
Frederick Holmes 
W. J. Wallace 

R. P. Sanborn 

E. O. Geiler 
H. F. Stratton 
T. Williams 

K. L. Kirk 

W. Van C. Brandt 
J. Farber 
Geo. L. Newcomb 
W. C. Yates 
A. Glowicki 
A. B. Benedict 
M. E. Tipkin 
E. Ritz 

{ E. R. Harding 
(Chicago) 

W. E. Haseltine 
(Boston) 


19 


March, 1922 


Howell Electric Motors Co. 
Ideal Elect. & Mfg. Co. 
Imperial Electric Co. 

Industrial Controller Co. 
Ironton Engine Co 
Jantz & Leist Electric Co. 
Jeffery Mfg. Co. 

Kimble Electric Co. 

Kuhlman Electric Co. 

Lincoln Electric Co. 

Louisville Electric Mfg. Co. 
Marble-Card Electric Co. 
Mechanical Appliance Co. 
Moloney Electric Co. 

Monitor Controller Co. 
Morgan-Gardner Electric Co. 
Neil & Smith Electric Tool 
Company 

Northwestern Mfg. Co. 

Ohio Electric & Controller Co. 
Otis Elevator Co. 

Packard Electric Co. 

Peerless Electric Co. 
Philadelphia Storage Battery Co 
Pittsburgh Transformer Co. 
Railway & Industrial Eng. Co. 
Reliance Elec. & Eng. Co. 
Reynolds Electric Co. 

Ridgway Dynamo & Eng. Co. 
Robbins & Myers Co. 

Rochester Electric Products Corp 
Roth Bros. & Co. 

Sangamo Electric Co. 

B. F. Sturtevant Co. 

Temco Electric Motor Co. 
Triumph Electric Co. 

Union Electric Mfg. Co. 

U. S. Electrical Mfg. Co. 

United States Electrical 
Tool Co. 

Van Dorn Electric Tool Co. 
Wagner Electric Mfg. Co. 

Ward Leonard Elec. Co. 
Westinghouse Elec. & Mfg. Co. 
Zobell Electric Motor Corp. 

20 


W. M. Spencer 
O. H. McDaniel 
Guy S. Wortley 
F. W. Magin 
John E. Peters 
O. W. Jantz 
J. H. Flory 
Jas. K. Bass 
J. A. Johnson 
J. C. Lincoln 
Chas. E. Willey 
J. F. Card 
H. L. Smith 
T. O. Moloney 
E. A. Ahrling 
E. K. Bowers 

John W. Neil 
Frederick W. Ells 
A. D. Walter 
R. W. Gardner 
W. F. Parker 
W. C. Ward 
. E. S. Peyton 

E. G. Harrington 
H. H. Rudd 

C. L. Collens, 2d 
Wm. L. Laib 
A. B. Owen 
H. R. Stuart 
. Edw. F. Davison 
Harry N. Gilbert 
Maj. M. B. Southwick 
C. O. Bergstrom 
J. E. Werner 
Justin Lebovici 
Miss Vera Strong 
Carl E. Johnson 

C. D. Hogan 

F. H. Zulauf 

Miss M. L. Lav/lor 
Alfred E. Waller 
J. M. Curtin 
F. G. Bell 

March, 1922 


STANDING COMMITTEES. 
1921-1922 


Membership Committee, (a) 

A. L. Doremus, Chairman 
One member from each Section. 

W. C. Ward (M. & G.) L.*C. Nichols (P. Swb.) 

C. H. Strawbridge (M. & I. L.) W. F. Parker (T) 
Jos. Wolf (P. E. T.) (I. C.) 

(E. M. L.) R. N. Chamberlain (S. B.) 
Entertainment Committee, (a) 

F. W. Magin, Chairman 
W. Stark Smith 

W. C. Yates S. G. Vinson J. K. Bass 

Technical Standardization Committee, (a) 

A. M. MacCutcheon, Chairman 
A. H. Moore J. M. Hippie 

And one member from each Section. 

J. M. Barr (M. & G.) S. B. Condit (P. Swb.) 

W. W. Miller (M. & I. L.) W. P. White (T.) 

C. B. Coates (P. E. T.) T. E. Barnum (I. C.) 

(E. M. I.) Bruce Ford (S. B.) 

Legal Committee, (a) 

J. C. Hobart, Chairman 
J. J. Jackson 


Publicity Committee, (a) 

H. A. Brown, Chairman 

Frank H. Gale, Assisting. J. C. McQuiston, Assisting. 
Commercial Standardization Committee, (a) 

E. R. Harding, Chairman 
H. A. Brown, Vice-Chairman 
S. L. Nicholson W. G. Ward F. M. Kimball 


Labor Committee, (a) 

F. S. Hunting, Chairman 

J. C. Hobart S. D. Black 

J. M. Barr Edmund Lang 

Safety Standardization Committee (a) 

A. H. Moore, Chairman 

J. M. Curtin . J. F. Lincoln 

One member from each Section. 

L. F. Adams (M. & G.) J. W. Upp (P. Swb.) 

W. W. Miller (M. & I. L.) M. O. Troy (T) 

J. S. Knowlson (P. E. T.) H. D. James (I. C.) 

(E. M. I.) (S. B.) 


21 


March, 1922 



Fire Code Committee. ( b ) 

R. W. E. Moore, Chairman 

A. H. Moore T. E. Barnum J. S. Knowlson 

J. F. Lincoln J. L. Woodress 

Finance and Budget Committee, (a) 

H. F* Stratton, Chairman 

E. R. Harding F. M. Kimball 


SUB-COMMITTEES 


General Engineering Recommendations 
Committee, (b) 

Prof. Benj. F. Bailey, Chairman 
One member from each Section. 


F. W. Ells (M. & G.) 

W. W. Miller (M. & I. L.) 
B. W. Sweet (P. E. T.) 

(E M. I.) 


T. J. Pace (P. Swb.) 

W. P. White (T.) 
W. C. Yates (I. C.) 
W. E. Holland (S. B.) 


Nomenclature Committee, (b) 
F. M. Kimball, Chairman 
W. E. Haseltine 


Committee References: 

(a) These committees report to the Board of 
Governors. 

(b) These committees report to the Standardiza¬ 
tion Committee. 


22 


March, 1922 



SPECIAL COMMITTEES 
1921-1922 


Foreign Trade Committee (o) 

C. L. Collens, 2nd, Chairman 
W. D. Baldwin E. R.. Ellis 

A. L. Doremus J. F. Lincoln 

R. J. Russell 

Delegate to Power Sales Bureau of Commercial 
Section of N. E. L. A. (a) 

A. L. Doremus 

Cost Accounting Committee, (a) 

H. F. Stratton, Chairman 

F. E. Craig H. F. Vogt 

W. S. Kemp C. C. Miner 

Revision of Rules of Procedure Committee (a) (c) 

C. L. Collens, 2nd, Chairman 
J. M. Hippie A. H. Moore 

C. H. Roth A. H. Timmerman 

Manufacturers* Council Delegates (a) 

Entire Board of Governors. 

The Electric Safety Conference Delegates (a) 

President of Club (R. J. Russell) 

Alternate, A. L. Doremus 
Chairman, Safety Standardization Committee 
(A. H. Moore) 

Alternate, C. A. Mudge 


Committee References: 

(a) These committees report to the Board of 
Governors. 

(b) These committees report to the Standardization 
Committee. 

(c) Created temporarily to do special work. 


23 


March. 1922 




SECTIONS 


6000 —Motor & Generator Section 

A. H. Timmerman, Chairman 
6400 Plymouth Ave., St. Louis, Mo. 

Committees 

Large Power Motor Committee, J. M. Hippie, Chairman 


Fractional Horse Power Motor Committee, 
W. C. Ward, Chairman 


A. C. & D. C. Generator Committee, 
J. T. Stockdale, Chairman 

Members 


Allis Chalmers Mfg. Co. 
Bell Electric Motor Co. 
Bodine Electric Co. 

Burke Electric Co. 
Century Electric Co. 
Chandeysson Electric Co. 
Jas. Clark, Jr., Electric Co. 
Cleveland Electric Motor 
Co. 

Crocker Wheeler Co. 
Dayton Fan & Motor Co. 
Diehl Mfg. Co. 

Domestic Electric Co. 

Eck Dynamo & Motor Co. 
Electric Controller & 
Mfg. Co. 

Electric Products Co. 
Electro Dynamic Co. 
General Electric Co. 
Holtzer Cabot Electric Co. 
Howell Electric Motors 
Co. 

Ideal Elec. & Mfg. Co. 
Imperial Electric Co. 

Jantz & Leist Elec. Co. 
Kimble Electric Co. 
Lincoln Electric Co. 


Louisville Electric Manu¬ 
facturing Co. 

Mechanical Appliance Co. 
Marble Card Electric Co. 
Northwestern Mfg. Co. 
Ohio Elec. & Controller Co. 
Otis Elevator Co. 

Peerless Electric Co. 
Reliance Electric & Engi¬ 
neering Co. 

Reynolds Electric Co. 
Ridgway Dynamo & En¬ 
gine Co. 

Robbins & Myers Co. 
Rochester Electric Prod¬ 
ucts Corp. 

Roth Bros. & Co. 

B. F. Sturtevant Co. 
Triumph Electric Co. 

U. S. Electrical Mfg. Co. 
Wagner Electric Mfg. Co. 
Westinghouse Electric & 
Mfg. Co. 

Zobell Elec. Motor Corp. 

24 March, 1922 





7000—Electric Tool Section 

Franklin Schneider, Chairman 
Care Van Dorn Elec. Tool Co., 
2978 Woodh'll Rd., Cleveland, O. 

Members 

Bodine Electric Co. 

Burke Electric Co. 

Chicago Pneumatic Tool 
Co. 

Cincinnati Electrical Tool 
Co. 

Jas. Clark, Jr., Elect. Co. 

Electro-Magnetic Tool Co. 

Glow Elec. Co. 


Hisey Wolf Machine Co. 

Louisville Electric Manu¬ 
facturing Co. 

Neil & Smith Electric Tool 
Co. 

Roth Bros. & Co. 

Temco Electric Motor Co. 

The United States Elec¬ 
trical Tool Co. 

Van Dorn Electric Tool 
Co. 


7800—Mining and Industrial Locomotive Section 

C. H. Strawbridge, Chairman 
Care Goodman Mfg. Co., 4834 S. Halsted St., 
Chicago, Ill. 

Members 

Goodman Mfg. Co. Jeffrey Mfg. Co. 

General Electric Co. Morgan-Gardner Elec. Co. 

Ironton Engine Co. Westinghouse Electric & 

Mfg. Co. 


8000—Industrial Control Section 

H. D. James, Chairman 
Care Westinghouse Elect. & Mfg. Co., 
E. Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Members 


Allen Bradley Co. 
Automatic Switch Co. 
Condit Electrical Mfg. Co. 
Crocker Wheeler Co. 
Cutler Hammer Mfg. Co. 
Electric Controller & Mfg. 
Co. 

General Electric Co. 
Industrial Controller Co. 


Monitor Controller Co. 
Otis Elevator Co. 

Union Electric Mfg. Co. 
Wagner Electric Mfg. Co. 
Ward Leonard Electric 
Co. 

Westinghouse Electric & 
Mfg. Co. 


25 


March, 192 2 


9000—Transformer Section 


M. O. Troy, Chairman 
Care General Electric Co., Pittsfield, Mass. 


Members 


Allis Chalmers Mfg. Co. 
American Transformer 
Co. 

Burke Electric Co. 
Duncan Electric Mfg. Co. 
General Electric Co. 
Kuhlman Electric Co. 


Maloney Electric Co. 
Packard Electric Co. 
Pittsburgh Transformer 
Co. 

Wagner Electric Mfg. Co. 
Westinghouse Electric & 
Mfg. Co. 


10,000—Power Switchboard & Switching Equipment 
Section 

J. W. Upp, Chairman 

Care General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y. 
Committees 

Power Switchboard Committee, Chairman 

Oil Circuit Breaker Committee, Chairman 


Disconnecting Switch and Bus Bar Support 
Committee 

Chairman 


Members 

Allis Chalmers Mfg. Co. General Electric Co. 
Condit Electric Mfg. Co. Railway & Industrial En- 
Electric Service Supplies Co. gineering Co. 

Electrical Development & Westinghouse Electric & 
Mach. Co. Mfg. Co. 


12,000—Electric Measuring Instrument Section 

(excluding integrating meters ) 

Chairman 


Members 


General Electric Co. 
Moloney Electric Co. 
Packard Electric Co. 
Pittsburgh Transformer 


Sangamo Electric Co. 
Westinghouse Electric & 
Mfg. Co. 


26 


March, 1922 





Storage Battery Section 

Bruce Ford, Chairman 
Care Electric Storage Battery Co., 
19th and Allegheny Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 


Members 

Electric Storage Battery Gould Storage Battery 


Co. 


Co. 


Edison Storage Eattery 
Co. 


Philadelphia Storage Bat¬ 
tery Co. 


Electric Welding Section. 

Electric Furnace Section. 

Turbo Driven Apparatus Section. 


27 


March, 1922 



28 


ORGANIZATION AND METHOD 
OF OPERATION 


1. Board of Governors. 

The Board of Governors is elected by the club as 
prescribed in the Constitution and acts as a reference 
body, co-ordinating, suggesting, limiting and guiding 
the policies of the several standing and special com¬ 
mittees, of the section chairmen and of the working 
sections. 

2. Standing Committees. 

Standing committees are appointed by the presi¬ 
dent, subject to the approval of the Board of Gov¬ 
ernors. Their duties call for initiative rather than 
participation in the minutae of development. They 
should co-ordinate, suggest, outline, and distribute 
the work to the section committees working under 
them, in their respective provinces. They report to 
the Board of Governors, and receive their general 
instructions from them. They receive all com¬ 
munications and suggestions of work to be per¬ 
formed, which fall within their respective provinces, 
and assign the work to the respective section com¬ 
mittees for development and consummation. All 
reports of standing committees are subject to 
approval by the Board of Governors before submis¬ 
sion to a meeting of the club. 

3. Section Committees. 

Section committees are appointed by each section 
chairman, subject to the approval of the Board of 
Governors, to develop and formulate such detailed 
rules, standards, recommendations or policies relat¬ 
ing to the products or business of the manufacturers 
constituting the group as falls within their respective 
provinces. In each phase of their work they report 
to the proper standing committee having general 
supervision of that particular class of activity. Sec¬ 
tion committees receive the subjects to be investi¬ 
gated from the section chairman or from the stand¬ 
ing committees under which they work. The sec¬ 
tion committees, however, should recognize the 
need of initiative and should originate work in their 


29 


March, 1922 


respective departments, which is thought to be essen¬ 
tial or desirable. All rules, standards, practices or 
policies recommended by a section committee shall 
be developed within the membership of the working 
section and presented to the club for action in 
accordance with the rules of procedure specified 
under Method of Work. 

4. Section Chairmen. 

A section chairman is elected by each working 
section as prescribed in the Constitution. He calls 
and presides at all meetings of his section, receives 
communications from the members of his section 
for action by the section committees or Board of 
Governors, co-ordinates the work of all section 
committees representing his section, and in general 
promotes the interests of the manufacturers whom 
he represents in their activities and relationships 
both within and without the club. He should de¬ 
velop cordial relations with all manufacturers of the 
particular class or classes of product embraced 
within his group, whether they are members of the 
club or otherwise, and should see that the interests 
of non-members are properly taken into account in 
all group activities. He shall furnish a list of non¬ 
member companies to the Board of Governors and 
shall co-operate with the Membership Committee in 
securing members. 


5. Working Sections. 

The membership of the club is divided into work¬ 
ing sections (see pages 24-28), each section embracing 
all member companies who manufacture a particular 
class or classes of product. Under the direction of the 
Section Committees, detailed rules, standards, prac¬ 
tices, etc., are developed within each working section. 
This may be done either by questionnaire, letter can¬ 
vass, or by meetings of the working section. These 
meetings, as specified by the section chairman, may 
be either executive or general. Working Sections in 
all their activities are guided by policies prescribed by 
the Board of Governors. 


30 


March, 1922 


6. Special Committees. 

These committees investigate the special subject 
or work referred to them, and report thereon to the 
Standing Committee, officer, or Board of Governors, 
as the case may be, designated by the resolution 
creating such special committee. 

7. Method of Work. 

1. Subjects initiated by or referred to a section 
committee shall be thoroughly analyzed, studied 
and investigated by the section committee before 
final findings are submitted to the working section 
for approval. 

2. Information desired by the Section Committee 
from the members of the section shall be obtained 
preferably by means of a questionnaire, which shall 
contain a brief statement of the subject under in¬ 
vestigation, and a definite series of questions indi¬ 
cating clearly the information or data desired, and 
shall request full discussion. 

3. The final findings of the Section Committee 
shall be in the form of a definite recommendation 
for insertion in the Hand Book, followed by a brief 
discussion indicating the arguments advanced both 
for and against the recommendations made, and 
shall be submitted in written or printed form to the 
working section for approval at least four weeks 
prior to the meeting of the club at which formal 
action will be requested. The committee shall in 
all cases indicate whether the recommendation is 
submitted as an Adopted Standard, Recommended 
Practice, or Suggested Standard for Future Design. 
No recommendation shall be filed by a section com¬ 
mittee which has not received a two-thirds favorable 
vote of the entire membership of the working sec¬ 
tion or an unanimous vote of all members present at 
a meeting of the section, a majority of the entire 
section membership being in attendance. 

4. It is recommended that the questionnaires be 
sent to non-members manufacturing the class of 
product to which the recommendation relates, and 
that non-members be given full opportunity to 
criticise and make recommendations. 


31 


March, 1922 


5. Where the work can be facilitated thereby, 
called meetings of the working section may take 
the place of a canvass by questionnaire or letter, but 
in all cases the final findings must be submitted to 
all members of the section, including those not 
present at the called meeting, at least four weeks 
prior to the meeting of the club at which final action 
will be requested. 

6. The final report of the Section Committee shall 
embody the final findings, and discussion as sub¬ 
mitted to the working section for approval, supple¬ 
mented by a list giving the names of the representa¬ 
tives and company affiliations of all who were given 
an opportunity to participate in the work of formula¬ 
tion, as well as of all who concurred in the final 
recommendation. The final report, in written or 
printed form, shall be filed with the proper standing 
committees for approval at least two weeks prior 
to the meeting of the club at which final action will 
be taken. At the time of so filing the section com¬ 
mittees shall notify all companies opposing the 
recommendation of its decision, requesting each 
such company to immediately file a detailed state¬ 
ment of its objections with the Standing Committee. 
The statements so filed shall be attached as a minor¬ 
ity report to the report of the Section Committee. 

7. Any final report accompanied by a minority 
report shall be referred by the Standing Committee 
to the Board of Governors before it is brought be¬ 
fore a general meeting of the club, and it shall be 
the duty of the Board of Governors to determine 
whether any injustice is done the minority in the 
recommendations, and to make a report of its find¬ 
ings to the club. 

8. If approved by the proper standing committee, 
final reports shall be submitted to the Club for 
adoption. 

9. In general, it is recommended that standing 
committees or special committees pursue the same 
general procedure indicated above for section com¬ 
mittees in consummating their reports. 


32 


March, 1922 


RULES OF PROCEDURE 

In Relation to Standardization by the Electric 
Power Club 

I. ADOPTED STANDARDS. 

a. Any rule, definition, practice, basis of test, 
rating standard, or performance specification 
adopted by The Electric Power Club as a defi¬ 
nite standard or as a definite limit shall be 
known as an “Adopted Standard.” Three classes 
of Adopted Standards shall be recognized, name¬ 
ly: (1) Definite Fixed Standards; (2) Minimum 
Limits; (3) Maximum Limits. 

Ao adopted standard of The Electric Power Club defines 
a practice or construction to the observance of which, in 
the interest of the'public, all members of the Club should 
adhere, and in no event should a member of the Club 
represent as standard apparatus any material falling below 
such standard. 

b. Adopted Standards shall be adopted only 
upon unanimous vote of the members present at 
a general meeting, following four weeks notice. 
The notice shall give the rule in full and shall 
state specifically that it is being recommended as 
an Adopted Standard. 

c. Identification and References in the Hand¬ 
book to date of adoption and date of revision 
shall be placed below rule in small type in the 
following form: 

(1) —Adopted Standard. 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules which are 
fixed standards and to be followed without varia¬ 
tion. 

(2) —Adopted Standard. 

(Minimum limit) 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules which are 
adopted as minimum limits, and if departure is 
made therefrom it shall be in the direction of 
larger values only. 

(3) —Adopted Standard. 

(Maximum limit) 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
maximum limits, and if departure is made 
therefrom, it shall be in the direction of smaller 
values only. 


33 


March, 1922 


d. An adopted standard may only be rescinded, 
following three months notice of the action pro¬ 
posed, by a two-thirds vote of the entire mem¬ 
bership, or upon unanimous vote of the mem¬ 
bers present at a general meeting. 

e. Apparatus complying with the adopted 
standards of The Electric Power Club may bear 
an authorized distinguishing mark to that effect. 

f. It is distinctly understood that the Adopted* 
Standards relate only to products commercially 
standardized and subject to repetitive and quan¬ 
tity manufacture, and do not apply to products 
built to meet the special requirements of indi¬ 
vidual customers. 

II. RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 

a. Any suggestion or practice with reference 
to which it may be impracticable to secure full 
acceptance from each member of The Electric 
Power Club, but with reference to which it is 
desirable to recommend uniform practice, shall 
be approved and known as “Recommended Prac¬ 
tice.” Three classes of Recommended Practice 
shall be recognized, namely: (1) Fixed Values, 
(2) Minimum Limits, (3) Maximum Limits. 

A Recommended Practice of The Electric Power Club 
defines a practice or construction which in the interest of 
uniformity of procedure is favored by a majority of the 
members of the Club. 

b. Recommended Practice shall be adopted 
only upon two-thirds vote of the members pres¬ 
ent at a general meeting, following thirty days 
advance notice. Notice shall give the rule in 
full and shall state specifically that the rule is 
being submitted as Recommended Practice. 

c. Identification and references in the Hand¬ 
book to date of approval and date of revision 
shall be placed below the rule in small type in 
the following form: 

(1) —Recommended Practice. 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
fixed values of Recommended Practice, to be 
followed without variation. 

(2) —Recommended Practice. 

(Minimum limit) 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
minimum limits of Recommended Practice, and 
if departure is made therefrom it shall be in 
the direction of larger values only. 


March, 1922 


(3)—Recommended Practice. 

(Maximum limit) 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
maximum limits of Recommended Practice, and 
if departure is made therefrom it shall be in 
the direction of smaller values only. 

d. Suggestions of Recommended Practice may 
only be rescinded by the same action and vote 
as are required for rescinding an Adopted 
Standard. 

III. SUGGESTED STANDARDS FOR FUTURE 
DESIGN. 

a. Any rule or standard which cannot be ap¬ 
proved either as an adopted standard or as rec¬ 
ommended practice, but is merely recommended 
for future designs, shall be adopted and known 
as a “Suggested Standard for Future Design.” 
Three classes of Suggested Standards for Future 
Design shall be recognized, namely: (1) Fixed 
Values, (2) Minimum Limits, (3) Maximum 
Limits. 

b. The same notice and vote are required for 
Suggested Standards for Future Design as speci¬ 
fied for Recommended Practice. 

c. Suggested Standards for Future Design 
shall be printed on buff colored paper for the 
loose leaf Handbook. Identification and refer¬ 
ence to date of approval and date of revision 
shall be placed below the rule in small type in 
the following form: 

(1) —Suggested Standard for Future Design. 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
fixed values of suggested Standards for Future 
Design to be followed without variation. 

(2) —Suggested Standard for Future Design. 

(Minimum limit) 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
minimum limits of Suggested Standards for 
Future Design, and if departure is made there¬ 
from it shall be in the direction of larger values 
only. 


35 


March, 1922 


(3)—Suggested Standard for Future Design. 

(Maximum limit) 

May 3rd, 1916. 

This clause shall follow all rules adopted as 
maximum limits of Suggested Standards for 
Future Design, and if departure is made there¬ 
from it shall be in the direction of smaller values 
only. 

d. Suggested Standards for Future Design 
may only be rescinded by the same action and 
vote as are required for rescinding an Adopted 
Standard. 

IV. DEPARTURES FROM ADOPTED 
STANDARDS. 

a. It is recognized by the members of The 
Electric Power Club: 

(1) That the advance of the industry, the 
progressive development of the art of manufac¬ 
turing electrical apparatus, or the rewards to 
which individual members are properly entitled 
as the result of initiative, research and invention, 
must not be retarded or curtailed by adopted 
standards to which the majority still subscribe; 
(2) that during a period of change or progressive 
development honest differences of opinion may 
arise over a proposed change or departure from 
an existing standard; and (3) that where there is 
reasonable evidence that such change is in the 
public interest, it is desirable that, while its mer¬ 
its are being generally demonstrated, the de¬ 
parture be formally recognized by The Electric 
Power Club as the authoritative body controll¬ 
ing the standardization of electrical apparatus. 

b. Application for recognition in respect to a 
departure from the adopted standards of The 
Electric Power Club shall be made in writing 
and shall be filed with the Secretary thirty days 
in advance of general commercial introduction. 

c. Upon favorable recommendation of the 
Board of Governors, approved by a two-thirds 
vote of the entire membership, or by an unani¬ 
mous vote of all members present at a general 
meeting, a departure may be formally recognized. 


36 


March. 1922 


CONSTITUTION 

of 

THE ELECTRIC POWER CLUB. 


ARTICLE I. 

Name 

The name of this organization shall be The Electric 
Power Club. 

ARTICLE II. 

Objects 

The objects of this organization are: 

a. . The discussion of subjects of interest and value to 
the industry in which its members are engaged. 

b. The advancement and improvement of that industry. 

c. The collection and dissemination of statistics and 
information of value to its members. 

d. The standardization of electrical machinery. 

e. The promotion of a spirit of co-operation among its 
members for the improved production and increased distri¬ 
bution of electrical machinery and apparatus. 

ARTICLE III. 

Membership 

a. Membership in this club shall be limited to corpora¬ 
tions, firms or individuals actively engaged in the manu¬ 
facture of Electrical Power Apparatus and Control 
Equipment. Each such membership shall be known as 
a member company. 

EXPLANATORY NOTE.—A prospective or accepted mem¬ 
ber of The Electric Power Club shall be considered as “actively 
engaged” in any given line of manufacture, within the scope of 
the activities covered by The Electric Power Club, constitutes 
a principal or important part of his output regularly and con¬ 
stantly produced and sold. 

b. The membership of the club shall be divided into 
working sections, each section embracing all mem¬ 
ber companies who manufacture a specified class or 
closely allied classes of electrical power apparatus or 
control equipment. All rules and recommendations 
relating to the class or classes of product constituting 
a section shall be formulated within the working sec¬ 
tion and shall be presented to the club for adoption in 


37 


March, 1922 



the manner prescribed from time to time by the Board 
of Governors, the procedure prescribed being subject to 
formal approval by the club. A working section may 
be specified or added at any time upon recommendation 
by a majority vote of the Board of Governors and upon 
approval by a majority of the entire membership of the 
club following one month advance notification that 
such action is proposed. 

c. Each member company shall be entitled to one 
vote. 

d. Each member company shall select from its organi¬ 
zation one or more representatives whom it shall designate 
as its executive representative or representatives; it may 
select one or more whom it shall designate as associate 
representatives; and should the Board of Governors ar¬ 
range any further classification, such member company 
may designate representatives for that class. 

e. An executive representative shall be an executive 
officer of the member company or some one in its employ 
authorized to act for such member company. 

/. An associate representative shall be an employee 
of a member company. 

g. The Board of Governors at its discretion shall 
have the power to establish an additional class or classes 
of representatives. 

h. The classification of representatives by a member 
company shall be subject to the approval of the Board of 
Governors, and it may place a limit on the number of 
representatives which a member company may designate 
for any class. 

i. Representatives unavoidably absent from any 
meeting may be represented by proxy, said proxy to be 
subject to the approval of the Board of Governors. 

/. Applications for membership must be made to the 
Board of Governors in writing on forms approved by 
the Board of Governors, and such forms, to be signed 
by the applicant, shall contain an acceptance of the Con¬ 
stitution and By-Laws of the Club and an obligation to 
abide by the same. Each applicant for membership shall 
secure on said application the signature of not less than 
two members of The Electric Power Club as sponsors. 
If the application is approved by the Board of Gov¬ 
ernors, it shall be submitted to the membership at the 
next meeting for election. Voting on applications shall 
be done on a written ballot. Each member company 
shall be entitled to one vote, and the Executive repre¬ 
sentative voting shall sign the name of his company on 
the ballot. A majority of the members present shall be 
necessary for an election. 


38 


March, 1922 


ARTICLE IV. 


a. The annual meeting and election shall be held dur¬ 
ing the months of May or June, the time and place of 
such meeting to be selected by the Board of Governors. 

b. The management of this club shall be entrusted to a 
Board of Governors, composed of twelve executive repre¬ 
sentatives, no two representing the same member com¬ 
pany, and four are to be elected each year. They shall 
hold office for a term of three years, except as provided 
by Section c. 

c. Of the members of the Board of Governors elected 
at the meeting at which this amendment is adopted, or 
at any subsequent special election, the four receiving the 
highest number of votes shall serve three years, the four 
receiving the next highest number of votes shall serve two 
years, and the four receiving the next highest number of 
votes shall serve one year. In the event of a tie, lots 
shall be drawn to decide whether a candidate shall serve 
the three, two or one year term. 

d. The officers of this club shall be a President, Vice- 
President, Treasurer and Secretary, who shall be elected 
by the Board of Governors from among their own number. 
The Method of Election shall be by written ballot. 
They shall hold their office for one year, or until their 
successors shall have been elected, and shall perform such 
duties as usually pertain to their office. 

e. Seven members of the Board of Governors shall con¬ 
stitute a quorum. 

/. In the case of a vacancy in the Board of Governors, 
the Board shall have the power to fill same, such member 
to serve until the next annual election, when such vacancy 
shall be filled regularly by the vote of the membership. 

g. At the annual meeting of the club each working 
section shall by formal ballot elect a Section Chairman 
who is a representative of a member company entitled 
to membership in the section, and who shall hold office 
for one year, or until his successor is chosen. Each 
Section Chairman shall act in an advisory capacity to 
the Board of Governors . The Section Chairman shall 
preside at all group meetings, shall co-ordinate the work 
of all subcommittees representing his group, and in gen¬ 
eral shall promote the interest of the manufacturers 
whom he represents in their activities and relationships 
both within and without the club. The functions of 
Section Chairmen and the activities of all working sec¬ 
tions shall be subject to such limitations and to such 
regulations as are prescribed by the Board of Gov¬ 
ernors and as are formally approved by the Club. 

39 March, 1922 


ARTICLE V. 

Amendments 

Amendments to this Constitution must be submitted 
in writing to the Board of Governors, and by them, with 
their recommendation, to the club at its next regular 
meeting;in order to be acted on at that time,twenty days’ 
written notice must have been given by the secretary to 
each membership, stating the proposed amendment a d 
the recommendation of the Board of Governors. In 
the absence of such notice, action must be deferred 
until the next meeting of the club. A two-thirds vote 
of the entire membership shall be necessary for the 
adoption of any amendment. 


40 


March, 1922 


BY-LAWS 

of 

THE ELECTRIC POWER CLUB 


ARTICLE I. 

Order of Business 

1. Reading of the minutes. 

2. Reports of standing committees. 

3. Reports of special committees. 

4. Election and resignation of members. 

5. Unfinished business. 

6. Communications. 

7. New business. 


ARTICLE II. 

President 

The President, or in his absence, the Vice-President, 
shall preside at all meetings of the club or Board of Gov¬ 
ernors. He shall appoint such standing or special com¬ 
mittees as desired or directed, subject to the approval 
of the Board of Governors. 

ARTICLE III. 

Vice-President 

The Vice-President shall perform the duties and exer¬ 
cise the functions of the President in the event of his 
absence or disability, and in the absence or disability of the 
Vice-President a temporary chairman may be elected by 
a majority vote of those present to preside at any meeting. 

ARTICLE IV. 

Secretary 

The Secretary shall have charge of the books and papers 
belonging to the club, and shall keep a record of the pro¬ 
ceedings of the club, and of the Board of Governors. He 
shall make and forward notifications of all meetings to each 
member, shall issue orders on the treasurer for payment of 
all bills authorized by the Board of Governors; he also 
shall notify new members of their election, 


41 


March, 1922 



ARTICLE V. 


Treasurer 

The treasurer shall have charge of all funds of the club, 
collect dues, and pay bills authorized by the Board of 
Governors on approval of the secretary. He shall make a 
report on the condition of the funds at each annual meet¬ 
ing of the club, or as often as the Board of Governors or 
the club may demand. 

The treasurer shall keep all funds of the club in some 
bank approved by the Board of Governors, and in the 
name of The Electric Power Club; all funds shall be sub¬ 
ject to check of the treasurer in payment of vouchers duly 
approved by the secretary. He shall give such bond as 
may be required by the Board of Governors for the faithful 
performance of his duties, the premium on said bond to be 
paid by the club. 


, ARTICLE VI. 

Board of Governors 

The Board of Governors shall have entire control of the 
internal affairs of the club. It shall pass upon all 
applications and resignations before presentation to the 
club. It shall designate the place of the regular meeting 
unless otherwise directed by the vote of the club. 

Special meetings may be called by its order, and the 
time and place of regular meetings fixed or changed by 
its direction. 


ARTICLE VII. 

Meetings 

Meetings of the club may be either executive or general. 
At executive meetings only executive representatives 
shall be present. At general meetings only executive 
representatives shall vote, but all classes of representatives 
shall have the privilege of the floor. 


ARTICLE VIII. 

Dues 

Each member company shall pay the sum of $50 per 
year for each executive representative and $15 per year 
for each associate representative. Should other classes 
be established such dues shall be payable by such classes 
as the Board of Governors may decide. 


42 


March, 1922 


Annual dues shall be payable within thirty days from 
date of call, and if not paid within sixty days from call, 
non-payment shall operate automatically to cancel the 
membership of the delinquent, but notice of delinquency 
accompanied by a copy of this Section of the By-laws shall 
be mailed by the Secretary not less than fifteen days 
before cancellation of membership becomes effective. 


ARTICLE IX. 

Nominating Committee 

# A nominating committee of five executive representa¬ 
tives, not members of the Board of Governors and no two 
representing the same member company, shall be ap¬ 
pointed by the president at least three months prior to 
each annual meeting. It shall be the duty of this nom¬ 
inating committee, at least thirty days prior to the annual 
meeting, to mail each executive representative a ticket 
bearing the names of twice as many executive representa¬ 
tives who have consented to serve as there are vacancies to 
fill. . Any executive representative may make further 
nominations from the floor. 


ARTICLE X. 

Amendments 

These By-Laws may be altered or amended by a majority 
vote of ‘the entire membership, at any regular or called 
meeting, at least ten days’ previous written notice having 
been given the membership by the secretary; or, at the 
discretion of the Board of Governors, a letter ballot may 
be taken on any proposed amendment, in which case a 
majority of the entire membership shall be necessary. 

Roberts’ Rules of Order shall be the recognized au¬ 
thority of parliamentary procedure. 


43 


March, 1922 



44 


STANDARDIZATION — 
FOREWORD 

The co-operation existing between the Electric Power 
• u American Institute of Electrical Engineers 

in the held of electrical standardization is indicated by the 
following resolutions which have been adopted by the two 
organizations: 

1. Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of 
the A. I. E. E., April 9, 1913: 

“Resolved, that it is the sense of this Board 
that co-operation between the Standards Com¬ 
mittee of the Institute and the Standards Commit¬ 
tees of other national societies dealing with units 
and standards appertaining to or applicable in 
electrical engineering, or in the allied arts or 
sciences, is desirable, and it suggests that the 
Standards Committee shall take no action on any 
subject matter outside of the field of electrical or 
magnetic standardization, and within the field of 
the. Standards Committee of another national 
society, before coming to an agreement with the 
Standards Committee of that society, provided 
that a reciprocal courtesy is extended by such 
Standards Committee of such society. ” 

2. Resolution adopted by the Board of Governors of 
the Electric Power Club, May 3, 1916: 

“Resolved, that it is the sense of this Board 
that co-operation between the Standardization 
Committee of the Electric Power Club and the 
Standards Committee of the A. I. E. E. is desirable, 
and that the Standardization Committee of the 
Electric Power Club is hereby instructed to further 
such co-operation to the fullest extent, and in the 
field of commercial electrical standardization upon 
which this Club is engaged, to be guided by the 
general, engineering and technical limitations estab¬ 
lished in the Standardization Rules of the A. I. 

E. E.j be it further 

“Resolved, that a copy of this resolution be for¬ 
warded to the Board of Directors of the A. I. E. E. 
in acknowledgment and acceptance of their resolu¬ 
tion of April 9, 1913." 

The line of demarkation in the standardization work 
of the two bodies may be briefly indicated by the following 
statements: 

1. The preface to the Standardization Rules of the 
A. I. E. E. states the purpose of their work of standardiza¬ 
tion as follows: 


45 


March, 1922 


“In framing these rules, the chief purpose has 
been to define the terms and conditions which 
characterize the rating and behavior of electrical 
apparatus, with special reference to the conditions 
of acceptance tests. 

„It has not been the purpose of the rules to 
standardize the dimensions or details of construc¬ 
tion of any apparatus lest the progress of design 
and production should be hampered.” 

2. Recognizing the jurisdiction of the A. I. E. E. in 
the field of electrical engineering and emphasizing especi¬ 
ally its proper function in establishing such general 
limitations and requirements in the rating, test and per¬ 
formance of electrical machinery from an engineering 
and technical standpoint as will insure satisfactory results, 
it is the purpose of the Electric Power Club and the scope 
of the rules contained in this book: 

а. To describe, classify, and define commercial 
types of electrical machinery, their operating char¬ 
acteristics and the terminology of structural details. 

б. To establish commercial rating standards, 
such as standard voltages, load ratings, time 
ratings, speeds, etc. 

c. Within the general engineering limitations 
of the Rules of the A. I. E. E., to establish the kind 
of rating to be used and the actual performance 
guarantees under which different types of electrical 
machinery are manufactured and sold. 

d. As far as practicable, to establish standards 
in manufacturing practice, and in the structural 
details of electrical machinery. 

Recognizing the desirability of co-operation in order 
to prevent conflict and the putting of more than one 
standard before the public, The Electric Power Club is 
willing and anxious to co-operate with other organizations 
interested in the standardization of electrical apparatus 
or in the betterment of conditions in the electrical 
industry. 


NOTE—Wherever the rules of the A. I. E. E. are referred 
to in this book, the 1921 edition of the rules is used unless it is 
specifically stated to the contrary. 


46 


March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE 

NumbeT' General 

TYPES AS DISTINGUISHED BY FEATURES OF 
DESIGN. 

(1001) Acid Resisting. 

Apparatus so constructed that it will not be readily 
injured by acid fumes. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1002) Drip Proof. 

Apparatus so protected as to exclude falling mois¬ 
ture or dirt. Drip proof apparatus may be either 
open or semi-enclosed, if it is provided with suitable 
protection integral with the apparatus, or so enclosed 
as to exclude effectively falling solid or liquid material. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1003) Dust Proof. 

Apparatus so constructed or protected that the 
accumulation of dust will not interfere with its suc¬ 
cessful operation. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916J 

(1004) Dust Tight. 

Apparatus so constructed that dust will not enter 
the enclosing case. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1005) Explosion Proof. 

(1006) Gas Tight. 

Apparatus so enclosed as to exclude the surrounding 
atmosphere. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1007) Moisture-Resisting. 

Apparatus in which all parts are treated with 
moisture-resisting material. Such apparatus shall be 
capable of operating continuously or intermittently 
in a very humid atmosphere, such as that of mines, 
evaporating rooms, etc. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1008) Splash Proof. 

Apparatus protected against the entrance of a 
spray of water from any direction. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1009) Submersible Apparatus. 

Apparatus so constructed as to be capable of 
withstanding complete submersion in water for four 
hours without injury. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

47 ' March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—GENERAL 

Reference 

Number 

(1010) Weather Proof. 

Apparatus so constructed or protected that it will 
not be injured if exposed to the weather. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

SERVICE CLASSIFICATIONS. 

(1050) Continuous Duty. 

A requirement of operation or service which de¬ 
mands the full rated output of the apparatus con¬ 
tinuously. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1915.) 

(1051) Intermittent Duty. 

A requirement of operation or service consisting of 
alternate periods of load and rest so apportioned and 
regulated that the temperature rise at no time exceeds 
that specified for the particular class of apparatus 
under consideration. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-15.) 

(1052) Periodic Duty. 

A requirement of operation or service demanding 
alternate periods of load and rest, in which the load 
conditions are well defined and recurrent as to mag¬ 
nitude, duration and character, so apportioned that 
the temperature rise at no time exceeds that specified 
for the particular class of apparatus under considera¬ 
tion. (Adopted Standard Revised 11-10-1915.) 

(1053) Varying Duty. 

A requirement of operation or service in which the 
apparatus is called upon to run at loads, and for 
periods of time, which may be subject to wide varia¬ 
tion, but which are in no case sufficient to cause the 
maximum temperature rating to be exceeded. In 
no case shall the no load losses be sufficient to cause 
the maximum temperature rating to be exceeded in 
any part under no load continuous operation. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

TERMS OR RATING, PERFORMANCE AND 

TEST. 

(1060) Ambient Temperature. 

The Ambient Temperature is the temperature of 
the air or water which, coming into contact with the 
heated parts of a machine, carries off its heat. (A. 
I. E. E. 3000 .) See Reference Number 5002. 

Commonly known as “ Room Temperature” in connection with 
air cooled apparatus not provided with artificial ventilation. 

(Adopted Standard 5-1-1916.) 

March, 1922 


48 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 

Reference 

Number 

(1061) Time Rating. 

The period of test run within which the specified 
conditions of load and mperature rise shall not be 
exceeded. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-10-1915.) 

Motors and Generators 

GENERAL CLASSIFICATIONS. 

(1110) Fractional Horse Power Motor. 

A motor built on a frame smaller than that hav¬ 
ing a continuous rating of 1 H. P., open type, at 
1700-1750 R. P. M. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-10-1915.) 

(1111) Large Power Motor. 

A motor built on a frame having a continuous 
rating of 1 H. P., open type, at 1700-1750 R. P. M. 
or larger. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 5-13-1915.) 

TYPES AS DISTINGUISHED BY FEATURES OF 
DESIGN. 

(1120) Commutating Pole Motor with Stabilizing 
Winding. 

A shunt wound commutating pole motor with a 
light series winding on the main poles to give stability 
in speed 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-10-1915.) 

(1121) Enclosed Machine. 

A machine which is so completely enclosed by 
integral or auxiliary covers as to practically prevent 
the circulation of air through its interior. Such a 
machine is not necessarily air-tight. 

(Adopted Standard 11-9-1914.) 

(1122) Open Machine. 

A machine of either the pedestal bearing or en r 
bracket type, with no restriction to ventilationothe 
than that imposed by its mechanical construction. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-9-1914.) 

(1123) Semi-Enclosed Machine. 

A machine in which the ventilating openings in 
the frame are protected with wire screen, expanded 
metal, or perforated covers, the openings in which 
must not exceed 54 sq. in. in area and must be of 
such shape as not to permit the passage of a rod 
larger than 54-in. in diameter, except where the 
distance of live parts from the guard is more than 
4-in. the openings may be ^ sq. in. in area, but 

March, 1922 


49 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 
Reference 
Number 

(1123 Continued ) 

must be of such shape as not to permit the pas¬ 
sage of a rod larger than %-in. in diameter. 
(Adopted Standard 11-9-1914.) (Amended 11-15-1921.) 
(1124) Universal Motor. 

A series wound or a compensated series wound 
motor that may be operated either upon direct 
current or alternating single phase current at approxi¬ 
mately the same speed and output. These conditions 
must be met when the alternating current and direct 
current voltages are approximately the same, and the 
alternating current frequency is not greater than 60 
cycles per second. 


(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 
SPEED CLASSIFICATIONS. 

(1170) Normal Speed. 

(1171) Adjustable Speed Motor. 

A .shunt wound motor in which the speed can be 
varied gradually over a considerable range, but when 
once adjusted, remains practically unaffected by 
variation in load; for example, a motor designed for a 
considerable range of speed by variation in field 
^.strength. (Adopted Standard 10-20-1911.) 

(1172) Adjustable Varying Speed Motor. 

A motor in which the speed can be varied gradually 
over a considerable range, but in which the speed 
when once adjusted to a given load will vary in con¬ 
siderable degree with change in the load. 

^ (Adopted Standard 11-9-1914.) 

(1173) Constant Speed Motor. 

A motor in which the speed is practically constant; 
for example, a synchronous motor; an induction motor 
with small slip; or an ordinary direct current, shun; 
wound, constant voltage motor. 

a/t u* j ,, (Adopted Standard 11-9-1914.) 
(1174) Multispeed Motor. 


A motor which can be operated at any one of 
several definite speeds, each being practically inde¬ 
pendent of the load; for example, a direct current 
motor with two armature windings, or an induction 
motor with primary winding capable of various pole 
« (Adopted Standard 10-20-1911.) 

(1175) Varying Speed Motor. 

A motor in which the speed varies with the load 
ordinarily decreasing as the load increases; for ex¬ 
ample, a series motor, compound motor, or series 
shunt motor. (Adopted Standard 11-9-1914.) 

50 March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 

Reference 

Number 

SERVICE CLASSIFICATIONS. 

See Reference Numbers 1050 to 1053. inclusive. 

TERMS OF RATING, PERFORMANCE AND 
TEST. 


(1190) Rated Load. 

Rated Load shall mean horsepower output for 
motors, kilowatt output for direct current generators, 
and kilo-volt-ampere output for alternating current 
generators. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

The A. I. E. E. recommendation to give motor ratings in 
kilowatts is not followed, all motor ratings being given in horse¬ 
power only. 

COMPLETE MACHINES AND PARTS. 


(1240) Front. 

In a normal motor or generator, the end opposite 
that at which the mechanical power is transmitted or 
received; usually the end of the machine at which the 
commutator or collector rings are found. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1241) Back. 

In a normal motor or generator, the end at which 
the mechanical power is transmitted or received; 
usually the end opposite to the commutator or 
collector rings. (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 


(1242) Complete Generator for Alternating Current. 

(1) Belt type—consists of generator, main driving 
pulley, exciter driving pulley if required, sliding base 
or rails, and back of board field rheostat. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(2) Engine type—consists of generator without 
base, shaft or bearings, without shaft keys or founda¬ 
tion bolts, but with back of board field rheostat, 
brush rigging support and cap plates when required. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(3) Water wheel type—consists of generator self- 
contained with bearings and shaft, without sliding 
base or rails, without pulley or coupling, but with 
back of board field rheostat and exciter driving pulley 
when required. (Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 


51 


March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 

Reference 

Number 


(1243) Complete Generator for Direct Current. 

(1) Belt type—consists of generator, sliding base or 
rails, and field rheostat. The field rheostats for gen¬ 
erators above 10 kw. capacity are of the back of 
board type, and for generators of 10 kw. and smaller, 
rheostats are of the front of board type. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(2) Engine type—consists of generator with ut 
base, shaft or bearings, without shaft keys or founda¬ 
tion bolts, but with back of board field rheostat and 
cap-plates when required. 

, (Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(1244) Complete Motor, as applied to Fractional 
Horse Power Motors. 

A motor without sliding base or starter, but with a 
pulley having a single groove or one Hat face. 

^ „ (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911. 

(.1245) Complete Motor, as applied to Large Power 
Motors. 

An open motor ready to run, including standard 
pulley, belt-tightening base or slide rails, and hand- 
operated, no voltage release starter for front of board 
^ rt ^ ou ^ ting - (Adopted Standard Revised 5-20-1912. ) 
(1246) Bare Motor. 


An open type motor ready to run, without pulley, 
belt-tightening base, slide rails or starter. 

a ui ^ T,. ( A d £ pted Stan ^ard 10-30-1911.) 
(1247) Assembled Field Frame. 

A field frame with necessary complement of poles, 
pole shoes and field coils assembled thereon. 


tv u x, (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911 ) 

(1248) Field Frame. 

The principal magnetic structure in a generator or 
motor including the poles when an integral part 
thereof or to which they may be attached when con¬ 
structed as separate pieces. 

(.249) Field Coil. S ‘ andard 10 - 3 °- 191 > > 

A suitably insulated and coiled conductor through 
which a magnet pole of a motor or generator may be 

i (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1250) Field Pole. 

. A structure of magnetic material secured to or an 
integral part of the field frame on which a field coil 
may be mounted. The pole is always located between 
the held frame and the armature. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 


52 


March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 

Reference 

Number 

(1251) Pole Shoe. 

The portion of a field magnet adjacent to the 
armature, whether integral with or attached to the 
pole. Its purpose is to secure proper disiribution of 
the field flux. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1252) Assembled Bearing Bracket or End Shield. 

A bearing bracket or end shield, respectively, 
together with its bearing sleeve and all parts asso¬ 
ciated therewith. (Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

(1253) End Shield. 

A shield secured to the frame and adapted to sup¬ 
port the bearing sleeve, but including no parts 
thereof and wholly or largely enclosing the end of 
the motor. (Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

(1254) Bearing Bracket. 

A bracket of open construction secured to the frame 
to support the bearing sleeve, but including no parts 
thereof. (Adopted Standard Revised 11-10-1915.) 

(1255) Assembled Bearing Pedestal. 

A bearing pedestal together with its bearing 
sleeve and all parts accessory thereto. 

(Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

(1256) Bearing Pedestal. 

A bearing sleeve support, mounted on or con¬ 
structed as a part of the base plate, but not in¬ 
cluding the bearing sleeve or any part thereof. 

(Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

(1257) Bearing Sleeve. 

The bushing, sleeve, box or shell within which the 
shaft rotates. (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1258) Oil Rings. 

The oil rings are usually of metal, loosely hung on 
the journal of an armature shaft, free to revolve 
thereon and therewith, located within the oil space of 
the bearing sleeve support and adapted to raise 
a lubricant from the oil cellar into which they 
dip to and distribute it on the journal of the 
shaft. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1259) Brush Yoke. 

The rocker arm, ring, quadrant or other adjustable 
support for maintaining the brush studs or holders 
in their relative positions. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

53 March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 

Reference 

Number 

(1260) Brush Holder. 

The device that holds the brush. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1261) Brush Holder Stud. 

The intermediate support between brush holder 
and brush yoke. (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1262) Complete Armature. 

Armature ready to place in machine. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1263) Armature Core. 

Laminations assembled without slot insulation. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1264) Armature Quill. 

A ventilated or unventilated structure upon 
which an armature and commutator are assembled 
together, and which in turn may be mounted on the 
armature shaft. 

Note: A quill may be an integral part of the armature and 
commutator, one or both, or the armature and commutator 
having been assembled separately, may be mounted together on 

the quill. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1265) Armature Shaft. 

(1266) Armature Sleeve. 

The unventilated support on which armature 
laminations are or may be mounted and which in 
turn is mounted on the armature shaft. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1267) Armature Spider. 

The ventilated support upon which armature 
laminations are mounted, and which in turn is 
mounted on the armature shaft. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1268) Commutator. 

An assembly of commutator bars suitably insulated 
in a shell or on a hub, ready for mounting on an 
armature shaft, sleeve or spider. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1269) Commutator Bars. 

The metal, current-carrying segments of a com¬ 
mutator. (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1271) Commutator Insulating Rings. 

All insulation between the ends of the assembled 
commutator bars and the ends of the supporting 
shell, the end opposite to the armature core being 
known as the front end. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

64 March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—MOTORS AND GENERATORS 

Reference 

Number 

(1272) Commutator Insulating Segments. 

The insulation between the sides of the commu¬ 
tator bars. (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1273) Commutator Filling. 

A complete assembled set of commutator bars and 
all insulation. (Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1274) Commutator Shell. 

The metal support into which the commutator 
filling is assembled. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(1275) Slip Rings. 

Rings suitably mounted on the rotating member of 
an alternating current machine serving with stationary 
brushes bearing thereon to conduct current into or 
out of said rotating member. 

(Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

SINGLE PHASE MOTOR PARTS. 

(1276) Split Phase Winding. 

An auxiliary primary winding used in combination 
with the regular running winding in a single phase 
induction motor for the purpose of producing starting 
torque. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1277) Centrifugal Starting Switch. 

A centrifugally operated automatic mechanism 
usually used in connection with split phase induction 
motors to open or disconnect the starting winding 
after the rotor has obtained a predetermined speed, 
and close or reconnect it prior to the time the rotor 
comes to rest. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1278) Centrifugal Clutch. 

An automatic device often used with split phase 
motors which, below a predetermined speed, permits 
the rotating element of a motor to revolve free of the 
shaft, and which at that predetermined speed engages 
the shaft to make it turn with the rotating element 
and transmit the motor’s power through it. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(1279) Short Circuiter. 

A device operated by centrifugal force and used in 
connection with some forms of commutator type single 
phase motors to actuate the mechanism which short 
circuits the commutator bars. This short circuiter is 
also employed in some designs to raise the brushes 

from the commutator. . 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 


66 


March. 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—CONTROL 

Reference 

Number 

Industrial Control 

(1500) Electric Controller. 

A device, or group of devices, which serve to 
govern, in some predetermined manner, the electric 
power delivered to the device governed. 

The device governed is usually a motor, but it was the intent 
of this definition to cover the control of generators, electric 
heating apparatus and any other devices requiring approximately 
the same kind of control as used for industrial motors. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1501) Full Magnetic Controller. 

A controller having all of its basic functions per¬ 
formed by electro-magnets. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1502) Manual Controller. 

A controller having all of its basic functions per¬ 
formed by hand. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1503.) Semi-Magnetic Controller.. 

A controller having part of its basic functions per¬ 
formed by electro-magnets, and part by other means 

By basic functions is usually meant acceleration, retardation 
line closing, reversing, etc. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1504) Master Switch. 

A device which serves to govern the operation of 
contactors and auxiliary devices of an electric con¬ 
troller. 

A master switch may be automatic, as a float switch or pressure 
regulator. It may be manually operated, as a drum, push 

button or knife switch. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1505) Magnetic Contactor. 

A magnetically actuated device for repeatedly 
establishing or interrupting an electric power circuit. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1506) Low Voltage Protection. 

The effect of a device operative on the reduction 
or failure of voltage to cause and maintain the inter¬ 
ruption of power to the main circuit. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1507) Low Voltage Release. 

The effect of a device, operative on the reduction 
or failure of voltage, to cause the interruption of 
power to the main circuit but not to prevent the 
re-establishment of the main circuit on return of 
voltage. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

' 5 9 March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—CONTROL 

Reference 

Number 

(1508) Phase Failure Protection. 

The effect of a device, operative on the failure of 
power in one wire of a polyphase circuit, to cause 
and maintain the interruption of power on the 
remaining circuits. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1509) Phase Reversal Protection. 

The effect of a device operative on the reversal of 
phase relations in a polyphase circuit to cause and 
maintain the interruption of power in all of the 
circuits. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1510) Relay. 

A device which is operative by a variation in the 
characteristics of one electric circuit to effect the 
operation of other devices in the same or another 
electric circuit. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1511) Resistance. 

The opposition offered by a substance or body to 
the passage through it of an electric current, convert¬ 
ing electric energy into heat; the reciprocal of con¬ 
ductance. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1512) Resistive Conductor. 

A conductor which is used on account of its prop¬ 
erty of resistance. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1513) A Resistor. 

An aggregation of one or more units possessing the 
property of resistance. Used in an electric circuit for 
the purpose of operation, protection or control of 
that circuit. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1514) Rheostat. 

A resistor provided with means for varying its 
resistance. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(1515) Constant Torque Resistor. 

A resistor for use in the armature or rotor cir¬ 
cuit of a motor where the current remains prac¬ 
tically constant throughout the entire speed range. 

(Adopted Standard 6-11-1917.) 

(1516) Fan Duty Resistor. 

A resistor for use in the armature or rotor cir¬ 
cuit of a motor where the current is approximately 
proportional to the speed of a motor. 

(Adopted Standard 6-11-1917.) 

57 March, 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—CONTROL 

Reference 

Number 

(1517) Abbreviations. 

The following list of abbreviations shall be ap¬ 
proved for use in industrial control diagrams: 


Armature.Arm. 

Ammeter.Am. 

Voltmeter ..Vm. 

Indicating Wattmeter.Wm. 

Integrating Wattmeter.Whm. 

Power Factor Meter.Pfm. 

Series Field.Serf. 

Shunt Field.Shf. 

Resistor.Res. 

Brake .Br. 

Rheostat .Rheo. 

Switch.Sw. 

Transformer .-....Trans. 

Push Button.P.B. 

Float Switch.Fl.Sw. 


(Recommended Practice 6-11-1917.) 

(1518) Starter. 

An electric controller designed for accelerating a 
motor to normal speed in one direction of rotation. 

NOTE—A controller designed for starting a motor in either 
direction of rotation includes the additional function of re- 

versin e* (Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(1519) Automatic Starter. 

A starter designed to automatically control the 
acceleration of a motor. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(1520) Overload Protection. 

# The effect secured by a device, operative on exces¬ 
sive current, to cause and maintain the interruption 
of current flow to the device governed. When it 
is a function of a controller for an electric motor, 
the device employed shall provide for interrupting 
any operating overloads, but may not rupture short 
circuits. (Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

NOTE—By operating overload is meant a current not in 
excess of six times the rated full load current for A. C. motors 
or four times the rated full load current for t). C. motors. 

(Adopted Standard (Maximum Limit) 11-17-1920.) 
(1521) Magnet Brake. 

A friction brake electro-magnetically controlled 
(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

March, 1922 


58 

















NOMENCLATURE—CONTROL 

Reference 

Number 

(1522) Wear Allowance. 

The total thickness of material, which may be 
worn away before the contact of two associated 
surfaces becomes ineffective. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 


(1523) Pick-Up Voltage (or Current). 

The voltage (or current) at which a magnetic 
contactor starts to close under conditions of normal 
operating temperature. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 


(1524) Sealing Voltage (or Current). 

The voltage (or current) necesary to seat the 
armature of a magnetic contactor from the position 
at which the contacts first touch each other, under 
conditions of normal operating temperature. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 


(1525) Drop-Out Voltage (or Current). 

The voltage (or current) at which the contacts 
of a magnetic contactor open under conditions of 
normal operating temperature. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 


(1526) Tight (Used as a Suffix). 

Apparatus is designated as water-tight, dust-tight, 
etc., when so constructed that the enclosing case 
will exclude the specific material. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 


(1527) Resisting (Used as a suffix). 

Apparatus is designated as moisture-resisting, 
acid-resisting, etc., when so constructed, protected 
or treated that it will not be readily injured when 
subjected to the specified material. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 


(1528) Proof (Used as a Suffix). 

Apparatus is designated as splash-proof, mois¬ 
ture-proof, explosion-proof, etc., when so con¬ 
structed, protected or treated that its successful 
operation is not interfered with when subjected to 
the specified material or condition. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

March, 1922 


59 


NOMENCLATURE—CONTROL 

Reference 

Number 

(1529) Drum Switch. 

A drum switch is a switch having electrical con¬ 
necting parts in the form of fingers held by spring 
pressure against contact segments or surfaces on 
the periphery of a rotating cylinder or sector. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(1530) Drum Controller. 

A drum controller is a controller that utilizes a 
drum switch as the main switching element. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(1531) Sealing Gap. 

The distance between the armature and center of 
the core of a magnetic contactor when the con¬ 
tacts first touch each other. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(1532) Disconnecting Switch. 

A disconnecting switch means a switch which is 
intended to open a circuit only after the load has 
been thrown off by some other means. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(1533) Control Circuit Transformer. 

A control circuit transformer is a voltage trans¬ 
former utilized to supply a voltage suitable for 
the operation of shunt coil magnetic devices. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

(1534) Controller Wiring Diagram. 

A diagram showing the electrical connections be¬ 
tween the parts comprising the controller, and in¬ 
dicating the external connections. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

(1535) External Controller Wiring Diagram. 

A diagram showing the electrical connections be¬ 
tween the controller terminals and outside points; 
such as connections from the line, to the motor, 
and to auxiliary devices. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 


March. 1922 


NOMENCLATURE—CONTROL 

Reference 

Number 

(1536) Controller Construction Diagram. 

A diagram indicating the physical arrangement 
of parts such as wiring, busses, resistor units, etc. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

Example: A diagram showing the arrangement 
of grids and terminals in a grid type resistor. 

(1537) Elementary Controller Diagram. 

A diagram using symbols and an elementary 
plan of connections to illustrate, in simple form, 
the motor circuits and the scheme of control. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

(1538) Control Sequence Table. 

A table indicating the connecting devices that are 
closed for each successive position of the controller. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

(1540) Service. 

The “service” of an industrial controller means 
the specific application in which the controller is to 
be used, as for example: 

(a) General purpose, which covers the occa¬ 
sional starting of motors. 

(b) Crane and hoist. 

(c) Elevator. 

(d) Machine Tool. 

Etc. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

(1541) Duty. 

The “duty” of an industrial controller means the 
specific function or functions that it is designed 
to accomplish in respect to the performance of the 
motor; such as starting, speed control, reversing 
and stopping, and the frequency and duration of 
operation. (Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 


61 


March, 1922 



62 


COMMERCIAL 

STANDARDIZATION 

Motors and Generators 

Reference 

Number 

GENERAL GUARANTEE. 

(2001) Rated Output. 

The manufacturer guarantees that apparatus manu¬ 
factured by him will deliver successfully its rated 
output as indicated on the nameplate, provided said 
apparatus is properly cared for, operated under 
normal conditions and with competent supervision. 

(Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

(2002) Replacement of Defective Material. 

The manufacturer agrees to correct and shall have 
the right to correct by repair or replacement at his 
own expense, at his option f. o. b. his works, any de¬ 
fects in said apparatus which may develop under 
normal and proper use within six (6) months after 
date of shipment, when inspection proves the claims 
provided the purchaser gives the manufacturer im¬ 
mediate written notice of such defects, and provided 
further that during said period said apparatus is 
properly cared for, operated under normal condition, 
and with competent supervision. The correction of 
such defects by repair or replacement by the manu¬ 
facturer shall constitute a fulfillment of all his obli¬ 
gations to the purchaser. 

When apparatus is purchased and resold, the maxi¬ 
mum guarantee period shall be twelve months from 
date of shipment from the works of the electrical 
apparatus manufacturer. 

(Recommended Practice 11-10-1915.) 

(2003) Non-Responsibility for Damaged Apparatus. 

The manufacturer shall not be responsible for any 
damage resulting from improper storage or handling 
prior to placing the apparatus in service, and the 
manufacturer shall not assume any expense or liability 
for repairs made outside his works, without his 
written consent. (Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

March, 1922 


63 


COMMERCIAL STANDARDIZATION 

Reference 

Number 

(2004) Liability for Consequential Damage. 

The manufacturer shall not be liable for conse' 
quential damage in case of any failure to meet the 
conditions of any guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-10-1915.) 

(2005) Furnishing Keys as Part of Shafts. 

All machines with keyways cut in the shaft ex¬ 
tension for pulley, coupling, pinion, etc., shall be 
furnished with a key, unless otherwise specified by the 
customer. (Recommended Practice 11-17-1916.) 

SPECIAL WORK AND TESTS. 

(2006) Special Bores. 

(a) Bores of armature spiders for Direct Cur¬ 
rent engine type generators, differing from Stand¬ 
ard (See Reference Number 6673), shall be con¬ 
sidered a proper subject for an extra charge. 

(Recommended Practice O-b-1914 ) 

(b) Bores of rotating members for Alternating 
Current engine type generators, differing from 
standard (See Reference Number 6773), shall be 
considered a proper subject for an extra charge. 

(Recommended Practice 6-8-1914.) 

(2007) Pressing Rotor on Engine Shaft. 

It has been found good practice for the generator 
builder to press the engine shaft into the rotating 
member at his works. The charge for this work 
shall be included in the price of the generator and 
the engine builder shall include in the price of the 
engine the transportation charges on the shaft. 

(Recommended Practice 6-8-1914.) 

(2015) Witness Test. 

As manufacturers have found it advisable to make 
regular tests before any witness test is given, witness 
test shall be charged for. 

(Recommended Practice 5-20-1912.) 

64 March, 1922 


COMMERCIAL, STANDARDIZATION 


Reference 

Number 

Customer Specifications 

(2025) Government and Other Standard Specifica¬ 
tions. 

When apparatus is built to meet the require¬ 
ments of the government or other standard printed 
specifications, and the name plate clearly indicates 
the specifications to which the apparatus conforms, 
it is not necessary to include on the name plate the 
detailed information specified in The Electric Power 
Club rules. (Recommended Practice 6-11-1917.) 

Publication Dimensions 

(2501) Standard Sizes for Circulars, Contract 
Forms, Price Forms and Engineering 
Data. 

SV 2 " x 11" shall be used for circulars, contract 
forms, and such engineering data as are not in¬ 
tended to go with price sheets. Circulars shall be 
bound on the side. Contract forms and engineer¬ 
ing data shall be bound on the end. 4"x7" shall be 
used for price forms and engineering data that 
accompany price forms. These shall be arranged 
for binding on the side in ring binders. 

(Recommended Practice 11-9-1914.) 


65 


March. 1922 


a 0 vp #.we« -a u'« at?. , r a tftA&M v # ^ 

•arwK 

anoiteaiiogiqg ismoteuD 

3t: ^.••;«! of •" f ' «ti,;fo6cfqi 

. • 7U f , •.. ft iO . OS ,1 O * 

’ ?' rrnsnqq ■ -jri: £ \: •, 9m> iU • !-cf* 

o Sitmt'i- fe^bi • m, .<jf) 

amicao^i?. I o&aoijftift 


. 


••■; .■■■>'■■;*• ><i : J oi • >4 h >r, c 

•'*; »*• ..?j; ciisf*-•*••.-■ ■ ••■ -bn. & - 

' ‘i* ’••' ->;3. :•. .*>q oj bsficafc’- tst.m 

h 4 o' f :■ :\ - . ••••• : ’>• 

■' •! > r|> ;i*gb gf|f $}» -:V 

' 

! 

• . . : . , . 






OPERATING REGULATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(3000) Motor Service Rules 
of the N. E. L. A. 

The rules governing the installation and use of motors on 
central station distributing systems have been endorsed as 
suggested practice by the Executive Committee of the Na¬ 
tional Electric Light Association, and have also been ap¬ 
proved by the Electric Povuer Club. They are printed 
here for convenient reference: 

The instantaneous current (determined by test or based 
on value guaranteed by manufacturer) drawn from the 
line by any motor (with the starting device, if any required, 
in the starting position) must not exceed the value for the 
rated horsepower of such motor as obtained from the 
following tables. 

In a group installation the largest amount of starting 
current permitted by Tables “A” or “B” or “C” for any 
motor of the installation shall be the limit of starting current 
for any other motor of the group. 

The limits of starting current in Table “B” are intended 
to be such that starting devices for polyphase motors will 
be required for motors above 5 H. P. where the installation 
consists of a single motor of such size. Instances may 
occur wherein it may be necessary to use a starting device 
on 5 H. P. motors. In any installation where starting 
devices are normally required, it shall be optional with the 
operating companies to approve the omission of the start¬ 
ing devices on motors of certain capacities. 

Motors that cannot be safely subjected to full voltage 
at starting must be provided with a device to insure that 
on failure of voltage either 

(a) The motor will be disconnected from the line, or 

(b) The starting device will be returned to the start¬ 

ing position. 

Reverse phase relays and circuit breakers or equivalent 
devices are recommended on all polyphase elevator in¬ 
stallations, cranes and similar service to protect the 
installation in case of phase reversal. 

Should special conditions seem to warrant an exception 
to the above rules the case must be referred to the com¬ 
pany for consideration and decision. 


67 


March, 1922 


OPERATING REGULATIONS 


Reference 

Number 

(3000 Continued ) 

Table “A” 

Single Phase—Sixty Cycle 
Maximum permissible starting current values for an 
installation of a single motor installed and connected to 
its load. 

Amperes 
*A **B 
15 20 

20 27 

Amperes 
per H.P. 

15 20 

11 15 


Volts 

x / 2 H.P. and below. 220 

Above y 2 H.P. to 1 H.P. inclusive 220 


Above 1 H.P. to 5 H.P. 220 

$Above 5 H.P. 220 

Motors requiring not more than *30 amperes starting 
current may be connected for 110 volt service. 

The maximum size of a single-phase motor to be per¬ 
mitted on one phase of polyphase systems should be 
5 H. P., larger sizes to be installed only after securing 
special permission. 

* and ** See Notes next page. 

tWhen desired to install single phase motors larger than 6 H. P. 
inquiry must be made of the operating company to determine if singe 1 
phase current for this service is available. 

Table “B” 

Polyphase—Sixty Cycle 

Maximum permissible starting current values for an 
installation of a single motor installed and connected to its 
load. 


2 Phase 
Amps. 


3 Phase 
Amps. 


1 H.P. and below.. 
Above 1 H.P. to 2 
H.P. inclusive... 
Above 2 H.P. to 5 
H.P. inclusive... 


Above 5 H.P. to 30 
H.P. inclusive... 



Per Phase 

Per Phase 


Per H.P. 

Per H.P. 

Volts 

*A 

**B 

*A 

**B 

220 

17.3 

23 

20 

26.7 

220 

15.2 

20 

17.5 

23.3 

220 

11.2 

15 

13 

17.3 

440 

5.6 

7.5 

6.5 

8.7 

550 

4.5 

6 

5.2 

6.9 

220 

8 

10.7 

9 

12 

440 

4 

5.4 

4.5 

6 

550 

3.2 

4.3 

3.6 

4.8 

2200 

1 

1.1 

1 

1.2 

next page. 



68 



March, 

1922 





OPERATING REGULATIONS 


Reference 

Number 


(3000 Continued') 


Volts 

Above 30 H.P. 220 

440 

550 

2200 


2 Phase 3 Phase 

Amps. Amps. 

Per Phase Per Phase 

Per H.P. Per H. P. 


*A 

**B 

♦A 

**b 

5.2 

7 

6 

8 

2.6 

3.5 

3 

4 

2.1 

2.8 

2.4 

3.3 

0.5 

0.7 

0.6 

0.8 


•Current values under A are those indicated by a suitable, 
well-damped ammeter in the motor circuit on the line side of 
the starting device for an installation of a single motor installed 
and connected to its load, and are 75 per cent of the permissible 
locked rotor values. 

••Current values under B are those similarly indicated when 
testing a motor with the rotor locked and in case of doubt, 
being based on recognized values of impedances, are the ulti¬ 
mate standards of reference. 


Table “C” 

Shunt and Compound Wound Direct Current 
Motors 


Maximum permissible starting current values for an 
nstallation of a single motor installed and connected to 
its load. 



Volts 

***Amperes 
Per H. P. 

3 H. P. and below. 

. 230 

12 


550 

5 

Above 3 H. P. 

. 230 

9 


550 

4 


•••Current values are those indicated by a suitable well 
damped ammeter on the line side of the starting resistance. 


No direct-current motor larger than % H. P. may be 
connected to a 115 volt circuit. 

Direct current 115 volt motors up to yi H. P. shunt and 
Y+ H. P. compound wound, but in no case exceeding 30 
amps, starting current, may be installed without starting 
resistance. 


09 


March, 1922 





gfeOlTA.4 . > *1 : All / ft ".O 




t-:» i? ‘ ; 




.«arsA. 



’ 

a&GtfT 





/l . H t>4 




U # * 
















■ 




■’ .0 

tAd': 

■ 

s V 

vr . ■ ■ . 

A v> ' 


}■ ' >r.: 





‘ 4 w ;:«• . i&ni :u •. 

»Wi?8 rc ll io /*»».. :s<? . ' stf bu* . .:■> bsl? ioj h ‘q 

iosri\ b-»v .•./ 

■■ ■■■- • '■ '■ -'t r -. - tirnttO** 

.?/• ■ !■- •«• lyiom '' 

-It - i* :.oa r : 1 $A<>si 3 &oi»4 

' 

‘•:v ; «M*,T 

ik* • *wC >?n;0 ‘m* ; >W Luiioqm^CJ 'rudt 
mto!/. 

lol sv ■*•: -rJ ■• $:diaq 

■'i i 1 ' 1CHU ' . Io • 


.bfioi $ii 

' -V-?v. • 'A*** 

. < •: *L- » 


i .*< l- 

allot? 




-V l$d bit *. ■ I JK & 


o£‘. : ..... . . 





ffewr •*!.-; rro. 

xd' l>93ao ; -fcorf- 

<‘sv JOS-n ‘V‘- 4 ^ 


- ivifit-i : ' k> •>■• 

r ;< *,»»:nr, *« ' 3qJo4» v 


y***? .H >| sgu>i H..M- ?t:i*rtis&$v9iitib 

IUimb i i - it ? a a, jiomw ■ 

' 

> irljt 




APPARATUS APPLICATION 

Reference 

Number 

(4001) Proper Selection of Apparatus 

Extreme care should be used in the proper selection 
of apparatus in order that satisfactory operation and 
good service will result. Where the apparatus is 
subjected to unusual risk, the engineering department 
of the manufacturer should be consulted; especially 
where the apparatus is used under the following 
conditions: 

Exposed to acid fumes, 

Operating in damp places, 

Where an exceedingly high speed is required, 
Exposed to flour dust, 

Exposed to gritty dust, 

Exposed to steam, 

Operated in poorly ventilated rooms, 

Operated in pits, or where entirely enclosed in 
boxes, 

Where operating temperature of the apparatus 
with overload guarantees applied exceeds 90° C. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 


71 


March, 1922 


:• tip, 

' 

*•« ;.x, K nrofmta# <*:u£ta c f (100*) 

■ 

bm tiCri ■ , j r f bv> m *MJuT‘x i qjs la ; _. 

m *trt*t£qq.s srwfW 83 $ Uiw soivw K-os 

. 

bOMimo; skJ blumic wuntAmu m wdt 1o 

sni^-i tU ‘lohnu ' ■.-} si tirif.ixqac «*rfi 9isifw 

’ 

- 

r<* ‘ botfcisqO ■ 

' 

{. i ; >":. - Of.-O f ' \Bbit \ 1 vqchfi ' 




USE OF 40° AND 50° RATING 
MOTORS 

The following resolutions, regarding the use of 40° 
and 50° rating motors, were presented to and approved 
unanimously by the General Meeting of The Electric 
Power Club in Cleveland, Ohio, Nov. 15, 1921: 

Whereas, The Electric Power Club has at the 
present time two Adopted Standards for open type 
continuous duty motors described in Reference 
Number 5303 as the 40° and the 50° Rating; and 

Whereas, during a period of progressive develop¬ 
ment of the use and application of the 50° Rating, 
it has been considered necessary to differentiate 
between the various uses and applications of the 
50° Rating and to recognize as a departure the 50° 
Rating where sold for general purposes as distin¬ 
guished from the 50° Rating when specially applied; 
and 

Whereas, in the judgment of The Electric Power 
Club this differentiation in the use and applica¬ 
tion of the 50° Rating is no longer necessary; and 

Whereas, the Purchasing Public now recognizes 
the two Ratings for open type machines with con¬ 
tinuous time ratings and with proper co-operation 
on the part of the manufacturers and proper edu¬ 
cation can intelligently apply whatever rating in its 
judgment best meets the duty cycle and conditions 
of service to which the motor or generator is to be 
applied. 

Nozv, Therefore, Be It Resolved, that all limita¬ 
tions in respect to the 50° Rating as an Adopted 
Standard of The Electric Power Club be removed; 
and be it further 

Resolved , that all Member Companies request 
their organizations to recognize and support both 
the 50° rating and the 40° rating in their negotia¬ 
tions and activities with all other organizations in 
any way dealing with the subject; and be it further 

Resolved, that derated 50° motors and generators 
when offered as 40° motors or generators shall 
carry the guarantees specified under the rules of 
The Electric Power Club for the 40° rating. 


73 


March, 1922 


MITAR i - C!XA an- TO mj 
8HOTOM 

:> ' • -V ■ .J1 ■ :• dot JifT 

ivr bi:r ‘.Mr •* tol ;J ^ni;f i ;: ban 

nhirdi'.' *‘!T >0 re»a»D «L '{Q •*'••-• - U 

: I .voVi ,otrf( ,t;ft«bv9l0 ni dot v.* wo'l 

;>!■>:> i£ srf '-JO ' '>■/■ : 'l ’>rfT OV 

i/’ :<;■)> oi .-rbrnWo. b r *qobA OW: >nxil ? 
v:./: Wi>b nr i> ,-ti• • b , VMOBI V.lwb - LtOf >?KO 

b.tfi ,'^:o- ’’On >. {;<» 3 ffi S0£2 T-‘.rnu7: 

stj t/r ••• ^ijhcib ’ << V'H 

*1 • 0? dt U> no';? hr 7-« »<ij ■ 4 <fl*>sir 

««* oi vi*y- -wi ?'-n»br >on csdn «*ri h 

3>rh jo 0;.r :u iti' i&\ >d} rmwis-- 

&r -' :jrfi diningb ^ «s oj *0c 

; fc si ■-■■'V. fOh-% -t< b\oz itui- gnrtfiH 

|« vl{•; iit»H gctj.- >5 °0? sd.» moil f>sri?.■ 

bns 

i or - .. -u; i? 

-- o-..: , . ii _• o taw orfi ni noiisHfm ;¥nfr j- bt <iuD 
>:ji; t < to^no! on ^rrits^t 'On -.. ia ;>-o 

: ^ i^< ;j a* on aiidw*? ^naedijTtrrl $ri: .i&'toANK 

.-non rfltw ? r- :hem nqv;* nnqo rol ‘nnfrfiJi ow i »di 
aoiimnijc oo $nq dsj ,v hi .o.i .. aid ez/otmb 

■ 

■ 

non L>fon o’> n Jssrl 

• •*.-[ j *,i tot; >.nu$ %c loto *ri f*>rrC// a! io 

? ii> 7 Ef£t Jh<i l\ . VI 

' itqob • s» 'gnra.o ,: nd ni inuntsi ni «rmi 

. DO *- <{q»8 ••;*« s.'K '.-Wl*- il5dj 

ib ' flj itfxi Ofi/. o ‘it6 '"I 3d! 

or ?noii^tiii3^To jo- •■ lUi o ■' •!■>!'• _5ijjf. ?ac»ii 

{(fifi-* o >i tt 'Oh s r na'fto . !w 

. 


.. . 


74 



GENERAL ENGINEERING 
RECOMMENDATIONS 


Reference 

Number 

(5001) Classification of Insulating Materials 

Insulating materials when considered in connection 
with temperature limits shall be classified as follows: 

Class A. Cotton, silk, paper and similar materials, 
when so treated or impregnated as to increase 
the thermal limit, or when permanently im¬ 
mersed in oil; also enameled wire and enameled 
silk or cotton covered wire. 

Class B. Mica, asbestos and other materials 
capable of resisting high temperatures, in which 
any Class A material or binder is used for 
structural purposes only, and may be destroyed 
without impairing the insulating or mechanical 
qualities of the insulation. 

Class C. Fireproof and refractory materials, such 
as pure mica, porcelain, quartz, etc. 

(Adopted Standard 11-9-1915.) 

Impregnated means that the insulating material is thoroughly 
saturated but that in the case of coils the spaces between con¬ 
ductors are not necessarily completely filled. 

Enameled wire, when silk or cotton covered, falls under 
Class A even if the fibrous covering is not treated, as this 
covering may be destroyed without imparing the insulation. 
(See 1918 Revision A. I. E. E. Rules Nos. 375-392.1 

(5002) Ambient Temperature 

1. The standard ambient temperature of refer¬ 
ence when the cooling medium is air, shall be 40° C. 

See Reference Number 7815-2 for Ambient Temperature 
of Reference for Mining Locomotives. 

The Ambient Temperature of Reference means the maximum 
ambient temperature at which a piece of apparatus can operate 
successfully under full rated conditions. If this maximum 
ambient temperature is exceeded and the conditions or rating 
produce the permissible temperature rise, the maximum permis¬ 
sible actual temperature will be exceeded and deterioration of 
insulation result. Such a condition may also obtain in any 
piece of apparatus when it is operated within the maximum 
ambient temperature of 40° C. at voltages and frequencies other 
than normal. (Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

2. A machine may be tested at any convenient 
ambient temperature but whatever be the value ol 
this ambient temperature the permissible rises of 
temperature must not exceed those specified. 


General 


76 


March, 1922 


GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5002 Continued ) 

3. No correction need be made for the deviation 
of the ambient temperature of the cooling medium 
from the standard ambient temperature of reference. 

(Adopted Standard 11-9-1915.) 

See A. I. E. E. Rules Nos. 305, 307, 311 and 320. In the case 
of rotating machines cooled by forced draft a conventional 
weighted mean for the ambient temperature shall be employed, 
a weight of four being given to the temperature of the circulating 
air supplied through ducts and a weight of one to the surrounding 
room air. (1918 Revision of A. I. E. E. Rules)) 

Rotating Machines 

RATINGS AND TESTS. 

(5300) Standards of Rating Performances and Dura¬ 
tion of Tests. 

Many machines are operated on a cycle of duty 
which repeats itself with more or less regularity. 
The heating of machines operating under such con¬ 
ditions is equivalent to a continuous run for a certain 
specified time. The standard duration of tests, or 
time ratings, for machines operating on such ratings 
shall be as follows: 

5 min. 

10 min. 

15 min. 

30 min. 

60 min. 

120 min. 

Continuous. 

Of these the first six are commonly known as Short 
Time Ratings. In every case the short time test 
shall commence only when the windings and other 
parts of the machine are within 5 degrees of the room 
temperature at the time of starting the test. 

(Adopted Standard 11-9-1915.) 

(See 1918 Revision A. I. E. E. Rules Nos. 284, 285 and 
286.) 

(5301) Temperature Measurements. 

Temperatures herein referred to shall be measures 
by thermometer on all induction motors and on other 
motors and generators of less than 200 kw. or 200 
H.P. output. (Adopted Standard Revised 11-9-1915.) 

(5302) Overload Temperature. 

The temperature of a machine when carrying over¬ 
load shall be determined by starting the overload 
run not more than fifteen minutes after completing 
the test at rated load. Fifteen minutes'shall be 
regarded as sufficient time within which to record 
result of rated test. (Adopted Standard.) 

March, 1922 


76 


GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS_ 

ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(53.03) Temperature Ratings. 

1. There may be two ratings for open type motors 
and generators with Class A insulation and continuous 
time ratings as follows: 

. (a) A rating giving a 40-Deg. C. temperature 
rise guarantee under continuous operation with a 
two-hour, 25 per cent overload guarantee at 55 
Deg. C., to be designated and known as the 40 
Deg. Rating. 

(b) A rating giving a 50-Deg. C. temperature 
rise guarantee under continuous operation without 
overload temperature guarantee, to be designated 
and known as the 50-Deg. Rating. 

2. Machines having 40-Deg. Ratings are designed 
for all classes of service, including those in which an 
overload capacity of 25 per cent *for two hours is 
desired. 

3. Machines having 50-Deg. Ratings are designed 
for conditions in which the load requirements are 
accurately known, and under which the machine will 
not be subjected to load in excess of its rating. Other 
ratings without overload temperature guarantee, 
which are designed for these same conditions or 


service, are: 

Class of Time Temperature 
Type Insulation Rating Rating 

Open. A Any 50 Deg. C. 

Semi-enclosed.. A “ 50 Deg. C. 

Enclosed. A “ 55 Deg. C. 

Open.. B « 70 Deg. C. 

Semi-enclosed.. B “ 70 Deg. C. 

Enclosed. B * 75 Deg. C. 


4. The temperature rating for which the machine 
is designed, including time rating and overload tem¬ 
perature guarantee, shall be clearly and specifically 
stated on all name-plates and in all bulletins, price 
sheets, quotations, specification sheets, etc. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRACTICE. 

(5400) Tapered Shafts. 

The standard taper of shafts shall be at the rate of 
one and one-quarter inches in diameter per foot of 
length. (Recommended Practice 11-9-1914.) 

77 March, 1922 






general engineering recommendations— 

ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5401) Direction of Rotation. 

The standard direction of rotation for all non¬ 
reversing direct current motors and alternating 
current single phase motors shall be counter clock¬ 
wise, and for all alternating current and direct current 
generators shall be clockwise viewed from the end of 
the machine opposite drive. 

Unless otherwise specified, standard machines will 
be connected for standard direction of rotation. 

(Recommended Practice 11-9-1915.) 


(5402) Brush Dimensions. 

1. Lengths of Round and Rectangular Brushes. 

To 1X"» * inclusive Increase by steps of yi" 

Over IK" to 3' “ “ “ “ “ X" 

Over 3" “ “ “ “ X' 

Wherever possible X' steps are to be used below 1' length 
and X' steps above 1' length. 


2. Width and Diameter. 

Up to X", inclusive Increase by steps of 
Over X" to 2X" “ “ “ “ “ X' 

Over 2 X" “ « « « X' 

Diameter of all round brushes “ « « « 

For widths X' steps are to be used wherever possible. 


3. Thickness. 

Up to X"» inclusive Increase by steps of 

Over X" “ “ “ “ X' 

Wherever possible H* steps are to be used above X' in thickness. 
Diameter of round brushes shall vary by steps of &*• 


4. Limits. 

(a) Rectangular and square brushes. 
Length—plus or minus 
Width—exact size to ei" undersize. 
Thickness— 

Plain brushes +.001" 

— .003" 

Plated brushes+.001" 

-.004" 


For square brushes, thickness limits to apply to both width 
and thickness. 

78 March, 1922 


GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5402 Continued ) 


(b) Round Brushes. 

Diameter 

Up to , inclusive Exact size to .006" undersize 

A" and H” “ “ “ « .008" 

tV" and above “ “ “ .010" “ 

Length—plus or minus yj". 

Box guages to be used for thickness and diameter. 


5. Length of Flexible Shunts. 

The length of a flexible shunt shall be the distance 
from the top of the brush to the center of the slot or 
hole in the terminal. 


6. Holes or Slots in Terminals for Flexible Shunts. 

Maximum Size 

Size of Screw Hole or Slot 

No. 8 and No. 10 

“ 12 “ 14 X" 

A" diameter W 

H* “ W 

Minimum size of hole or slot shall allow sufficient clearance to 
permit the screw entering the slot or hole without binding. 

7. Bevels. 

Bevels on carbon brushes shall vary by steps of 5°, 
and shall be accurate to within 1° above or below. 

The length of a beveled brush shall be the distance 
from the end to the toe of the bevel, if beveled on one 
end only, or the distance from toe to toe measured 
parallel to the face of the brush when both ends are 
beveled. In other words, the length shall be that of 
the square ended brush from which the beveled brush 
was made. 

8. Plated Brushes. 

Dimensions, limits, etc., shall be the same as 
specified for plain brushes, except thickness limits for 
which see paragraph 4 above. 

(Recommended Practice 11-18-1916.) 

TERMINALS AND THEIR MARKING. 

(5403) Motor Terminals. 

Terminal connectors shall be standard for motors 
5 H.P. 1750 R.P.M. up to and including 250 H.P. 
or 250 K.W. The use of terminal connectors on 
motors below 5 H. P., 1750 R.P.M., shall be op¬ 
tional with the manufacturer. 

(Recommended Practice 11-13-1917.) 

79 March, 1922 


GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404) Terminal Markings. 


Standard Method of Terminal Marking 
and Connections. 


These markings are used only for terminals 
to which connection must be made from 
outside circuits or from auxlitiary devices 
which must be disconnected for Shipment. 
They are not intended to be used for 
internal machine connections. 


Single, Two and Three-phase Induction Motors. 
D.C.Motors. 

A. C. Generators. 

D. C.Generators. 

Transformers. 

Control 


O.c. 

L|.L*. -*-• 
- Ai, A 2 ,- 


Line- 

Brush on Commutator- 

Stator--- 

Series Field---Si ,32.- 

Brush on Slip Ring (Rotor)- 

Shunt Field-- Fi.Fg,- 

Commutating Field-Ci ,C 2,- 

Braking—*-B 1.82,63, Etc. 


A.C. 

• L|,l2,L),Etc. 
A1.A2.A3,Etc. 
T1.T2.T3, Etc. 


■ Mi, M2 .Mj, Etc 
-F1.F2.- 


-Bl.Bt.Bj.Etc 


Armature Resistance-R1.R2.R3.Etc.-R1.R2.R3.Etc 


Shunt Field Resistance-V,,Vg,V 3 .Etc.- 

Transformer, High Voltage---Hj.hj.H3,Etc. 

Transformer,Low Voltage-X1.X2.X3,Etc. 

Neutral Connection_Terminal letter with suffix 0 . 


(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


80 


March, 1922 


















GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404-2) Terminal Markings of D. C. Motors, Shunt 
Wound. 


Rotation,Non Reversing Motors.Counter-clockwise Facing End Opposite Drive. 
On Non Reversible Motor Starters Shunt Field TcrminalShould Be Marked 
With The Word Field Machine Diagrams Wi11 NotShowControl Connections 
Aways Star tWith A Free Lead Marked Sub.1 
AN Internal Connections Go FromSub.2 TOSubl 



(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 



March, 1922 












































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS 
ROTATING MACHINES 


Reference 

Number 

(5404-21) Terminal Markings of D. C. Motors, Com¬ 
pound Wound. 


Pot6tion,Non ReversingMotors.Countcr-clockwise Facing End Opposite Drive 
On Non-reverslble Motor Starters ShuntF ield Terminal Should Be Marked 
With The Word Field. Machine Diagrams Will Not Show Control Connections 
Always Start- With A Free Lead Marked Sub.1 
Allinternal Connections Go FromSub.2 ToSub.t 



(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


82 


March, 1922 











































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404-22) Terminal Markings of D. C. Motors, Series 
Wound. 


Rotation,NonR,eversing Motors.CounLer-clockwise Facing End Opposite Drive 
Machine Diagrams will Not ShowControl Connections 
Alwoya Start. With A Free Lead Marked Sub.l 
All Internal Connections Go FromSub.2 ToSub.l 


NON REVERSING COMMUTATING POLE TYPE 


roMM ermea 


AZ 


REVERSING COMMUTATING POttTVPe 


f— 

v —' COMM. SERIES 


AZ SI SZ 


NON REVERSING NON COMMUTATING POLE TYPE 


—WWWW— 

'—' SERIES Field 


REVERSING NON COMMUTATING POLE TYPE 


HWVWM^n 

SERIES PiELO 




(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


83 


March, 1922 
































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 

ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404-3) Terminal Markings of D. C. Generators, 
Two Wire. 


Direction of Rotation Clockwise Facing End Opposite Drive, 



SHUNT GENERATOR WITH 
COMMUTATING POLES• 


rvi rheostat 

l CO i 


—4r»-- EL VWWWV 


FI 


rO 1 


SHUNT FIELO 
Cl 


ARMATURE 

ft CIRCUIT BREAKER 

'ey 

1 + 


VWW\A&I 

COMM. FIELD 


CZ 


COMPOUND GENERATOR WITHOUT 
COMMUTATING POL£6* 


r 


SHUNT FIELD 




^ARMATURE 
(^CIRCUIT BREAKER 

i + 


SERIES FlELO 


S2 


COMPOUND GENERATOR WITH COMMUTATING 
POLES AND COMPENSATING FlELO. 

|”“i RHEOSTAT 

SHUNT FIELD 


,A 

!» c 


ARMATURE COMP. 

FjELO 
IRCUIT BREAKER 


COMM. 

FlELO 


9Z 


SERIES 

FlELO 


S2, 


SHUNT GENERATOR WITHOUT 
COMMUTATING POLES- 

{“of! rheostat shunt field 


-OP • 

I— -fe.tJ- 


A1 


,'A) 

:> ci 


jWmWft 

o* 


ARMATURE 




CIRCUIT BREAKER 


• 4 * 


A 2 


SHUNT GENERATOR WITH COMMUTATING AND 
COMPENSATING FIELDS. 


\(P)\ RHEOS 7 A T t SHUNT FIELD __ 

j -^VWWWn 




COMP. FIELD COMM.FICLO 


^ ARMATURE 
it CIRCUIT BREAKER 

1-4- 


OZ 


COMPOUND GENERATOR WITH 
COMMUTATING POLES. 


r:“l RHEOSTAT 

r-i^WWWV 


I 

»A| 


fZ 


SHUNT FlELO 




ARMATURE 


i[ CIRCUIT BREAKER 

H 

i+ 


COMM. 

FlELO 


SCRIES 

FlELO 


HS2 


(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


84 


March, 1922 








































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 

ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404-&1) Terminal Markings of D. C. Generators, 
Three Wire. 


Direction of Rotation Clockwise Facing End Opposite Drive. 


Shu«1 WITHOUT COMMUTAllNGPOv.ES 

5hunT FltLO 

| ABMAToR e 

i 

— — -A 

■*‘1 Ai A* \ /AZ 


* cur e»cAHrp 


A H Pn A 1 UH t 


A l 


YammEUN m3 



Ml 


M2 


CiP BREAKER .* 

t c ' 

AMMETERS^ 

« 

—I 




COMPOUMO GENERATOR WITH COMMUTATING POcES 

SMUMT FIELD 

Rheostat r ” * fi ahiuhaaaa^ 


half of SCRIES f lE^O 

5 Wi 


EOSTAT ; oo! >M/WVMVVW 

.- xSZ'Jb — 1 

ARMATURE 

WWVYi——dWWV^-1 


HALF Of SERIES FIELD 

n'VWVH - 




• KALE Of 


COMM.f IELO 


SI 


ammeter 


x o(«ClRCUlT BREAKER 

MS 




half of 

COMM, f I CtO 


CIRCUIT BREAKER'^ 


Ml 


M4 


u, —I 

s 

AMMETER 


»■ 

S 4 


(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 



March, 1922 
























































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404-4) Terminal Markings of Induction Motors. 


Induction Motor,Single-phas<2. 



Induction Motors,Two and Three-phase 
Rotor Connection. 


F»HA8E2\ yPHASEI 


~T7C 

T4 T3 TZ 

T 

Tt 

STANDARD two 

-phase 

o o 

0 

T 3 TZ 

T1 


STAN CARD THREE-PHASE 


three-phase 


T 3 

O 

T2 

T1 

O 


O 



o 

O 

T4 

13 

T2 11 

O 


O 


TWO-PHASE 


0 

T4 

T3 

off 

Tl 


O 


0 


WHEN USEO,TERMINAL BOARDS 
ON LEFT HAND SIOE OF MOTOR 
FACING PULLEY END.WHEN 
NOT USED, LEAOS WILL 8E 
SEPARATELY MARKED. 



TWO AND THREE-PHASE SLIP RING INDUCTION 
MOTORS, WITH TWO-PHA3S ROTOR. 



V 


(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


86 


March, 1922 



































GENERAL. ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 

ROTATING MACHINES 


Reference 

Number 

(5404-4 Continued ) 


Induction Motors,Two and Three-phase 
Stator Connections. 



3TANOARD TWO-PHASE 


T 3 

T 2 

Tl 

O 

O 

O 


STANDARD THREE-PHASE 


O 

o 

T 3 

T 2 Tl 

O 

THREE 

-PHASE 


O 

T 3 

T 2 . T , 

O 

O 


T4 

O 

O 

T3* 

T 2 
O 

o 

Tt 

TWO- 

PHASE 

O 

T4 

T 3 

O 

rz 

Tl 


O 


O 


WHEN USED,TERMINAL BOARDS 
ON LEFT HAND SlOE OF MOTOR 
FACING PULLEYENO.WHtN 
NOT USED,LEADS WILL BE 

SEPARATELY marked. 


SINGLE SPECO.Two ANO THREE-PHASE 


three-pmasea Three-phase v two-phase 

TI Ti T• 



T3 


TWO SPEEb.TwO-PHASE 


T9 



spcco 

LI 

LB 

LZ 

L4 

LOW 

TA 

re 

ri 

T 3 

HIGH 

T 5 

T4-T6 

T2 

TI-T3 


constant torSuejwo speed,three-phase 



speeo 

LI 

LE 

L3 

HIGH 

Tl 

T2 

T 3 

LOW 

Til 

Tl 2 

TI3 


VARIABLE TORQUE,TWO SPEEO/THRCC-PHASC 



SPCCO 

Li 

Lt 

L3 


LOW 

Tl 

TE 

T3 

T4-T5-T6 0PEN 

HIGH 

T4 

TS 

te 

Tl-T2*T 5 TOGETHER 


STARTING Y ANORUNNINO A 





LI 

LZ 

LS 

TOGCT new 

STARTING 

y 

Tl 

rz 

T 3 

TA-T5-T6 

Running 

A 

TI-T6 

T2-T4 

T3-T 5 



INDEPENDENT WINDING TWOSPEED TwO PHASE 


T3 T13 



Tl Til 


SPEEO 

LI 

L Z 

L 3 

LA 

LOW 

T 1 

T 2 . 

T 3 

T 4 

HIGH 

Til 

TI 2 

Ti 3 

TlA 


CONSTANT TORQUE, two SpcEO,three PHASE 



SPCCO 

U 

LZ 

L1 


LOW 

Tl 

TZ 

T 3 

T4-T5-TS OPEN 

HIGH 

T4 

T5 

T6 

TI-T2-T3 TOGETHER 


CONSTANT H-P- TWO SPEEO,THREE -PHASE 

Tl 

XX. 

T« 


SPCCO 

U 

17 

LS 


LOW 

T4 

TS 

Tfc 

TI-TE-T3 TOGETHER 

HIGH 

Tl 

T2 

T 3 

T4 TS-TS OPEN 


(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


87 


March, 19J/ 







































































































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
ROTATING MACHINES 

Reference 

Number 

(5404-5) Terminal Markings of A. C. Generators and 
Synchronous Motors. 


Single-phase,Two-phase and Three-phase. 


p X i 

TA T3 T2 Tf 


0 O 

ra ra Tl 


o o 

T4 T3 T2 Tl 

0 O 

STANDARD TWO-PHASE 

THREE-PHASE 

TWO-PHASE 

O O O 

T3 T2 T1 

STANDARD THREE-PHASE 


0 

T3 T2 Tl 

o o 


o o 

T4 T3 T2 T< 

O O 




(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


88 


March, 1922 
























































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS_ 

TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406) 

Constant Potential Transformers 

STANDARD LEAD MARKINGS 


* Rules for Transformer Lead Markings 

(These rules do not apply to Auto Transformers.) 

GENERAL 

1. Scope. 

These rules specify the markings of leads 
brought out of the case but not the markings of 
winding terminals inside of the case, except that 
these terminals shall be marked with numbers in 
any manner that will permit of convenient reference 
and that cannot be confused with the markings of 
the leads brought out of the case. 

. NOTE.—It is recognized that special cases will arise from 
time to time that these rules will not cover and that it 
. would be very difficult to cover by any set of general rules. 

2. Markings of Leads. 

(a) In General. The leads shall be distinguished 
from one another by marking each lead with a 
capital letter followed by a number. The let¬ 
ters to be used are H for high voltage leads, X 
for low voltage leads and Y for tertiary wind¬ 
ing leads. The numbers to be used as 1, 2, 
3, etc. 

NOTE.—By "tertiary winding” is meant a third winding 
that, compared with both of the other two windings, has 
smaller Kv-a rating than either or, if the Kv-a rating is the 
same as one or both of the other two, has lower voltage. 

E.g., if a transformer has three separate windings, one 
for 1000 Kv-a, 33000 volts, one for 600 Kv-a, 550 volts and 
one for 400 Kv-a 6600 volts, the 400 Kv-a winding is the 
tertiary winding. 

Or, if a transformer has three separate windings each with 
a capacity of 1000 Kv-a, and with voltages of 33000, 6600 
and 550 respectively, the 550 volt winding is the tertiary 
winding. 

According to this definition neither one of two similar 
windings arranged for series-parallel connection is to be 
classed as a tertiary winding. 

*In accordance with the recommendations of the General 
Conference Committee on Technical Subjects—February, 1918, 
with subsequent modifications. The Conference Committee 
represented the following associations: American Institute of 
Electrical Engineers, National Electric Light Association, The 
Electric Power Club and the Association of Edison Illuminating 
Companies. 


89 


March, 1922 



GENERAL, ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) Recommended Practice 

Revised 5-30-1918.) 
(b) A neutral Lead shall be marked with the 
proper letter followed by O, e.g., HO, XO. 

Exception.—A lead brought out from the 
middle of a winding for some other use than 
that of neutral lead, e.g., a 50% starting tap, 
shall be marked as a tap lead. 

3. Diagrammatic Sketch of Connections. 

The manufacturer shall furnish with each trans¬ 
former a complete diagrammatic sketch showing 
the leads and internal connections and their mark¬ 
ings and the voltages obtainable with the various 
connections. 

This sketch should preferably be on a metal plate 
attached to the transformer case. 

SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMERS. 

4. Order of Numbering Leads in any Winding. 

The leads of any winding (high voltage, low volt¬ 
age or tertiary) brought out of case shall be num¬ 
bered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., the lowest and highest 
numbers marking the full winding and the inter¬ 
mediate numbers marking fractions of winding or 
taps. All numbers shall be so applied that the 
potential difference from any lead having a lower 
number toward any lead having a higher number 
shall have the same sign at any instant. 

If a winding is divided into two or more parts for 
series parallel connections, and the leads of these 
parts are brought out of case, the above rule shall 
apply for the series connection with the addition 
that the leads of each portion of winding shall be 
given consecutive numbers. (Figs. 5 and 6, page 95.) 

5. Relation of Order of Numbering Leads of Differ¬ 

ent Windings. 

The numbering of the high voltage and low voltage 
leads shall be so applied that when HI and XI are 
connected together and voltage applied to the 
transformer, the voltage between the highest num¬ 
bered H lead and the highest numbered X lead 
shall be less than the voltage of the full high volt¬ 
age winding. 

The same relation shall apply between high voltage 
and tertiary and low voltage and tertiary winding. 

90 March, 1922 


GENERAL. ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) (Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 

6. Polarity. 

When leads are marked in accordance with the 
above rules, the polarity of a transformer is 
Subtractive when HI and XI are adjacent (Figs. 

1, 3 and 5). 

Additive when HI is diagonally located with re¬ 
spect to XI (Figs. 2, 4 and 6, page 95). 

7. Location of HI Lead. 

To simplify the work of connecting transformers 
in parallel it is recommended that the HI lead shall 
be brought out on the right hand side of the case, 
facing high voltage side of the case. 

8. Parallel Operation. 

Transformers having leads marked in accordance 
with these rules may be operated in parallel by con¬ 
necting similarly marked leads together, provided 
their ratios, voltages, resistances and reactances 
are such as to permit parallel operation. 

In some cases design may be such as to permit 
parallel operation, although due to the difference 
in the number of tap leads, the leads to be con¬ 
nected together may not have the same number. 

THREE PHASE TRANSFORMERS. 

9. Marking of Full Winding Leads. 

The (3) high voltage leads and the (3) low volt¬ 
age leads which connect to the full phase wind¬ 
ings, shall be marked HI, H2, H3 and XI, X2, X3. 
The full phase winding of a tertiary winding shall 
be marked Yl, Y2, Y3. 

10. Relation between High and Low Voltage Wind- 
ings. 

(a) The markings shall be so applied that if the 
phase sequence of voltage on the high, voltage 
side is in the time order HI, H2, H3 it is in the 
time order of XI, X2, X3 on the low voltage 
side and Yl, Y2, Y3 for a tertiary winding. 

(b) Angular Displacement. 

In order that the markings of lead connections 
between phases shall indicate definite phase 
relations, they shall be made in accordance 
with one of the three-phase groups shown in 
Figs. 7 to 14, inc., page 96. The angular dis¬ 
placement between the high voltage and low 
91 March, 1922 


GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) (Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
voltage windings is the angle in each of the 
voltage vector diagrams (Figs. 7-14, inc., page 
96), between the lines passing from its neutral 
point through HI and XI, respectively. 

Any three phase transformer having a delta Y 
connection may be represented by voltage vec¬ 
tor diagram either in accordance with Figure 
11 or Figure 13. Any three phase transformer 
having Y delta connection may be represented 
by voltage vector diagram either in accord¬ 
ance with Fig. 12 or 14, page 96.. Since these 
voltage vector diagrams are equivalent, it is 
recommended that the terminal markings for 
three phase transformers having delta Y con¬ 
nection be always made in accordance with 
Figure 11 and that the terminal markings for 
three phase transformers having Y delta con¬ 
nection be always made in accordance with 
Figure 12, page 96. 

11. Tap Leads. 

(a) Where tap leads are brought out of the case 
(neutral lead excepted) they shall be marked 
with the proper letter followed by the figures 
4, 7, etc., for one phase, 5, 8, etc., for another 
phase, and 6, 9, etc., for the third phase. (See 
Fig. 15, page 96. 

(b) Delta Connection. The order of numbering 
tap leads shall be as follows: 4, 7, etc., from 
lead 1 toward lead 2; 5, 8, etc., from lead 2 
toward lead 3; and 6, 9, etc., from lead 3 
toward lead 1. (See Fig. 15, page 96.) 

(c) Star Connection. The order of numbering tap 
leads shall be as follows: 4, 7, etc., from lead 1 
towards neutral; 5, 8, etc., from lead 2 towards 
neutral; and 6, 9, etc., from lead 3 towards 
neutral. (See Fig. 15, page 96.) 

12. Interphase Connection Made Outside of Case. 
Where the interphase connections are made out¬ 
side of case, the leads will be marked with the 
proper letter followed by the numbers 1, 4, 7, 10, 
etc., for one phase; 2, 5, 8, 11, etc., for the second 
phase; and 3, 6, 9, 12, etc., for the third phase. 

The markings shall be so applied that when a star 
connection is made by joining together the highest 
numbered leads of each phase, all rules here given, 
excepting rule (2b) apply. 

92 


March, 1922 


GENERAL. ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) (Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 

13. Parallel Operation. 

Transformers having leads marked in accordance 
with these rules may be operated in parallel by con¬ 
necting similarly marked leads together provided 
their angular displacements are the same and pro¬ 
vided also their ratios, voltages, resistances, and 
reactances are such as to permit parallel operation. 
NOTE.—In some cases designs may be such as to permit 
parallel operation although, due to a difference in the num¬ 
ber of tap leads, the leads to be connected together are not 
similarly marked. 

14. Location of HI Lead. 

To simplify the work of connecting transformers in 
parallel it is recommended that the HI lead shall 
be brought out on the right hand side of the case, 
facing the high voltage side of the case. 

THREE PHASE TO SIX PHASE TRANSFORM¬ 
ERS. 

15. Rules for Three Phase Transformers that are 

Applicable. 

Rules 10b and 12 shall apply to three phase to six 
phase transformers. Rules 9 and 11 shall apply 
to three phase windings, but not to six phase wind¬ 
ings. 

16. Markings of Six Phase Leads. 

The six leads which connect to the full phase wind¬ 
ings shall be marked XI, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6. 
(Figs. 16-19, inch, page 97.) 

17. Relation Between Three Phase and Six Phase 

Windings. 

(a) The markings shall be so applied that if the 
phase sequence of voltage on the three phase 
side is in the time order HI, H2, H3, it is in 
the time order of XI, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6 on 
the six phase side. 

(b) Angular Displacement. 

In order that the markings of lead connec¬ 
tions between phases shall indicate definite 
phase relations, they shall be made in accord¬ 
ance with one of the four, six phase groups 
shown in Figs. 16 to 19, inclusive. The angular 
displacement between the high voltage and low 
voltage windings is the angle in each of the 
voltage vector diagrams from its neutral 
through HI and XI respectively. 

93 


March, 1922 


GENERAL. ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) 

18. Tap Leads. . 

Where tap leads from low voltage windings are 
brought out of the case (neutral lead excepted), 
they shall be marked as follows: 

(a) Diametrical Connection tap leads shall be 

marked from the two ends of each phase wind¬ 
ing towards the middle or neutral point in the 
following order: X7, X13, etc., from XI 
towards neutral; X8, X14, etc., from X2 

towards neutral; X9, XI5, etc., from X3 

towards neutral; X10, X16, etc., from X4 

towards neutral; XI1, X17, etc., from X5 

towards neutral; X12, X18, etc., from X6 

towards neutral. (See Fig. 20, page 97.) 

A tap from the middle point of any phase 
winding, not intended as a neutral, shall be 
given a number determined by counting from 

XI, X2 or X3 and not from X4, X5, or X6; 
e.g., if the only taps brought out are 50% 
starting taps, they shall be numbered X7, X8 
and X9. 

(b) Double Delta Connection. Tap leads shall 
be marked in the following order: X7, X13, 
etc., from XI towards X3; X8, X14, etc., from 
X2 towards X4; X9, X15, etc., from X3 towards 
X5; X10, X16, etc., from X4 towards X6; 

XII, X17, etc., from X5 towards XI; X12, X18, 
etc., from X6 towards X2. (See Fig. 21, page 
97.) 

NOTE.—For starting purposes it is generally customary to 
bring out only two taps from one delta and start three- 
phase. 

(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 


94 


March, 1922 


Sv&rtMcr/e* /toOfx/rr ft/arx/rem* rbOt/vrY •StAjnrxxer/trrPa/Atmrr 


GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued') 

Lead Markings for Single Phase Transformers. 




F/f.3 



F/f.4 


Saa^pIs /p/caa fA/o/ot*/ h/aa/paa/ss 

Wataa Tapps 


Hi HZ 



•SspapsA/caipp/S 
love VoiTAffeW/Afo/t/f 
lAl/rAAot/rT&Ps 



Sspa es A/s/aapJs 
/ov/ t/olrpss Mz/DPA/f 

WATAA 7 a)PS 


F/f.S 


f/f.6 


NOTE:_The above figures illustrate the application of the rules on lead 

markings to transformers having subtractive and additive pciarity. 

(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.), 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) * 

95 March, 1922 















GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued) 

Lead Markings and Voltage Vector Diagrams for the 
Usual Three Phase Transformer Connec¬ 
tions. 



NOTE:—The above figures are Included to illustrated the method of marking: 
transformer leads that are brought out of the case and are jiot intended to 
standardize connections, vector diagrams or polarity. 

(Recommended Practice 5-30-1918.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


96 


March, 1922 

























GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 


Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) 


Lead Markings and Voltage Vector Diagrams for the 
Usual Six Phase Transformer Connections. 



NOTE:—The above figures are included to Illustrate the method of marking 
transformer leads that are brought out of the case and are not intended to 
standardise connections, vector diagrams or polarity. 


(Recommended Practice 5-30-1919.) 
(Adopted Standard 6-1-1919.) 


97 


March, 1922 

























GENERAL ENGINEERING REC031MENDATI0NS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued') 


Angular Displacement and Connections for Single 
Phase Transformers in Three Phase Banks. 

f f f 

) z 



0 degrees 


180 degrees 


Fig. III. 


NOTE.—The above figures are included as matter of in¬ 
formation to illustrate connections of single phase transformers 
of Additive Polarity, Subtractive Polarity, and Additive and 
subtractive Polarity in banks for the various recognized angular 
displacements. (6-7-1921.) 


100 


March, 1922 



















GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued') 


Angular Displacement and Connections for Single 
Phase Transformers in Three Phase Banks. 






30 degrees 


30 degrees 


Fig. IV. 


NOTE.—The above figures are included as matter of in¬ 
formation to illustrate connections of single phase transformers 
of Additive Polarity, Subtractive Polarity, and Additive and 
Subtractive Polarity in banks for the various recognized angular 
displacements. (6-7-1921.) 


101 


March, 1922 



































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) 


Angular Displacement and Connections for Single 
Phase Transformers When Transforming 
Three to Six Phase. 


HS 

A 

Hi HS 





Angular Displacement 
0 degrees 


X 


Hi H3 


X 2 xJ^X4 


X6 



Angular 

0 


Displacement 

degrees 


Fig. V. 


NOTE.—The above figures are included as matter of in¬ 
formation to illustrate connections of single phase transformers 
of Additive Polarity, Subtractive Polarity, and Additive and 
Subtractive Polarity in banks for the various recognized angular 
displacements. (6-7-1921.) 


102 


March, 1922 
















































GENERAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS— 
TRANSFORMERS 

Reference 

Number 

(5406 Continued ) 

Angular Displacement and Connections for Single 
Phase Transformers When Transforming 
Three to Six Phase. 






Angular Displacement 
30 degrees 


Angular Displacement 
30 degrees 


Fig. VI. 


NOTE.—The above figures are included as matter of in¬ 
formation to illustrate connections of single phase transformers 
of Additive Polarity, Subtractive Polarity, and Additive and 
Subtractive Polarity in banks for the various recognized angular 
displacements. (6-7-1921.) March , 1922 


103 


























































■ 

is Mr* tf fro'n * /:> a t 







. 


it&m -;o.v feau*. \-n in iiUjjgwifl tilifttA 

jjniin „*Wi«iT lo^/teiT imuH 

ir.i8 ©J *3iiiT 






















*x 

u; git/ 

>>»' Of 




>&\ \*n ax *x sxt 

t£H>T3»b Of, . 


r, ft. ! T- . J'TOVt 





' [irg't., ir>v: > m- j»rfl tn> mittixf •„• - ■ -Jr- 

104 










































FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER 
MOTORS — DIRECT CURRENT 

(Motors of less than 1 H. P_see definition 

Reference Number 1110) 

Reference 

Number 

(6115) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6117) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 32, 115 and 230 volts. 

NOTE—The fields of 32 volt motors shall be so de¬ 
signed that they can be run continuously on 40 volts with¬ 
out injury. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 1-15-1919.) 

(6119) Load and Speed Ratings. 

1. Standard load and speed ratings shall be: 

Approx. Full Load 

Brake H. P. Ratings R. P. M. 


3/4 

1725 

1/2 

1725 — 1140 

1/3 

1725 — 1140 

1/4 

1725 — 1140 

1/6 

1725 — 1140 

1/8 

1725 — 1140 

1/12 

1725 

1/20 

1725 


(Recommended Practice 5-3-1916, 
Amended 11-17-1920.) 


2. When motors operating at other than the fore¬ 
going standard speeds are required, full load speeds 
approximating those of 25 or 60 cycle alternating 
current motors shall be given prefer'ence. 

(Recommended Practice 5-22-1911.) 

(6120) STANDARD WINDINGS. 

The standard windings for y 2 and $£ H.P. motors 
shall be both shunt and compound; for yi, 1/6 
and yi H.P. motors, compound; for 1/12 and 1/20 
H.P. shunt. 

(Adopted Standard 1-15-1919.) 


105 


March, 1922 










' 

.V/f »| • • :<:/1 JAjHiKIiAO 

■ 

SOI t ' ••• vO toiA libsoA 

gnim »Kfnn"€. «; v/# sf^-nno^/yetT mI^I 
.isrsrf*! yaH oJ m/IT 



. 

{- • <t ' "•■ 

- «a »*i 3 

» U; r.T~:— ~~ ' „ j j 

\mr.ieA X<vmY ■ Va 


— 




«x 




?x 

■... ..'.• •• 


tx 


•X 


Y. i \ il US aA 
»»rt||»fe or. 




- 

oari' »0£if(J»K3 !*!«*« 




■' V< ' -..i r- -; TO A 

Xai 

5»ri#ixr.r<ii;3 


-•• ■ ’?. ••• '' fj, of .uUtWKj 

■ '- '' • . , •.•■--iisio < J r :;j!.* uir/R .v-i /JoM ~vi 'r 

tSttrSiU i TV ■•:■ '•• ■ ’ Stfj TO* Bnfnc< : n; 1 f.K-.’l -V.' 


104 











































FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER 
MOTORS —DIRECT CURRENT 

(Motors of less than 1 H. P.—see definition 
Reference Number 1110) 

Reference 

Number 

(6115) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6117) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 32, 115 and 230 volts. 

NOTE—The fields of 32 volt motors shall be so de¬ 
signed that they can be run continuously on 40 volts with¬ 
out injury. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 1-15-1919.) 

(6119) Load and Speed Ratings. 

1. Standard load and speed ratings shall be: 

Approx. Full Load 

Brake H. P. Ratings R. P. M. 


3/4 

1725 

1/2 

1725 — 1140 

1/3 

1725 — 1140 

1/4 

1725 — 1140 

1/6 

1725 — 1140 

1/8 

1725 — 1140 

1/12 

1725 

1/20 

1725 


(Recommended Practice 5-3-1916, 
Amended 11-17-1920.) 


2. When motors operating at other than the fore¬ 
going standard speeds are required, full load speeds 
approximating those of 25 or 60 cycle alternating 
current motors shall be given preference. 

(Recommended Practice 5-22-1911.) 

(6120) STANDARD WINDINGS. 

The standard windings for and 24 H.P. motors 
shall be both shunt and compound; for J4» 1/6 
and Yz H.P. motors, compound; for 1/12 and 1/20 
H.P. shunt. 

(Adopted Standard 1-15-1919.) 


105 


March, 1922 


FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT 
CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 


(6130) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATONS. 
(6131) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade of all parts 
when operating under normal rated conditions as 
specified on the nameplate. 


Class of insulation 

A 

Load, per cent of rated capacity 

100 

Time rating 

Continuous 

Open type 

40° 

Enclosed type 

55° 


(Adopted Standard Maximum Limit 10-30-1911.) 

No overload temperature guarantee given. 

For descriptive specification covering Class A insulation see 
Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. See 
Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 
40° C. See Reference Number 5002. General guarantees 
do not apply, and > deterioration of insulation may be ex¬ 
pected, if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular 
operation. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings, see Reference Number 5303. 

A 50 degree open type continuous duty motor for general 
purposes as distinguished from a 50 degree special applica¬ 
tion motor described in the above rules is a “Recognized 
Departure” from the standards of The Electric Power Club. 
See Reference Number 20,000. 


(Recommended Practice 5-3-1916.) 

(6139) Change in Speed Due to Heating. 

Variation in speed from full load cold to full load 
hot during run of specified period shall not exceed 10 
per cent, based on the full load speed hot. 

(Adopted Standard Maximum Limit 5-3-1916.) 

(6140) Dielectric Test. 

1. Dielectric test for motors in capacities of y 2 
H. P. output (or 373 watts output) and larger shall be 
made by applying twice the normal voltage of the 
circuit to which the appratus is connected, plus 1,000 
volts. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-15-1916.) 

2. Dielectric test for motors in capacities of less 
than y H. P. output (or 373 watts output), for 
operation upon circuits not exceeding 250 volts, shall 
be made by applying 900 volts. Motors above 250 
volts shall be tested in accordance with first para¬ 
graph. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-15-1916.) 

106 March, 1922 













FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER MOTORS—DiRfeCT 
CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6140 Continued ) 

3. The specified A.C. test voltage shall be applied 
for one minute immediately after conclusion of the 
manufacturer’s shop tests. The test voltage shall 
be successively applied between each electric circuit 
and all other electric circuits and metal parts 
grounded. All windings, except that under test, 
shall be connected to ground. The frequency of the 
testing circuit shall be 60 cycles, and the crest 
value of the total voltage shall be the square root 
of two, times the specified test voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

Equivalent Shop Test 

For all motors manufactured in large quantities an A. C. 
test voltage of 1.2 times the one minute test voltage speci¬ 
fied above may be applied for one second as an alternative 
to the one minute test if desired. 

(6143) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

Motors shall operate successfully with normal 
rated current at any voltage not more than 10 per 
cent above or below normal, but not necessarily in 
accordance with the standards of performance 
established for operation at normal rating. 

(Adopted Standard 5-3-1916.) 

(6144) Allowable Variation from Rated Speed. 

At normal operating temperature and voltage, 
a variation of seven and one-half per cent (7)4%) 
above or below any rated speed is permissible. 

(Adopted Standard Maximum Limit Revised 

5-3-1916.) 

(6149) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 incl. 

(6170) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(6171) Pulley Dimensions. 

Standard Pulley Dimensions shall be: 

FLAT-FACED PULLEYS. 


Dia. 

Face 

Bore. 

Key. 

3^" 

2 

Va" 

•&" square 

3 " 

2/4” 

Va 

square 


W 

Va" 

square 


107 


March, 1922 


FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT 
CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6171 Continued ) 


GROOVED PULLEYS. 


Pitch 

Diam. 

Belt 

Diam. 

Bore 

Set Screw. 

2 " 


'A" 

24 thread 

154" 


54" 

—24 thread 

iy 2 " 

'A* 

Vs" 

—24 thread 


NOTE.—The I%x5/16" pulley, when used with a M" 
belt, gives pulley dimensions of l^'x^i". Groove pulley 
should be arranged for mounting upon the shaft provided 
with a flat and secured by a set screw. 

(Adopted Standard 5-7-1920.) 


(6172) Shaft Diameters. 

Standard shaft diameters shall be as follows: 



Rated 

Shaft Extension 

H. P. 

Speed 

Diameter 

3/4 

1725 

^4-inch 

1/2 

1725 

54-inch 

1/3 

1725 

54-inch 

1/4 

1725 

54-inch 

1/6 

1725 

54-inch 

1/8 

1725 

54-inch 

1/12 

1725 

54-inch 

1/20 

1725 

54-inch 


(Adopted Standard Revised 5-3-1916.) 


(6173) Shaft Extensions. 

The standard shaft extension for fractional 
horsepower motors shall be three times the shaft 
diameter. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 
(6174) Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 


. Fo . r belted type motors only, the allowable varia¬ 
tion in the distance between the base of the motor and 
the center of the shaft, measured at the end of the 
shaft, shall be within the limits of plus 0 and minus 

(Adopted Standard Maximum and 
Minimum Limits 5-3-1916.) 

108 March, 1922 


FRACTIONAL. HORSE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT 
CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6175) Name Plate Marking. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all name plates: 

(a) Manufacturers Type and Frame designation. 

(b) Horse Power output. 

(c) Time rating—See Reference Number 5300. 

(d) Temperature rise. 

(e) R.P.M. at full load. 

(f) Voltage. 

(g) Full Load amperes. 

(h) Winding—Shunt, compound or series. 

(Recommended Practice Revised 6-11-1917.) 

(6178) Direction of Rotation. 

. See Reference Number 5401. 

(6180) Terminals. 

Terminals of Fractional Horsepower Motors 
shall consist of flexible single conductor leads 
brought out of the frame or bearing brackets of 
the motor through an insulated hole or holes, and 
any other form of connection shall be considered 
special and extra. Such terminals shall be approx¬ 
imately 9" long for Y\ H.P. 1725 R. P. M. motors 
and smaller, and approximately 12" long for sizes 
larger. (Adopted Standard 5-7-1920.) 

(6181) Frame Designation. 

The stationery element or the name plate of each 
motor shall be marked with the manufacturer’s frame 
designation. (Recommended Practice 5-13-1915.) 

(6190) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 

(6191) Resistance Starter. 

A resistance starter shall be standard for use with 
shunt wound and compound wound motors in capaci¬ 
ties of Y 2 H. P. and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 5-3-1916.) 


109 


March, 1922 


t Aiann r< 

*ni*m<ll »t*l<l >**H ( 8 M<‘> 

arrsa Ifs no irvq| sd Apia 

uioUaii^f^o sfsrsi/i t)rt« w^T. 

.00£-i 'vtrfmnK ■ iqiwrslsH m 2—>gmJKv . 

"iBtioV (V) 

n .*r.> :> i roqrir . ',-;;:::d 2 r-- 5 *ri»n '.V (■() 

b*emtf aniloxn^ nno^H) .. 

- 

lo+oM iawo<|9ei i f smun'.)T ; 

ebsil ioii:.r-n€& *' 1m j>i*noo ffisaa' 

to tteilrjr.vl Itnm-' > :» *m Drf ■ luo jrf? •• •r.! 

bns , sfojrf to S'lof! ns :*r ;rrf;f •’<>. ■ srf? 

|wsflt^BSEi 03 s I I?Af < rTolbsfinoo u> hot T&filv '{m 

■XQTtqqs od iferia ilfhiimmt 4^3 *5|X5 bftfi JtfcttfA 

;.-3.si iol iRol *$i • tem ;< :•■*•;•* brs* i>-.t- 


. 

CUT ■ tfOi • ■' ‘ :■ • - - MlO/U 

(,2t$I-U- ? Wr. odtcrotfll) r, - - 

Mra’JAl$Jiai£K 

'»•> .•«.»« -»*t 09X9) 

,d.tr// 3 «u v 4 bisbit 

. 

r -C nhji • ■ ■. . ) 




i in 











FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER 
MOTORS — ALTERNAT¬ 
ING CURRENT 

(Motors of less than 1 H. P.—see definition 
Reference Number 1110) 

Reference 

Number 

(6201) Classification of Single Phase Motors. 

1. Commutator Type: 

(a) With commutator for starting only—con¬ 

stant speed. 

(b) With commutator for starting and running— 

constant and varying speed. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

2. Split Phase: 

(a) With clutch—constant speed. 

(b) Clutchless—constant speed. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6215) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6217) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 110 and 220 volts. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1914.) 

(6218) Frequencies. 

Standard frequencies shall be 25 and 60 cycles per 
second. (Adopted Standard.) 

(6219) Load and Speed Ratings. 

Standard load and speed ratings shall be: 


60 Cycle Circuit 25 Cycle Circuit 


Brake H. 

P. Synchronous 

Approximate 
Full Load 

Synchronous 

Approximate 
Full Load 

Rating 

R. P. M. 

R. P M. 

R. P. M. 

R. P. M. 

3/4 

1/2 

1800 

1800—1200 

1725 

1725—1140 

1500 

1425 

1/3 

1800—1200 

1725—1140 

1500 

1425 

1/4 

1800—1200 

1725—1140 

1500 

1425 

1/6 

1800—1200 

1725—1140 

1500 

1425 

1/8 

1800—1200 

1725—1140 

1500 

1425 

1/12 

1800 

1725 

1500 

1425 

1/20 

1800 

1725 

1500 

1425 


(Recommended Practice 1-15-1919, 
Amended 11-17-1920.) 


Ill 


March, 1922 


FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER MOTORS— 
ALTERNATING CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 


(623.0) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 


(6231) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade of all parts 
when operating under normal rated conditions as 
specified on the name plate. 


Class of insulation 

A 

Load, % of rated capacity 

100 

Time rating 

Continuous 

Open type 

40° 

Enclosed type 

55° 


(Adopted Standard Maximum Limit 10-30-1911.) 

No overload temperature guarantee given. 

For descriptive specification covering Class A insulation see 
Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. See 
Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 
40° C. See Reference Number 5002. General guarantees 
do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may be ex¬ 
pected. if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular 
operation. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 

A 50 degree open type continuous duty motor lor gen¬ 
eral purposes as distinguished from a 50 degree special appli¬ 
cation motor described in the above rules is a “Recognized 
Departure” from the standards of The Electric Power Club. 
See Reference Number 20.000. 


(6237) Torque Characteristics. 

Torque characteristics expressed as multiple of 
full load torque for 25 cycle and 60 cycle frac¬ 
tional horsepower motors: 

Pull-out Starting Pull-in 
Type of Motor: Torque Torque Torque 

Split phase clutch motors.. 2 lyi to 2 
Split phase clutchless 

motors . 2 1 to 1 V* 

Repulsion induction motors 2 2 to 4 V/\ to 1^4 

Polyphase motors .2 lj4 to 124 

(Recommended Practice—Minimum Limit 11-9-1915, 
Amended Recommended Practice— 
Minimum Limit 11-17-1920.) 


112 


March, 1922 


















FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER MOTORS— 
ALTERNATING CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6240) Dielectric Test. 

1. Dielectric test for motors of V 2 H. P. output 
(or 373 watts output) and larger, shall be made by 
applying twice the normal voltage of the circuit to 
which the apparatus is connected, plus 1,000 volts. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-18-1916.) 

2. Dielectric test for motors in capacities of less 
than y 2 H. P. output (or 373 watts output), for 
operation upon circuits not exceeding 250 volts, shall 
be made by applying 900 volts. Motors above 250 
volts shall be tested in accordance with first para¬ 
graph. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-18-1916.) 

3. The specified A.C. test voltage shall be applied 
for one minute immediately after conclusion of man¬ 
ufacturer’s shop test. The test voltages shall be 
successively applied between each electric circuit 
and all other electric circuits and metal parts 
grounded. Inter-connected circuits are considered 
as one circuit. All windings except that under test 
should be connected to the ground. The frequency 
of the testing circuit shall be 60 cycles, and the 
crest value of the test voltage shall be the square 
root of two times the specified voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

Equivalent Shop Test 

For all motors manufactured in large quantities an A.C. 
test voltage of 1.2 times the one minute test voltage speci¬ 
fied above may be applied for one second as an alternative 
to the one minute test if desired. 


(6243.) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

Motors shall operate successfully with normal 
rated current and frequency at any voltage not 
more than 10% above or below normal, but not 
necessarily in accordance with the standards of 
performance established for operation at normal 
rating. 

(Adopted Standard 5-3-1916.) 


(6249) General Guarantee 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 incl. 


113 


March, 1922 


FRACTIONAL HORSE POWER MOTORS— 
ALTERNATING CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6270) STANDARD MANUFATURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(6271) Pulley Dimensions. 

Standard Pulley Dimensions shall be: 


FLAT-FACED PULLEYS. 


Dia. 

Face 

Bore. 

Key. 

3'/ 2 ” 

2}4" 

24" 

ft” square 

3 " 

2 *; 

24" 

ft” square 


i£4 

24" 

ft” square 



GROOVED PULLEYS. 

Pitch 

Belt 



Diam. 

Diam. 

Bore 

Set Screw. 

2 " 

ft" 

*4" 

ft ”—24 thread 

124" 

ft" 

y 2 " 

ft ”—24 thread 

iy 2 " 

*4" 

24" 

ft” —24 thread 


NOTE.—The l%x5/16 rf pulley, when used with a 
belt, gives pulley dimensions of l%"x&". Groove pulley 
should be arranged for mounting upon the shaft provided 
with a flat and secured by a set screw. 

(Adopted Standard 5-7-1920.) 

(6272) Shaft Diameters. 


Standard shaft diameter shall be as follows: 


H. P. 

Rated Speed 

Shaft Extension 
Diameter 

3/4 

1725 

^4-inch 

1/2 

1725 

54-inch 

1/3 

1725 

54-inch 

1/4 

1725 

54-inch 

1/6 

1725 

j4-inch 

1/8 

1725 

j4-inch 

1/12 

1725 

24-inch 

1/20 

1725 

54-inch 


(Adopted Standard Revised 5-13-1915.) 


(6273) Shaft Extensions. 

The standard shaft extension for fractional 
horsepower motors shall be three times the shaft 
diameter. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 


U4 


March, 1922 


FRACTIONAL. HORSE POWER MOTORS— 
ALTERNATING CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6274) Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 

For belted type motors only, the allowable 
variation in the distance between the base of the motor 
and the center of the shaft, measured at the end of 
the shaft, shall be within the limits of plus 0 and 
minus 1/16-inch. (Adopted Standard Maximum 
and Minimum Limits 5-3-1916.) 

(6275) Name Plate Marking. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all name plates: 

(a) Manufacturers Type and Frame designation. 

(b) Horse Power output. 

(c) Time rating. (See Reference Number 5300.) 

(d) Temperature rise. 

(e) R.P.M. at full load. 

(f) Frequency. 

(g) No. of phases. 

(h) Voltage. 

(i) Full load amperes. 

(Recommended Practice Revised 6-11-1917.) 

(6278) Direction of Rotation. 

For single phase motors see Reference Num¬ 
ber 5401. 

(6280) Terminals. 

Terminals of Fractional Horsepower Motors 
shall consist of flexible single conductor leads 
brought out of the frame or bearing brackets of 
the motor through an insulated hole or holes, and 
any other form of connection shall be considered 
special and extra. Such terminals shall be approx¬ 
imately 9" long for Y\ H.P. 1725 R. P. M. motors 
and smaller, and approximately 12" long for sizes 
larger. (Adopted Standard 5-7-1920.) 

(6281) Frame Designation. 

The stationary element or the name plate of each 
motor shall be marked with the manufacturer’s 
frame designation. 

(Recommended Practice Revised 5-13-1915.) 


115 


March, 1922 


. 

—**oroV fiawo*r 1 oh ju >rro*.fn 

TKstttHno a kitahj*: is\ < a 

w*swW| 

)*4amW 

\»jiofktt9mi<l nj aiifnril otiwk ’oT (>tS^> 

•>fa£wc-?F ;:,it -'ino * wti® ••? bsjbd t) { 

*>*«n a ill J-;.- *>e*J :*u3 m- *v , on MUis.- •., :<i« 

• 

bns 0 «u!q to mimi} snb..n utlb* • - isd« 9 iii 

moffih:£M b-Leh^f&f fe* ; f >A) *hai-$j I strains 
{&$!»&$ ttffc&j jtftifiriffiiM {#» 

- " % ■.'•••'/' ’ 

' 

• ^l&iq smsa il., ru 9d llsdi 
■A&fsH&sz'b adifliS 5ir: $q%T ttmutD*,} trsisM ( a V 

■ ittqiiK- f»wo t i • joH (d) 

( QQiU isKtmtiK xxt'iwldSl ^?.) •■ .- F {>) 

,s*.- • •' V '6 : 

* 

* 

?.*• bii-i.tk -! (i j 

(•”-$1 • t-d \ nrakH ir's^i r..-- - tma./.'5i) : .' 

.»•«' io )o (V -;n 

■ 

' 

■' - •■'• - : >r . ■ , ; r-i'f >!!.* 

’ 

. 

’ 

imbfiet^ WqobA) 

noils n^irfU < !$£d) 

h.i >r'j ■ ,-i :•!.•• vii>ttO!tAij4 j flf T; 

V' 1 ■ •• 1£) ■ V> Xtff.fn 

oil. r k .-:3b . *t* 

bwivpH v '•• 


' 


116 





LARGE POWER MOTORS — 
DIRECT CURRENT 

(Motors 1 H. P. and larger. See definition 
Reference Number 1111) 

Reference 

Number 

(6315) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6317) Voltage Standards. 

Standard voltages shall be 115, 230 and 550 volts. 

NOTE-See Ref. No. 6319 for voltage limitations for 
standard H. P. and speed ratings. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-9-1914.) 

(6319) Load, Speed and Voltage Ratings. 

1. Standard load and speed ratings for open and 
semi-enclosed type continuous duty constant speed 
motors shall be as follows: 

Table A 


H.P. and Speed Ratings for General Application. 


H.P. 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

Ya 


1150 



1 

1750 

(( 



w 

a 

n 



2 

a 

u 



3 

a 

it 



5 

a 

a 

850 


7'A 

a 

a 

u 


10 

ft 

a 

a 


15 

u 

a 

u 


20 

a 

a 

a 

575 

25 

a 

a 

a 

tt 

30 

a 

u 

a 

tt 

40 

u 

u 

it 

tt 

50 


it 

it 

tt 

60 


a 

it 

tt 

75 


a 

it 

tt 

100 


u 

tt 

U 

125 



tt 

tt 

150 



tt 

tt 

200 



it 

tt 


117 


March, 1922 




LARGE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 
Number 

(6319 Continued') 

Table B 

H.P. and Speed Ratings for Direct Connection 
Only. 

H.P. 

50 
60 
75 
100 
125 
150 
200 

Standard Voltage limits for the above are 
as follows: 

115 volts from Y H.P. to 50 H.P., inclusive. 
230 volts from H.P. to 200 H.P., inclusive. 
550 volts from $£ H. P. to 200 H. P., inclusive, 
but at this voltage the speed ratings will not 
conform definitely to listed speeds. 

(Recommended Practice 5-7-1920.) 

2. Standard load and speed ratings for adjustable 
speed open and semi-enclosed varying duty (ma¬ 
chine tool) motors shall be as follows: 


R.P.M. 

1750 


R.P.M. 


1150 


(a) Time Ratings for Machine Tool Motors. 

Motors shall be given both a 60-minute and a 
continuous rating on the 50° basis, open and semi- 
enclosed, and on a 55° basis, enclosed. Both the 
60-minute and the continuous rating shall be given 
on the nameplate. The horsepower ratings in this 
list shall be for 60-minute service and the contin¬ 
uous service horsepower ratings will be such as the 
motors will carry continuously at the temperature 
specified. 


118 


March, 1922 


large: power motors—dire:ct current 


Reference 

Number 


(6319 Continued') 


(b) H.P. and Speed Ratings for Machine 
Tool Motors. 


H.P. 

3 to 1 
RPM 

RPM 

2 

700 

2100 

3 

650 

1950 

5 

650 

1950 

7'A 

600 

1800 

10 

600 

1800 

15 

550 

1650 

20 

500 

1500 

25 

500 

1500 

35 

500 

1500 

50 

400 

1200 


H.P. 

4 to 1 
RPM 

RPM 

2 

500 

2000 

3 

500 

2000 

5 

450 

1800 

7'A 

450 

1800 

10 

400 

1600 

15 

400 

1600 

20 

400 

1600 

25 

400 

1600 

35 

300 

1200 

50 

300 

1200 


Voltage ratings for the above motors shall be 
230 and 550 volts. 

(Recommended Practice 1-15-1919.) 


(6320) Speed Limitations. 

1. Belt. The following limitations represent 
good practice in belting motors under normal con¬ 
ditions to relatively high speed drives: 

Limit use of 1800 or 1700 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 40 H.P. 

Limit use of 1500 r.p.m. motors to a maximum 
of 50 H.P. 

Limit use of 1200 or 1150 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 75 H.P. 

Limit use of 900 or 850 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 125 H.P. 

The above limitations are based on the use of 
pulleys as standardized by The Electric Power 
Club. The limitations will be less than those given 
when motors are belted to slow speed drives, such 
as countershafts. 

2. Gears. The following limitations represent 
good practice in gearing motors, based on the use 
pf steel pinions: 


119 


March. 1922 


large: power motors—DIRECT current 

Reference 

Number 

(6320 Continued ) 

Limit use of 1800 or 1700 r.p.m. motors to 
5 H.P. 

Limit use of 1500 r.p.m. motors to 10 H.P. 

Limit use of 1200 or 1150 r.p.m. motors to 
25 H.P. 

Limit use of 900 or 850 r.p.m. motors to 50 H.P. 

Limit use of 750 or 720 r.p.m. motors to 75 H.P. 
3. The use of outboard bearings should be 
specified for general purpose motors with geared 
drive in frame sizes 75 H.P. 850 to 900 r.p.m. and 
larger. (Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(6321) Short Time Ratings. 

Standard short time ratings shall be 5, 10, 15, 30, 
60 and 120 minutes. (See Reference Number 
5300.) (Adopted Standard Revised 11-9-1915.) 

(6322) Speed Ratios. 

Standard speed ratios for adjustable speed motors 
shall be 1 to 1 to 2, 1 to 3, and 1 to 4. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(6330) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(40° Rating Motors) 

A 40° Rating motor is an open type motor having a 
40° C. temperature rise guarantee under continuous 
operation with a two-hour 25 per cent overload 
guarantee at 55° C. Detailed temperature guar¬ 
antees and complete performance specifications are 
given below in paragraphs Reference Numbers 6331 
to 6349 inclusive. These apply to constant speed 
general purpose motors and adjustable speed and 
varying speed motors. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

See Reference Number 5303 for descriptive statement 
of this and other ratings. 

m 


March, 1922 


large: power motors—direict current 

Reference 

Number 

(6331) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal rated conditions as speci¬ 
fied on the nameplate. 


Class oi insulation 

A 

i 

Load, per cent of rated capacity 

100 

125 

Time rating 

Continuous 

2 hrs. 

1. Core and Windings 

o 

O 

55° 

2. Commutator 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the commutator, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life 
would be affected by the heat 
from the commutator. 

b. In all other cases. 

65° 

85° 

65° 

85° 

3. Bare Copper Windings 

50° 

65* 

4. Mechanical Parts 

♦Temperature rise of all mech¬ 
anical parts not in contact with 
the insulation may be such as 
will not be injurious in any 
respect. 

* 

* 


(Adopted Standard except item 2 to be Max¬ 
imum Limit Revised 11-18-1916.) 

For descriptive specification covering classes of insulation, see 
Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. See 
Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 
40° C. See Reference Number 5002. General guarantees 
do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may be ex¬ 
pected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular 
operation. 

Overload run immediately follows normal load run. See 
Reference Number 5302. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 


121 


March, 1922 
















large: power motors—direict current 

Reference 

Number 

(6332) Overload. 

Twenty-five per cent overload for two hours 
with the temperature guarantees given in Reference 
Number 6331. 

Fifty per cent overload in torque momentarily 
without temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

(6338) Change in Speed Due to Load. 

The speed regulation of shunt wound constant 
speed continuous duty motors listed in Reference 
Number 6319-1, from full load to no load hot, shall 
not exceed 12% on motors $4 to 5 horse power, 
inclusive, and 10% on larger motors, based on full 
load speeds. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Amended 5-7-1920 and 11-15-1921.) 

(633,9) Change in Speed Due to Heating. 

Variation in speed from full load cold to full load 
hot, during run of specified period, shall not exceed 
10% based on full load speed hot. 

(Adopted Standard 11-10-1915.) 

(6340) Dielectric Test. 

The standard dielectric test, except as specified 
below, shall be made by applying twice the normal 
voltage of the circuit to which the motor is connected, 
plus 1,000 volts. The A. C. test voltage is to be 
applied for one minute immediately after conclusion 
of the manufacturer’s shop test. The test voltage 
shall be successively applied between each electric 
circuit and all other electric circuits and metal parts 
grounded. All windings, except that under test, shall 
be connected to ground. The frequency of the testing 
circuit shall be 60 cycles and the crest value of the 
test voltage shall be v2 times the specified test 
voltage. 

Equivalent Shop Test 

For all motors manufactured in large quantities and on 
which the A. C. test voltage is 2500 volts or less, an A.C. 
test voltage of 1.2 times the one minute test voltage speci¬ 
fied above may be applied for one second as an alternative 
to the one minute test if desired. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 5-3-1916.) 

March, 1922 


122 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6342) Efficiencies. 

Conventional efficiencies are to be used in check¬ 
ing efficiency guarantees on large power motors. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1921.)) 

(6343) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

All motors shall operate successfully at normal 
rated load at any voltage not more than 10 per cent 
above or below the name plate rating, but not neces¬ 
sarily in accordance with the standards of perform¬ 
ance established for operation at normal rating. See 
Reference Number 5002. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6344) Allowable Variation from Rated Speed. 

At normal operating temperature and voltage, 
the variation above or below rated speed shall not 
exceed 7}4% (or motors up to and including H. P.. 
1150 R. P. M. For motors larger than 7^ H. P., 
1150 R. P. M., this variation shall not exceed 5%, 

(Adopted Standard 5-3-1916.) 

(6349) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 incl. 

(6350) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(50°, 55°, 70° and 75° Rating Motors) 

Motors with these ratings are without overload 
temperature guarantee as distinguished from the 
40° Rating, which has an overload temperature 
guarantee. (See Reference Number 6330.) De¬ 
tailed temperature guarantees and complete per¬ 
formance specifications of the 50°, 55°, 70° and 75° 
Rating motors are given in Reference Numbers 
6351 to 6369 inclusive. These apply to constant 
speed general purpose motors and adjustable speed 
and varying speed motors. (See Reference Num¬ 
ber 5303 for descriptive statement of this and other 
ratings.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


123 


March. 1922 


LARGE: POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6351) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal conditions as specified on 
the nameplate. 

Class of insulation . 

A 

B 

Load, per cent of rated capacity 

100 

100 

Time rating 

♦Time rating may be continu¬ 
ous or any standard short time 
rating. See reference No. 6321 

* 

* 

1. Core and Windings 

i ully enclosed motors. 

11 other types. 

2. Commutators 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the commutator, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life 
would be affected by the heat 
from the commutator. 

b. In all other cases. 

3. Bare Copper Windings 

3A. Bare Copper Windings, 
Enclosed Motors 

Provided the thermometer is 
applied directly to the surface of 
the bare copper winding. 

4. Mechanical Parts 

■(Temperature rise of all mech¬ 
anical parts not in contact with 
insulation may be such as will 
not be injurious in any respect. 

55° 

50° 

65° 

85° 

60° 

65° 

t 

75° 

70° 

65° 

85° 

80° 

85° 

t 

(Adopted Standard except item 2 to be Max- 
_ J . . imum Limit Revised 1-15-1919.) 

For descriptive specification covering classes of insulation, see 
Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. See 
Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 

40 C. See Reference Number 5002. General guarantees 
do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may be ex¬ 
pected, if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular 
operation. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 


(6352) Overload. 


Fifty per cent overload in torque momentarily 
without temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

March, 1922 


124 


















LARGE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6358) Change in Speed Due to Load. 

The speed regulation of shunt wound constant 
speed continuous duty motors listed in Reference 
Number 6319-1, from full load to no load hot, shall 
not exceed 12% on motors 54 to 5 horse power 
inclusive, and 10% on larger motors, based on full 
load speeds. 

The speed regulation of shunt wound adjustable 
speed varying duty motors as listed in paragraph 
6319-2, from full load to no load hot at any speed 
adjustment, shall not exceed 22% on motors of 
2 to 5 horse power inclusive, and 15% on larger 
motors, based on full load speed. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Amended 5-7-1920 and 11-15-1921.) 

(6359) Change in Speed Due to Heating. 

Variation in speed from full load cold to full load 
hot, during run of specified period, shall not exceed 
15% for enclosed motors, or 10% for all other types, 
based on full load speed hot. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

(6360) Dielectric Test. 

See Reference Number 6340. 

(6362) Efficiencies. 

Conventional efficiencies are to be used in check¬ 
ing efficiency guarantees on large power motors. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1921.) 

(6363) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

See Reference Number 6343. 

(6364) Allowable Variation from Rated Speed. 

See Reference Number 6344. 

(6369) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 inclusive. 


125 


March, 19 22 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6370) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC- 
i TICE. 

(6371) Pulley Dimensions. 

Standard Pulley Dimensions applicable to 
either 40 deg. or 50 deg. motors shall be as fol¬ 
lows, based on the use of paper pulleys: 

H.P. at H.P. at H.P. at 


8 

00 

r-t 

1 

1150-1200 850-900 

Pulley 

Belt 


P.M 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

Diam. 

Width 

Bore 

1 

H 


3 

2 

Ya 

w 

l 


4 

3 

K 

2 

i y* 


4 

3 

1 

3 

2 


4 

3 

1 

5 

3 


5 

4 

IK 

7'A 

5 

3 

5 

4 

W 

10 

7/4 

5 

6 

5 

m 

15 

10 

7H 

7 

6 

m 

20 

15 

10 

8 

6 

m 

25 



9 

7 

m 

30 

20 

15 

9 

7 

m 

40 

25—30 

20—25 

10 

7 

2% 


40 

30 

11 

10 

2 H 


50 


12 

11 

2tt 


60 

40 

12 

11 

2K 


75 

50 

13 

12 

2?A 



60 

13 

12 

27/ 


100 

75 

15 

14 



(Recommended Practice 5-7-1920.) 


126 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6372) Shaft Extensions. 

Shaft extension sizes for constant speed general 
purpose motors shall be as follows: 


H.P. at 
1750-1800 

H.P. at 
1150-1200 

Shaft 

Extension 

Diam. 


Key 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

in Inches 

Width 

Thickness 

1 

H 

y 4 

ft 

ft 

1*4 

l 

*4 

ft 

ft 

2 

154 

1 


54 

3 

2 

1 


*4 

5 

3 

154 


*4 

7 l A 

5 

154 

*4 

*4 

10 

7'A 

m 

*4 

*4 

15 

10 

1*4 

*4 

*4 

20 

15 

m 

*4 

*4 

25 


m 


54 

54 

30 

20 

m 

J A 

40 

25—30 

2/4 


54 

50 


2*4 

*4 

*4 

*4 


40 

2*4 

54 


50 

2*4 

*4 

54 

54 


60 

2*4 

54 


75 

27/8 

*4 

54 


100 



In case other diameters are used on specific rat¬ 
ings the selection of one of the listed sizes is recom¬ 
mended. The standard length of shaft extensions 
shall be three times the diameter. 

(Recommended Practice 12-12-1919, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 

(6373.) Taper Shafts. 

See Reference Number 5400. 

(6374) Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 

The dimensions from shaft center to bottom of 
feet shall not be greater than the nominal dimen¬ 
sions shown on manufacturers’ dimension sheet. 
Where the motor is to be mounted on other ma¬ 
chinery and exact height of shaft is required, it is 
expected that shims will be used to secure accurate 
alignment. 

(Adopted Standard Maximum 1-15-1919.) 

127 March, 19 22 


large POWER MOTORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6375) Name Plate Marking. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all nameplates: 

(a) Manufacturers’ type and frame designation. 

(b) H. P. output. 

(c) Time rating. (See Reference No. 5300.) 

(d) Temperature rise—normal. 

(e) Overload. 

(f) Time Rating of overload. 

(g) Temperature rise for overload. 

(h) R. P. M. at full load. 

(i) Voltage. 

(j) Full load amperes. 

(k) Shunt, series or compound. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

NOTE—Items (e), (f) and (g) refer to overloads for 
which temperature guarantees are given. 

Item (a) shall be optional for all constant speed general 
purpose motors and adjustable speed motors. 

(6378) Direction of Rotation. 

See Reference Number 5401. 

(Recommended Practice.) 

(6380) Terminals for Cable Connections. 

Terminals for cable connections shall be fur¬ 
nished as standard with frames whose open con¬ 
tinuous duty rating is approximately 5 H.P. at 1700 
R. P. M. and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 11-10-1915.) 

(6383) Outboard Bearings. 

1. The use of outboard bearings should be speci¬ 
fied for general purpose motors with geared drive 
in frame sizes 75 H. P., 850 to 900 R. P. M., and 
larger. 

This does not apply to mill type motors or others designed for 
special service where the heavy construction avoids the necessity 
for the outboard bearings. 

2. The use of outboard bearings is approved and 
recommended for belted general purpose motors in 
frame sizes 250 H. P., 580 to 600 R. P. M. and larger. 

It is not the intention to establish a definite dividing line be¬ 
low which it is not proposed to use outboard bearings, but rather 
to establish a dividing line which will indicate to the motor user 
what the manufacturers consider as good practice in general 

service. (Recommended Practice 5-3-1916.) 

3. The use of outboard bearings is approved and 
recommended for general purpose motors with 
chain drive for frame sizes 75 H.P., 850 to 900 
R.P.M., and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 6-11-1917.) 

128 March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS — 
SINGLE PHASE 


(Motors 1 H. P. and larger—see Definition 
Reference Number 1111) 

Reference 

Number 

(6401) Classification of Single Phase Motors. 

1. Commutator Type. 

(a) With commutator for starting only—Con¬ 

stant Speed. 

(b) With commutator for starting and running— 

Constant Speed, Varying Speed. 

2. Split Phase. 

(a) With clutch—Constant Speed. 

(b) Clutchless—Constant Speed. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6415) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6417) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 110 and 220 volts. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1914.) 

(6418) Frequencies. 

Standard frequencies shall be 25 and 60 cycles per 
second. (Adopted Standard.) 


129 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6419) Load and Speed Ratings. 


Standard load and speed 

ratings 

for open and 

semi-enclosed continuous 

duty constant speed 

motors 

shall be: 





60 Cycles 


25 Cycles 

H. P. 

R. P. M. 


H. P. 

R. P. M. 

X 

1200 




1 

1800 — 1200 


1 

1500 

i X 

1800 — 1200 


IK 

1500 

2 

1800 — 1200 


2 

1500 — 750 

3 

1800 — 1200 


3 

1500 — 750 

5 

1800 — 1200 — 

900 

5 

1500 — 750 

7K 

1800 — 1200 — 

900 

7 X 

1500 — 750 

10 

1800 — 1200 — 

900 

10 

1500 — 750 

15 

1800 — 1200 — 

900 

15 

1500 — 750 

20 

1800 — 1200 — 

900 

20 

1500 — 750 

25 

1800 — 1200 — 

900 



30 

1800— 1200 — 

900 



40 

1800 — 1200 




♦50 

1800 





Speeds given are synchronous speeds. 

•For direct connection only. 

(Recommended Practice 5-4-1916.) 


(6430) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(40° Rating Motors) 

A o 40° Rating motor is an open type motor having 
a 40° C. temperature rise guarantee under continuous 
operation with a two-hour 25 per cent overload guar¬ 
antee at 55° C. Detailed temperature guarantees 
and complete performance specifications are given 
below in paragraphs Reference Numbers 6431 to 
6449 inclusive. These apply to constant speed gen¬ 
eral purpose motors and adjustable speed and vary¬ 
ing speed motors. 

See Reference Number 5303 for descriptive statement 
of this and other ratings. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


130 


March, 1922 


large: power motors—SINGLE phase 


Reference 

Number 


(6431) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal rated conditions as speci- 
fied on the name plate. _ 


Class of insulation 

A 

Load, percent of rated capacity 

100 

125 

Time rating 

Continuous 

2 hrs. 

1. Core and Windings 

2. Squirrel Cage and Amortis- 

o 

o 

55° 

seur Windings 
♦Any value as will not occasion 
mechanical injury to the machine 
or cause deterioration of sur¬ 
rounding insulation. 

3. Collector Rings 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the collector rings, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 
be affected by the heat from the 

* 

* 

collector rings. 

b. If Class B insulation is em- 

65° 

65° 

ployed in the collector rings or 



is adjacent thereto. 

4. Commutators 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the commutator or is 

85 

85 

adjacent thereto and its life would 

C 


be affected by the heat from the 



commutator. 

65 

65 

b. In all other cases. 

85° 

85° 

5. Mechanical Parts 

♦♦Temperature rise of all me¬ 
chanical parts not in contact with 
insulation may be such as will not 
be injurious in any respect. 

** 

** 


(Adopted Standard, except items 3 and 4 are 
Maximum Limits Revised 11-18-1916.) 


For descriptive specification covering classes of insula¬ 
tion, see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40° C. See Reference Number 5002. General 
guarantees do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may 
be expected, if this ambient temperature is exceeded in reg¬ 
ular operation. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 

Overload run immediately follows normal load run. See 
Reference Number 5302. 


131 


March, 1922 



















LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6432) Overload. 

Twenty-five per cent overload for two hours with 
temperature guarantees given in Reference Number 
6431. Fifty per cent overload in torque momentar¬ 
ily without temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard 10-30-1911.) 

(6436) Starting Torque. 

. The starting torque of single phase motors, de¬ 
signed for repulsion start and induction running, with 
rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less 
than the following: 

For 2 pole, 25 and 60 cycle 225% of full load torque 
4 “ “ “ 200% “ “ “ 

6 “ “ « 175% « « « 

8 8 “ 150% “ “ « 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6437) Pull-in Torque. 

The pull-in torque of single phase motors, de¬ 
signed for repulsion start and induction running, 
with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be 
not less than 110 per cent of full-load torque. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6438) Maximum Running Torque. 

The pull-out or break-down torque of single 
phase motors, designed for repulsion start and 
induction running, with rated voltage applied, shall 
be not less than 175 per cent of full load torque. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6440) Dielectric Tests. 

Dielectric tests, except as specified below, shall be 
made by applying twice the normal voltage of the 
circuit to which the apparatus is connected, plus 
1,000 volts. The specified A. C. test voltage shall be 
applied for one minute immediately after the con¬ 
clusion of the manufacturer’s shop test. The test 
voltage shall be successively applied between each 
electric circuit and all other electric circuits and metal 
parts grounded. Inter-connected circuits are con¬ 
sidered as one circuit. All windings except that 
under test shall be connected to ground. Frequency 
of testing circuit shall be 60 cycles, and the crest value 
of the test voltage shall be V2 times the specified 
voltage. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 


132 


March, 1922 


large: powejr motors—single: phase: 

Reference 

Number 

(6440 Continued ) 

Equivalent Shop Teat. 

For all motors manufactured in large quantities and on 
which the A.C. test voltage is 2500 volts or less, an A.C. 
test voltage of 1.2 times the one minute test voltage speci¬ 
fied above may be applied for one second as an alternative 
to the one minute test if desired. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-18-1916.) 

Exceptions: 1. The secondary windings of wound rotors not 
interconnected with stator windings shall be tested with twice 
their normal induced voltage, plus 1,000 volts. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-18-1916.) 

(6442) Efficiency. 

Conventional efficiencies are to be used in check¬ 
ing efficiency guarantees on large power motors. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1921.) 

(6443) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

Motors shall operate successfully at rated load and 
frequency, with voltage not more than 10 per cent 
above or below the name-plate rating, but not neces¬ 
sarily in accordance with the standards established 
for operation at normal rating. 

See No. 5002. (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6444) Allowable Variation from Rated Frequency. 

Motors shall operate successfully at rated load and 
voltage, with frequencies not more than 5 per cent 
above or below the name-plate rating, but not neces¬ 
sarily in accordance with the standards established 
for operation at normal rating. 

See No. 5002 . (Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6445) Allowable Combined Variation of Voltage 
and Frequency. 

All motors shall operate successfully at rated load 
with a combined variation of voltage and frequency 
not more than 10 per cent above or below the name¬ 
plate rating, provided the variations given in Ref¬ 
erence Numbers 6443 and 6444 are not exceeded, 
but not necessarily in accordance with the stand¬ 
ards established for operation at normal rating. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

See Reference Number 5002. 


133 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 


Reference 

Number 


(6449) General Guarantee. 


See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 inclusive. 


(6450) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(50°, 55°, 70° and 75° Rating Motors) 

Motors with these ratings are without overload 
temperature guarantee as distinguished from the 40° 
Rating motors which have an overload guarantee. 
(See Reference Number 6430.) Detailed temper¬ 
ature guarantees and complete performance specifi¬ 
cations of 50°, 55°, 70° and 75° Rating motors are 
given in Referenme Numbers 6451 to 6469 inclusive. 
These apply to constant speed general purpose 
motors, and adjustable speed and varying speed 
motors. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


134 


March, 1922 


large: power motors—single: phase: 


Reference 

Number 


(6451) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal conditions as specified on 
the name plate. 


Class of insulation_ 

Load, percent of rated capacity 


Time rating 

♦Time rating may be continu¬ 
ous or any standard short time 
rating. See No. 5300. 


1. Core and Windings 

a. Fully enclosed motors. 

b. All other types. 

2. Squirrel Cage and Amortis- 
seur Windings 

♦♦Any value as will not occa¬ 
sion mechanical injuiy to the 
machine or cause deterioration of 
surrounding insulation. 

3. Collector Rings 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the collector rings, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 
be affected by the heat from the 
collector rings. 

b. If Class B insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the collector rings, or is 
adjacent thereto. 

4. Commutators 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the commutator, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 
be affected by the heat from the 
commutator. 

b. In all other cases. 

5. Mechanical Parts 

tTemperature rise of all me¬ 
chanical parts not in contact with 
insulation may be such as will not 
be injurious in any respect. 


A 

B 

100 

100 

* 

* 

55° 

75° 

50° 

70° 

** 

* ** 

65° 

65° 

85° 

00 

Cn 

o 

65° 

65° 

85° 

85° 

t 

t 


(Adopted Standard, except Items 3 and 4, to be 
Maximum Limits 11-18-1916.) 

For descriptive specification covering classes of insulation 
see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40° C. See Reference _ Number 5002. General 
guarantees do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may 
be expected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in reg- 
lar operation. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 


135 


March, 1922 



















LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 


Reference 

Number 

(6452) Overload. 

Fifty per cent overload in torque momentarily 
without temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6456) Starting Torque. 

For starting torque of continuous duty motors, 
see Reference Number 6436. 

(6457) Pull-in Torque. 

For pull-in torque of continuous duty motors, 
see Reference Number 6437. 

(6458) Maximum Running Torque. 

For maximum running torque of continuous duty 
motors, see Reference Number 6438. 

(6460) Dielectric Tests. 

See Reference Number 6440. 

(6462) Efficiency. 

Conventional efficiencies are to be used in check¬ 
ing efficiency guarantees on large power motors. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1921.) 

(6463.) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

See Reference Number 6443. 

(6464) Allowable Variation from Rated Frequency. 

See Reference Number 6444. 

(6465) Allowable Combined Variation from Rated 
Voltage and Frequency. 

See Reference Number 6445. 

(6469) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 inclusive. 


13!5 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6470) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(6471) Pulley Dimensions. 

Standard Pulley Dimensions applicable to either 
40 deg. or SO deg. motors shall be as follows, based 
on the use of paper pulleys: 


H.P. at 

H.P. at 

H.P. at 




1750-18001150-1200 850-900 

Pulley 

Belt 


R.P.M 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

Diam. 

Width 

Bore 

1 

Va 


3 

2 

Va 

VA 

1 


4 

3 

A 

2 

w 


4 

3 

1 

3 

2 


4 

3 

1 

5 

3 


5 

4 

l A 

7'A 

5 

3 

5 

4 

V/a 

10 

7V 

5 

6 

5 

1H 

15 

10 

7V 

7 

6 

IH 

20 

15 

10 

8 

6 

m 

25 



9 

7 

m 

30 

20 

15 

9 

7 

m 

40 

25—30 

20—25 

10 

7 

2V& 


40 

30 

11 

10 

2Vs 


50 


12 

11 

2A 


60 

40 

12 

11 

2Vs 


75 

50 

13 

12 

2A 



60 

13 

12 

2A 


100 

75 

15 

14 




(Recommended Practice 

5-7-1920.) 


(6472) Shaft Extensions. 

Shaft extension sizes for constant speed general 
purpose motors shall be as follows: 


Shaft 


H.P. at 

H.P. at 

Extension 



1750-1800 

1150-1200 

Diam. 


Key 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

in Inches 

Width 

Thickness 

1 

Va 

Va 



VA 

1 

A 



2 

l A 

1 

Va 

Va 



137 


March. 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 


Reference 

Number 

(6472 Continued ) 




Shaft 



H.P. at 

H.P. at 

Extension 



1750-1800 

1150-1200 

Diam. 


Key 

R,P.M. 

R.P.M. 

in Inches 

Width 

Thickness 

3 

2 

1 

54 

54 

5 

3 

l H 

54 

54 

754 

5 

154 

54 

54 

10 

754 

lf4 

Vs 

n 

15 

10 

1*4 

Vs 

Vs 

20 

15 

1*4 

Vs 

Vs 

25 


m 

54 

54 

30 

20 

m 

54 

54 

40 

25—30 

2x 

54 

54 

54 

50 


2Vs 

54 


40 

2tt 

54 

54 


50 

2Vs 

*4 

54 


60 

2Vs 

*4 

54 


75 

27/s 

*4 

54 


100 




In case other diameters are used on specific rat¬ 
ings the selection of one of the listed sizes is recom¬ 
mended. The standard length of shaft extensions 
shall be three times the diameter. 

(Recommended Practice 12-12-1919, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 


(6473) Taper Shafts. 

See Reference Number 5400. 

(6474) Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 

The dimensions from shaft center to bottom of 
feet shall not be greater than the nominal dimen¬ 
sions shown on manufacturers’ dimension sheet. 
Where the motor is to be mounted on other ma¬ 
chinery and exact height of shaft is required, it is 
expected that shims will be used to secure accurate 
alignment 

(Adopted Standard 1-15-1919.) 


138 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—SINGLE PHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6475) Name Plate Markings. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all name plates: 

1 . Motors without controller in secondary circuit. 

(a) Manufacturers* type and frame designa¬ 

tion. 

(b) H. P. output. 

(c) Time rating. (See Reference Number 

5300.) 

(d) Temperature rise—normal. 

(e) Overload. 

(f) Time Rating of overload. 

(g) Temperature rise for overload. 

(h) R. P. M. at full load. 

(i) Frequency. 

(j) Number of phases. 

(k) Voltage. 

(l) Full load amperes. 

2. Motors with controller in secondary circuit. 

(a-1) Same as above. 

(m) Secondary amperes at full load. 

Items (e), (f) and (g) refer to overloads for which temperature 
guarantees are given. 

Item (a) shall be optional. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

(6478) Direction of Rotation. 

See Reference Number 5401. 


139 


March, 1922 










fitji i 


UU1A.I 




tdPit-M'* ttiimil-WOTO# 

if«x imroros rnuxnti ?rn aniwoJ!o> *hsT 

swijsfi lix; uo n^v ig ad JlBd* 

.s« rb r.f-jqoMe ;oi. ttihr mdwII .* 

/aP/ f gmln arniT (a) 

( ^ . i- 

.fee >•:*; mt •' •> I (b) . 

■ 

b^ofw/O lO? _#h 9tu3tn \ffn^r (a) '.; 





■ 




.;^lb‘' .' :i-J ti>UVl*JJOS3 »ioM .£ 

•»vod« «« ' uaB (!-J/ 

bj’ji.j* Hi*: ifi gvtvjm,, mhrtb&t *$&) 

*U isq, ■ d. v u at • jJ wit. si J •> 4«»;' 




Jkar&fr 9 - Ufa (*) mill 


bnissfi b$i&ntsi2 




,fVo£Jfl toH 1 © uoii-wiKI ( 8 T 4 - 8 ) 

.m - ’>' T aorraiaJaJi r>3& 


* 










140 














LARGE POWER MOTORS — 
POLYPHASE 

(Motors 1 H. P. and larger—see definition 
Reference Number 1111.) 

Reference 

Number 

(6501) Classification of Polyphase Motors. 

1. Induction Motors: 

(a) Squirrel cage. 

(b) Slip ring. 

(c) Polar wound internally short circuited 
rotor. 

2. Synchronous Motors. 

(Adopted Standard 1-15-1919.) 

(6515) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6516) Basis of Rating Elevator Motors. 

1. Squirrel Cage Elevator Motors shall be rated 
primarily on the basis of guaranteed starting 
torque; they may also be given a H. P. rating. 
The H. P. Rating shall be the brake H. P. the 
motor will actually develop without exceeding the 
standard temperature rise for the standard time 
rating selected. 

(Adopted Standard 5-4-1916.) 


(6517) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 110, 220, 440, 550 and 
2200 volts. 

NOTE—See Reference Number 6519 for voltage lim¬ 
itations for various H. P. and speed ratings. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1911.) 


(6518) Frequencies. 

Standard frequencies shall be 25 and 60 cycles 
per second. (Adopted Standard.) 

(6519) Load and Speed Ratings. 

Standard load and speed ratings for open and 
semi-enclosed continuous duty constant speed 
motors shall be: 


141 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 


Reference 

Number 

(6519 Continued') 


H. P. 

AND 

SPEED RATINGS 

FOR GENERAL 




APPLICATION 

• 



Number 


60 Cycle 



25 Cycle 


of Poles 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

16 2 

4 

6 

H. P. 









Vi 






750 


% 


1200 





44 


1 

1800 

44 




*1500 

it 


1 Vi 

44 

44 




44 

it 


2 

44 

44 




41 

44 


3 

1800 

1200 

900 



*1500 

750 


5 

44 

44 

44 



44 

44 


7 Vi 

44 

44 

44 



44 

44 


10 

44 

44 

44 


600 

44 

44 

500 

15 

44 

44 

44 


44 

44 

44 

44 

20 

44 

4s 

44 


44 

44 

it 

4a 

25 

44 

44 

44 


44 

44 

44 

44 

30 

44 

44 

44 


44 

44 

it 

44 

40 

44 

44 

44 


44 

44 

it 

44 

50 


44 

44 


44 

44 

44 

44 

60 


44 

44 


44 

44 

44 

44 

75 


44 

44 


44 


44 

44 

100 


44 

44 


44 

450 

44 

44 

125 



" 720 

44 

44 

44 

44 

150 



44 

44 

44 

44 

44 

44 

200 



44 

44 

44 

44 

44 

44 

FOR DIRECT 

CONNECTION ONLY. 



No. of 60 Cycles. 




25 Cycles. 


Poles 


4 


6 


2 



H.P. 


RPM 


RPM 

RPM 


50 


1800 







60 


44 







75 


44 




1500 



100 


44 




44 



125 


44 


1200 

44 



150 


44 


44 


44 



200 


44 


44 


44 




The speeds given are synchronous speeds. 


*1500 R.P.M. motors are for squirrel cage type only. 
Standard Voltage Limits for the above as follows: 

110 volts from Vi H.P. to 5 H.P., inclusive. 

220 and 440 volts from Vi H.P. to 200 H.P., inclusive. 
550 volts from % H.P. to 200 H.P., inclusive. 

2200 volts from 30 to 200 H.P., inclusive. 

(Recommended Practice Revised 1-15-1919.) 


142 


March, 1922 


large: power motors—polyphase 

Reference 

Number 

(6520) Speed Limitations. 

1. Belt. The following limitations represent 
good practice in belting motors under normal con¬ 
ditions to relatively high speed drives: 

Limit use of 1800 or 1700 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 40 H.P. 

Limit use of 1500 or 1440 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 50 H.P. 

Limit use of 1200 or 1150 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 75 H.P. 

Limit use of 900 or 850 r.p.m. motors to a 
maximum of 125 H.P. 

The above limitations are based on the use of 
pulleys as standardized by The Electric Power 
Club. The limitations will be less than those given 
when motors are belted to slow speed drives, such 
as countershafts. 

2. Gear. The following limitations represent 
good practice in gearing. motors, based on the use 
of steel pinions: 

Limit use of 1800 or 1700 r.p.m. motors to 
5 H ; P ; 

Limit use of 1500 or 1440 r.p.m. motors to 
10 H.P. 

Limit use of 1200 or 1150 r.p.m. motors to 
25 H.P. 

Limit use of 900 or 850 r.p.m. motors to 50 H.P. 

Limit use of 750 or 720 r.p.m. motors to 75 H.P. 
The use of outboard bearings should be specified 
for general purpose motors with geared drive in 
frame sizes 75 H.P. 850 to 900 r.p.m. and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(6530) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(40° Rating Motors) 

A 40° Rating motor is an open type motor having 
a 40° C. temperature rise guarantee under continuous 
operation with a two-hour 25 per cent overload 
guarantee at 55° C. Detailed temperature guaran¬ 
tees and complete performance specifications are 
given below in paragraphs Nos. 6531 to 6549 inclusive. 
These apply to constant speed general purpose 
motors and adjustable speed multispeed and vary¬ 
ing speed motors. 

See Reference Number 5303 for descriptive statement 
of this and other ratings. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

143 March, 19?2 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 


Reference 

Number 

(6531) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal rated conditions as speci- 
fied on the name plate. 


Class of insulation 

A 

Load, percent of rated capacity 

100 

125 

Time rating 

Continuous 

2 hrs. 

1. Core and Windings 

40° 

55° 

2. Squirrel Cage and Amortis- 
seur Windings 

♦Any value as will not occasion 
mechanical injury to the machine 
or cause deterioration of sur¬ 
rounding insulation. 

3. Collector Rings 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the collector rings, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 

* 

* 

be affected by the heat from the 



collector rings. 

b. If Class B insulation is em- 

65 

65 

ployed in the collector rings or is 

- 


adjacent thereto. 

4. Commutators 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the commutator or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 

85 

85 

be affected by the heat from the 

65° 

65° 

commutator. 



b. In all other cases. 

85° 

85° 

5. Mechanical Parts 

♦♦Temperature rise of all me¬ 
chanical parts not in contact with 
insulation may be such as will not 
be injurious in any respect. 

** 

** 


(Adopted Standard, except items 3 and 4 to be 
Maximum Limits, Revised 11-18-1916.) 


For descriptive specification covering classes of insula¬ 
tion, see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40° C. See Reference Number 5002. General 
guarantees do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may 
be expected, if this ambient temperature is exceeded in reg¬ 
ular operation. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 

Overload run immediately follows normal load run. See 
Reference Number 5302. 


144 


March, 1922 



















large: power motors—POLYPHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6532) Overload. 

Twenty-five per cent overload for two hours with 
temperature guarantees given in Reference Num¬ 
ber 6531. 

Fifty per cent overload momentarily in torque 
without temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

(6536) Starting Torque. 

The starting torque of squirrel cage motors 
with rated voltage applied, at the instant of starting 
from rest, shall be not less than the following: 

For 2 pole, 25 or 60 cycle motors 150% of full load torque 


4 

u 

a 

a 

150% 

U 

u 

6 

a 

a 

u 

135% 

a 

u 

8 

a 

u 

a 

125% 

u 

u 

10 

u 

u 

u 

120% 

a 

u 

12 

a 

u 

u 

115% 

u 

u 

14 

u 

u 

a 

110% 

u 

u 


With rated voltage applied, the torque shall at 
all speeds from zero to full load speed be not less 
than full-load torque. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 5-23-1919.) 

(6538) Maximum Running Torque. 

The pull-out or break-down torque, with rated 
voltage applied, shall be not less than 200 per cent of 
full-load torque. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 11-18-1916.) 


(6540) Dielectric Tests. 

Dielectric test, except as specified below, shall be 
made by applying twice the normal voltage of the 
circuit to which the apparatus is connected, plus 1000 
volts. The specified A. C. test voltage is to be 
applied for one minute immediately after the con¬ 
clusion of the manufacturer's shop test. The test 
voltage shall be successively applied between each 
electric circuit and all other electric circuits and metal 
parts grounded. Inter-connected polyphase windings 
are considered as one circuit. All windings except 

March, 1922 


145 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 


Reference 

Number 


(6540 Continued') 


that under test shall be connected to ground. Fre¬ 
quency of the testing circuit shall be 60 cycles and 
the crest value of the test voltage shall be v2 times 
specified voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 5-4-1916.) 

Exceptions: 


1. Field windings of synchronous motors which are to be 
started from alternating current circuits shall be tested as 


(a) When motors are started with fields short circuited, field 
windings shall be tested with 10 times the exciter voltage, but 
in no case less than 1500 volts nor more than 3500 volts. 

(b) When motors are started with fields open circuited and 
sectionalized while starting, the field windings shall be tested 
with 5000 volts. 


(c) When motors are started with fields open circuited 
and connected all in series while starting, the field windings 
shall be tested with 5000 volts for less than 275 volts 
excitation and 8000 volts for excitation of 275 volts to 750 
volts. 


2. The secondary windings of wound rotors of induction 
motors shall be tested with twice their normat induced voltage 
plus 1000 volts. When induction motors with phase wound’ 
rotors are reversed while running at approximately normal 
speed, by reversing the primary connections, the test shall be 
4 times the normal induced voltage, plus 1000 volts 


Equivalent Shop Test 


manufactured in large quantities and on 
which the A. C. test voltage is 2500 volts or less, an A.C. 
test voltage of 1.2 times the one minute test voltage speci¬ 
fied above may be applied for one second as an alternative 
to the one minute test if desired. 


(6541) Commercial Tests. 

Same as Reference Number 6561. 


(6542) Efficiencies. 

Same as Reference Number 6562. 

(6543) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

All motors shall operate successfully at rated load 
and frequency with voltage not more than 10 per 
cent above or below name-plate rating, but not neces¬ 
sarily in accordance with the standards established 

Number"5002.) ** " 0rmal (S “ Reference 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

146 March, 1922 


large: power motors—polyphase 


Reference 

Number 

(6544) Allowable Variation from Rated Frequency. 

All motors shall operate successfully at rated load 
and voltage, with frequencies not more than 5 per 
cent above or below the name-plate rating, but not 
necessarily in accordance with the standards estab¬ 
lished for operation at normal rating. (See Refer¬ 
ence Number 5002.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6545) Allowable Combined Variation of Voltage 
and Frequency. 

All motors shall operate successfully at rated load 
with combined variation in voltage and frequency not 
more than 10 per cent above or below the name-plate 
rating, provided the limits of variations given in 
Nos. 6543 and 6544 are not exceeded, but not neces¬ 
sarily in accordance with the standards established 
for operation at normal rating. (See Reference 
Number 5002.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

(6549) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004. 

(6550) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(50°, 55°, 70° and 75° Rating Motors) 

Motors with these ratings are without overload 
temperature guarantee as distinguished from the 40° 
Rating motors which have an overload guarantee 
(See Reference Number 6530). Detailed temper¬ 
ature guarantees and complete performance speci¬ 
fications of 50°, 55°, 70° and 75° rating motors 
are given in Reference Numbers 6551 to 6569 in¬ 
clusive. These apply to constant speed general pur¬ 
pose motors and adjustable speed, multispeed and 
varying speed motors. (See Reference Number 
5303 for descriptive statement of all ratings. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


147 


March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 


Reference 

Number 


(6551) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 

operating under normal conditions as specified on 
the name plate. 


Class of insulation 


Load, percent of rated capacity 


Time rating 

♦Time rating may be continu¬ 
ous or any standard short time 
rating. See No. 5300. 


1. Core and Windings 

a. Fully enclosed motors. 

b. All other types. 

2. Squirrel Cage and Amortis- 
seur Windings 

♦♦Any value as will not occa¬ 
sion mechanical injury to the 
machine or cause deterioration of 
surrounding insulation. 

3. Collector Rings 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the collector rings, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 
be affected by the heat from the 
collector rings. 

b. If Class B insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the collector rings, or is 
adjacent thereto. 

4. Commutators 

a. If Class A insulation is em¬ 
ployed in the commutator, or is 
adjacent thereto and its life would 
be affected by the heat from the 
commutator. 

b. In all other cases. 

5. Mechanical Parts 

fTemperature rise of all me¬ 
chanical parts not in contact with 
insulation may be such as will not 
be injurious in any respect. 


100 


55 c 

50 £ 


65° 

85° 


65° 

85° 

t 


B 


100 


75* 

70 c 


65° 

85° 


65° 

85° 

t 


Adopted Standard, except Items 3 and 4, to be 

Maximum Limits 11-18-1916.) 

. F o r descriptive specification covering classes of insula¬ 
tion see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40 C. See Reference Number 5002. General 
guarantees do not apply, and deterioration of insulation may 
be expected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in reg¬ 
ular operation. K 

descriptive specifications covering temperature rat- 
tngs see Reference Number 5303. 


148 


March, 1922 





















LARGE ROWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 


Reference 

Number 

(6552) Overload. 

Fifty per cent overload momentarily in torque 
without temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1911.) 

(6556) Starting Torque. 

For starting torque of continuous duty motors, 
see Reference Number 6536. 


(6558) Maximum Running Torque. 

For maximum running torque of continuous duty 
motors, see Reference Number 6538. 

(6561) Commercial Tests. 

(1) Dielectric tests as per Reference Number 
6540. 

(2) All other tests— 

(a) Idle readings on all machines at normal 
voltage. 

(b) Locked readings on all machines at frac¬ 
tional voltage. (Direct load test may 
be substituted for the locked test when 
the capacity of test equipment permits.) 

(c) Resistance readings on first three ma¬ 
chines built to specifications. (Check 
tests made from time to time at intervals 
to be decided upon by each manufac¬ 
turer.) 

(d) Measurement of open circuit voltage 
ratio on all wound rotor motors. (Check 
tests made from time to time as deter¬ 
mined by each manufacturer.) 

(e) Temperature test and speed curve of the 
first machine of each specification. 
(Check tests on standard specification 
will be made from time to time as de¬ 
termined by each manufacturer.) 

(Recommended Practice 6-8-1921.) 

March, 1922 


149 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 


Reference 

Number 

(6562) Efficiencies. 

Conventional efficiencies are to be used in check¬ 
ing efficiency guarantees on large power motors. 

(Adopted Standard 6-8-1921.) 

(6563) Allowable Variation from Rated Voltage. 

See Reference Number 6543. 

(6564) Allowable Variation from Rated Frequency. 

See Reference Number 6544. 

(6565) Allowable Combined Variation from Rated 
Voltage and Frequency. 

See Reference Number 6545. 

(6569) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 inclu¬ 
sive. 

(6570) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(6571) Pulley Dimensions. 

Standard Pulley Dimensions applicable to 
either 40 deg. or 50 deg. motors shall be as fol¬ 
lows, based on the use of paper pulleys: 

H.P. at H.P. at H.P. at 
1750-18001150-1200 850-900 Pulley Belt 
R.P.M R.P.M. R.P.M. Diam. Width Bore 


1 

Va 


3 

2 

Va 


1 


4 

3 

u 

2 

l'A 


4 

3 

1 

3 

2 


4 

3 

1 

5 

3 


5 

4 

1 A 

7/4 

5 

3 

5 

4 

1 % 

10 

7'A 

5 

6 

5 

W 

15 

10 

7'A 

7 

6 

i y& 

20 

15 

10 

8 

6 

\Va 

25 



9 

7 

1 % 

30 

20 

15 

9 

7 


40 

25—30 

20—25 

10 

7 

2V& 



150 



March, 1922 


LARGE POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6571 Continued ) 


H.P. at H.P. at 

H.P. at 




1750-1800 1150-1200 850-900 

Pulley 

Belt 


R.P.M. R.P.M. 

R P.M. 

Diam. 

Width 

Bore 

40 

30 

11 

10 

2ti 

50 


12 

11 

2H 

60 

40 

12 

11 

2H 

75 

50 

13 

12 

2?/s 


60 

13 

12 

27/s 

100 

75 

15 

14 



(Recommended Practice 5-7-1920.) 


(6572) Shaft Extensions. 

Shaft extension sizes for constant speed general 
purpose motors shall be as follows: 


Shaft 


H.P. at 

H.P. at 

Extension 



1750-1800 

1150-1200 

Diam. 


Key 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

in Inches 

Width 

Thickness 

1 

24 

24 


A 

154 

1 

24 

tk 

■fis 

2 

154 

1 

54 

54 

3 

2 

1 

54 

54 

5 

3 

154 

54* 

54 

754 

5 

154 

54 

54 

10 

754 

124 

24 

24 

15 

10 

124 

24 

24 

20 

15 

124 

24 

24 

25 


m 

54 

54 

30 

20 

m 

254 

54 

54 

40 

25—30 

54 

54 

50 


254 

54 

54 


40 

224 

54 

54 


50 

224 

24 

54 


60 

224 

24 

54 


75 

224 

24 

54 


100 




In case other diameters are used on specific rat¬ 
ings the selection of one of the listed sizes is recom¬ 
mended. The standard length of shaft extensions 
shall be three times the diameter. 

(Recommended Practice 12-12-1919, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 


151 


March, 1922 


LARGE: POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6573) Taper Shafts. 

See Reference Number 5400. 

(6574) Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 

The dimensions from shaft center to bottom of 
feet shall not be greater than the nominal dimen¬ 
sions shown on manufacturers' dimension sheet. 
Where the motor is to be mounted on other machin¬ 
ery, and exact height of shaft is required, it is 
expected that shims will be used to secure accurate 
alignment. (Adopted Standard 1-15-1919.) 

(6575) Name Plate Marking. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all name plates: 

1. Induction Motors: 

(a) Manufacturer’s type and frame designa¬ 

tion. 

(b) H. P. output. 

(c) Time rating—See Reference Number 5300. 

(d) Temperature rise—normal. 

(e) Overload. 

(f) Time rating of overload. 

(g) Temperature rise for overload. 

(h) R. P. M. at full load. 

(i) Frequency. 

(j) Number of phases. 

(k) Voltage. 

(l) Full load amperes. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

NOTE—Item (a) shall be optional. 

2. Wound Rotor Induction Motors: 

(a-1) Same as above. 

(m) Secondary amperes at full load. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

NOTE—Item (a) shall be optional. 

3. Synchronous Motors: 

(a-1) Same as above. 

(m) Maximum exciting current in amperes re¬ 
quired to maintain the rated power factor 
and rated load. 

(n) Excitation pressure in volts. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-18-1916.) 

NOTE—Item (a) shall be optional. 

Items (e), (f) and (g) refer to overloads for which temperature 
guarantees are given. 

152 March, 1922 


LA RGB POWER MOTORS—POLYPHASE 

Reference 

Number 

(6575 Continued ) 

4. Squirrel Cage High Torque Elevator Motors: 

(a) Manufacturers type designation. 

(b) H.P. rating (optional). 

(c) Time rating. See No. 5300. 

(d) Temperature rise (normal). 

(e) R.P.M. at full load. 

(f) Starting torque (lbs. at 1 ft.). 

(g) Frequency. 

(h) No. of phases. 

(i) Voltage. 

(j) Full load amperes. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 11-12-1917.) 

NOTE—Item (a) shall be optional. 

(6580) Terminals for Cable Connections. 

Terminals for cable connections shall be furnished 
as standard practice with frames whose open con¬ 
tinuous duty rating is approximately 5 H. P. at 1700 
R. P. M. and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 11-10-1915.) 

(6583) Outboard Bearings. 

1. The use of outboard bearings should be speci¬ 
fied for general purpose motors with geared drive 
for frame sizes, 75 H.P., 850 to 900 R.P.M. and 
larger. 

This does not apply to mill type motors or others designed 
for special service where heavy construction avoids the neces¬ 
sity for outboard bearings. 

(Recommended Practice Revised 6-11-1917.) 

2. The use of outboard bearings is approved and 
recommended for belted general purpose motors in 
frame sizes, 250 H. P., 580 to 600 R. P. M. and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 5-4-1916.) 

It is not the intention to establish a definite dividing line 
below which it is not proposed to use outboard bearings, but 
rather to establish a dividing line which will indicate to the 
motor user what the manufacturers consider as good practice in 
general service. 

3. The use of outboard bearings is approved and 
recommended for general purpose motors with chain 
drive for frame sizes, 75 H.P., 850 to 900 R.P.M.. 
and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 6-11-1917.) 


153 


March, 1922 


«:< / n«rr. (o*t-~« hotom asrtro’i sa«Aj 

: v.■•? ^n;j ^.!i (<$) 

.(Uanofl)- t»*n .^(nsTxnniT- 

t. 

. 

. 

• ; 5 ? ?ri-: .« , yl £ 5 %* r W ,V* t% 

jsgjtfiol/ (t) 

< \I^r Si-U *»»&> >51 fasbaziZ IjiqobA). * * . ; 

''••rroi-,70 ; ' - *:fs {«.) K**Jl- 4TQP1 

. 

•:too- iv«r? wod\ earnmi* dnm jjiJssiq b-usHoetB es 

00X1 to ,H Jt l yb*t.temaruiqi-- « $hUs ff»f> wotinh 

r^mi t>W ,M M ,>'i 

(»H!Qi -01 Ii k|| t■! tebnaiffiftowS)- 


7«fiK-?l! btsCKfJnO (€8SB) 

-3<j Iti-" : ■>• 2} ihs.vf ;•'-•■■-< HO Jo 9?U 3ltX .1 
' *b 1 •• i...! - >;« '••■ ••• tr, :.. ;o) toil 

b; JJ.'JS ( v: 5 \ Z •••ntfiil ?ol 

. 

\ 

'&&»« tdi atioys: r-,,- t»u?)•£••:■’fVjf-. ■ •tti'nM u-hwa* irt 

nhsod ’na', o ic* >>«. 

f . . ■ V ? “II n b'Wii 1 •;• i •“< 4 •’{. I:i>bu9mn<x»$l) 

'► hwiflsq-, ig ••■-: S‘-.„ t y • . 

-• «707:- i : : C U-) ; . !Oi b^bflSmaiO^l 

l-ns ••• .. I <1 ‘ osii 

( 01x1*$-? robiW^nioooH) * 

fit* ■ m • r- 

■ ••* n 'snL a !*jgd rj ^ J} 

m w.'ir-« ■>-> voaiqas'Ti -><Jj «*. 1i®-.-? loion? 

ftl-.rh ; sit ilrq ftffc.- -*i bftbii3Cr.ib<y>4* 

••*/! * W •:* ' :'C ,-J? :• tolomfc 

V.X IV : - l T -d *f *• • .;• • 1 n!f■' . 1) : :U 




154 







GENERATORS — DIRECT 
CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6615) RATING STANDARDS 

(6616) Basis of Rating. 

1. Two-Wire Generators. 

The generator shall be rated in amperes corre¬ 
sponding to its standard voltage. Since the heating 
of the generator depends upon its current, the ampere 
ratings should not vary with any change in voltage 
on the standard machines. Example: A 50 kw. 
250 volt generator has a normal capacity of 200 
amperes. If such a machine is sold to operate at 235 
volts either with reduction in speed or field excitation 
the rated current capacity will still be 200 amperes 
(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

2. Three-Wire Generators. 

The ampere rating of a three-wire generator shall 
correspond to the ampere rating of a two-wire ma¬ 
chine having an equal output at the same voltage. 
When such a generator is running with an unbalanced 
load, it shall be considered as delivering its rated load 
when the current on the more heavily loaded side is 
equal to the rated ampere output of the machine. 
The value of current in the neutral, or amount of 
unbalance, shall be expressed as a percentage of the 
rated load of the generator in amperes. A three-wire 
generator shall have a current capacity in the neutral 
of 10% of its rated capacity without exceeding the 
specified temperature limits. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 
Revised 5-2-1916.) 


(6617) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages for general purpose gen¬ 
erators shall be 125 and 250 volts at full load. 

(Adopted Standard 5-7-1920.) 

NOTE 1.—For 550 volt motor service generator of 600 
volts at full load is recommended. 

(Recommended practice 5-7-1920.) 

NOTE 2.—For coal mine service, generator voltage of 275 
volts at full load is recommended. 

(Recommended practice 5-7-1920.) 

155 March, 1922 


GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6630) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 
(40° Rating Generators) 


(663.1) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal rated conditions as speci¬ 
fied on the name plate. 


a. TWO-WIRE GENERATORS. 


Class of insulation 

A 

Load, percent of rated current 
capacity 

100 

125 

Time rating 

Continuous 

2 hrs. 

1. Core and Windings 

40° 

55° 

2. Commutator 

45° 

60° 


b. THREE-WIRE GENERATORS. 

The temperature guarantees specified for two 
wire generators shall apply to three-wire genera¬ 
tors, and to any auxiliary windings or.devices re¬ 
quired in adapting them to three-wire service. 
These temperature guarantees shall apply to such 
generator wheather carrying either a balanced 
or unbalanced load. 

(Recommended Practice 5-20-1912.) 


For descriptive specification covering classes of insula¬ 
tion see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40° C. See Reference Number 5002 for restrictions 
in this connection. 

Overload run immediately follows normal load run. See 
Reference Number 5302. 


(6632) Overload. 

Twenty-five per cent overload for 2 hours with 
temperature guarantee as given in Reference Num¬ 
ber 6631. Fifty per cent momentarily without 
temperature guarantee. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 


156 


March, 1922 

















GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6633) Commutation. 

A generator shall commutate throughout its range 
of rated capacity without adjustment of its brushes, 
and in such manner that neither brushes nor com¬ 
mutator are injured. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(6634) Compounding. 

Standard general purpose generators shall have 
compound windings such as to give, when operat¬ 
ing at constant speeds, terminal voltages respec¬ 
tively as follows: 

120 volts no load 125 volts full load 

240 “ “ “ 250 “ “ “ 

575 “ “ “ 600 “ “ “ 

(Recommended Practice 5-7-1920.) 

NOTE.—Generators for coal mine service shall be wound 
for 250 volts no load, 275 volts full load. 

(Recommended Practice 5-7-1920.) 


(6635) Voltage Regulation. 

The voltage regulation of a three-wire gen¬ 
erator shall be such that when operating at rated 
current (on the heavier loaded side) and voltage 
and carrying in the neutral 10% of its rated am¬ 
peres, the resulting difference in voltage between 
the two sides of the circuit will not exceed 2% of 
the normal rated voltage across the outside mains. 

(Adopted Standard Maximum Limit, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 


(6640) Dielectric Test. 

The dielectric test for general purpose direct cur¬ 
rent generators shall be made by applying twice the 
normal voltage of the circuit to which the apparatus 
is connected, plus 1,000 volts. (A. I. E. E. 2356.) 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limit 5-2-1916.) 


157 


March, 1922 


GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6648) Efficiency. 

1. Conventional Efficiency shall be employed as 
distinguished from Directly-Measured Efficiency, 

(1916 Revision A. I. E. E. Rules Nos. 422 and 423.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

2. All losses enumerated in A. I. E. E. Rule No. 
440 (1916 Revision) shall be included and shall be 
determined as provided therein. 

3. Efficiencies shall correspond to or be corrected 
to normal standard conditions and corrected at all 
loads to a reference temperature of 75° C. (See 
1916 Revision A. I. E. E. Rules Nos. 427 and 432.) 

4. In determining the efficiency of a three-wire 
generator, all losses inherent in any auxiliary windings 
or devices required in adapting it to three-wire 
service shall be included as a part of the generator 
losses. Efficiency figures shall be determined on the 
basis of balanced load. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(6649) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004, inclusive. 

(6650) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(50° Rating Generators) 

Generators with this rating are without overload 
temperature guarantees as distinguished from the 
40° Rating which has an overload temperature 
guarantee (see Reference Number 6630). Detailed 
temperature guarantees and complete performance 
specifications of the 50° Rating are given as fol¬ 
lows in Reference Numbers 6651 to 6669 inclusive. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 


158 


March, 1922 


GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 


(6651) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating under normal rated conditions as 
specified on the name plate. 


1. TWO-WIRE GENERATORS. 


Class of Insulation 


Load, percent of rated current 

capacity 


Time rating 


Temperature Rise 

A. Core and Windings—Open Types 

B. Commutators 

a. If Class A insulation is 
employed in the commutator, 
or is adjacent thereto and its 
life would be affected by the 
heat from the commutator. 

b. In all other cases. 

C. Bare Copper Windings 

Provided the thermometer is 
applied directly to the sur¬ 
face of the bare copper wind¬ 
ing. 

D. Mechanical Parts 

■fTemperature rise of all 
mechanical parts not in con¬ 
tact with insulation may be 
such as will not be injurious 
in any respect. 


100 


Continuous 


50' 


65' 

85' 

60' 


2. THREE-WIRE GENERATORS. 

The temperature guarantees specified for two- 
wire generators shall apply to three-wire gen¬ 
erators, and to any auxiliary windings or devices 
required in adapting them to three-wire service. 
These temperature guarantees shall apply to 
such a generator whether carrying either a bal¬ 
anced or unbalanced load. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 


For descriptive specifications covering classes of insula¬ 

tion see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40° C. See Reference Number 5002 for restric¬ 
tions in this connection. General guarantees do not apply, 
and deterioration of insulation may be expected if this 
ambient temperature is exceeded in regular operation. 


159 


March, 1922 




















GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 


Reference 

Number 

(6652) Overload. 

Generators shall carry a momentary load of 
150% of the normal ampere rating, the rheostat 
being set for rated load excitation. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1921.) 

(6653.) Commutation. 

See Reference Number 6633. 

(6660) Dielectric Test. 

See Reference Number 6640. 


(6668) Efficiency. 

See Reference Number 6648. 

(6669) General Guarantee. 

^See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004 inclusive. 


(6670) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(6673) Bore of Armature Spiders. 


Standard bores of armature 
type generators shall be: 

spiders for 

Side 

Crank 

engine 

Center 

Crank 

25 kw. 

325 R.P.M. 

4^" 

4' 

35 kw. 

300 R.P.M. 

5X' 

4' 

50 kw. 

275 R.P.M. 

w 

w 

75 kw. 

275 R.P.M. 

' 7 & 

W 

100 kw. 

250 R.P.M. 

8K' 

6' 

125 kw. 

250 R.P.M. 

w 

6' 

150 kw. 

200 R.P.M. 

10' 

7' 

150 kw. 

150 R.P.M. 

11' 

8' 

200 kw. 

200 R.P.M. 

11' 

8' 

200 kw. 

150 R.P.M. 

11' 

8' 

250 kw. 

200 R.P.M. 

13' 

8' 


NOTE—The standardization of load and speed ratings is 
under consideration and is not covered in rule. 

(Recommended Practice 6-8-1914.) 


160 


March, 1922 


GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6675) Name Plate Markings. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all name plates: 

(a) Manufacturer’s type designation and frame 

number. 

(b) Kw. output. 

(c) Time rating. (See Reference Number 5300.) 

(d) Temperature rise—normal 

(e) Overload. 

(f) Time rating of overload. 

(g) Temperature rise for overload. 

(h) Rated speed in R. P. M. 

(i) Rated voltage*. 

(j) Rated current in amperes. 

(k) Winding—series, shunt or compound. 

(Adopted Standard 11-18-1916.) 

♦Both full load and no load voltage to be given for compound 
wound generators. 

Items (e), (f) and (g) refer to overloads for which temperature 
guarantees are given. 

Item (a) shall be optional. 

(6678) Direction of Rotation. 

See Reference Number 5401. 

(6690) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 

(6691) Charges for Special Bores. 

See Reference Number 2006. 

(6692) Charges for Witness Test. 

See Reference Number 2015. 

(6693) Charges for Pressing Armature on Engine 
Shaft. 

See Reference Number 2007. 


161 


March, 1922 


GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

Isolated Electric Farm Lighting Plants 

(6696) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. 

1. It is recognized that there are three general 
types of plants used, viz.: (a) those which fur¬ 
nish power from the generator alone; (b) those 
which furnish power from generator and battery 
combined or from battery alone; (c) those which 
furnish power from generator and battery com¬ 
bined or from either generator or battery alone. 

2. It is recognized that there are two general 
types of storage battery in use, viz.: (a) the lead 
type, and (b) the nickel, alkaline or Edison type. 
It is recommended that for 32 volt service 16 cells 
lead type or 24 cells Edison type be used; for 60 
volt service, 32 cells lead type or 50 cells Edison 
type be used; and for 110 volt service, 56 cells lead 
type or 92 cells Edison type be used. 

3. It is recommended that generators be rated in 
watts, with the understanding that a supplemental 
rating in amperes or lamps of a specified wattage 
may be published. 

4. It is recommended that for class (a) plant as 
outlined in paragraph 1, the standard adopted by 
The Electric Power Club [Rule 6631] be followed. 
For class (b) and (c) plant, it is recommended 
that for 32 volt service, generator ratings be based 
on 36 volts at full load, and temperature rise for 
continuous operation at 36 volt, and full load am¬ 
peres shall not exceed 50° C. on windings and 65° 
C. on commutator. It is further recommended 
that shunt field windings be so proportioned that 
the temperature rise obtained on a 2 hour run at 
42 volt, and one-half normal armature amperes 
immediately following the full load run will not 
exceed 50° C. For 60 volt service, generator rat¬ 
ings shall be based on 72 volt at full load for con¬ 
tinuous operation, and 84 volt at one-half load for 
two hours following the full load run, and for 


162 


March, 1922 


GENERATORS—DIRECT CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6696 Continued ) 

110 volt service, generator ratings shall be based on 
125 volt at full load for continuous operation, and 
145 volt at one-half load for two hours following 
the full load run. Temperature limits for 60 volt 
and 110 volt service shall be the same as stated for 
32 volt service. All temperatures are to be mea¬ 
sured by thermometers. [The normal rating is to 
be based on constant speed at rated load and a 
higher speed if necessary for the increased voltage 
and one-half normal armature amperes.] 

5. It is understood that [load and temperature] 
tests shall be made and ratings based on generator 
as assembled in the complete unit with the battery 
disconnected and loaded with lamps or other re¬ 
sistances. 

6. It is recommended that when the engine horse 
power rating is given it shall be the brake horse 
power at the stated speed available at the generator 
shaft. When the power pulley is provided, the 
horse power available at the pulley shall be given 
as the brake horse power at the rated speed when 
the generator is supplying no load. 

(Recommended Practice 6-8-1921.) 


163 


March, 1922 



TVttfHHrJ 3 Koania—i*KOT / whv?«o 


rs ItvaM 


(1 »»cO ^*-4} 


- 3 •:'••> - *t4Cttr.\U <M- :-‘U- ■ ■ ■ >0 ! Jl i 

,f! !*J< r . -iJiVyj ■ : . ‘ “• ■ « J 


: !*!< •- •. '■.• ». * O'- t\ 1 

^jjjwolfeV fjiijrorf o -^l tut jb«ot .Ifiri’Oiio ii He.'V c+-> 
i-r.v Ot* ior atinfil nrwis^ir .. ■• .m-t i.*»t liui Silt.. 
.toi fts'Kfiise i*i tfwi U'i fis - Hoy 1 ? hrui 

-ma 'i , ' ••»«;'• • .{p! t U; .-:: rr» ■ ;'■ v ■< 

o} «i *b«j :.*='•? *>rf'P '$ t”W 

. <, fcflfi bi;ri] fc t, : .» I ,';- L .t • sfe;• • *6 

. 

£ :i9nv ■ na r ms urn t a Urn - • a \ f si ; - ow< - b a 




i yrotjei^onwd ua&f i**J| ’<j . -^' /bn * i t 

- 

‘ rhitf '. '.f 9 on- -r >ri 3 nt b j’tiiirwwHR •;.: 




s-< orb t e , j . • ‘00.;. ’ 6 

i'.fj i>- ’ ■ ; V' • ' loftthi 7•:■,'.•• >(J .-ffW jlftrfir. 

n.'Hv; f ■ r n ■- i “ > i*.>ri s zu od? 4u;.'. 

Off #u: ;a't<r • VJ i0lfv>I:5f tit 

, ff./H-K■; fc. ■:• ■•■;:< oo>i 1 ^ 


1 64 







GENERATORS — ALTERNAT¬ 
ING CURRENT 

(Exclusive of Turbo-Generators, Single Phase Alternators, 
Inductor Alternators, or Induction Generators.) 


Reference 

Number 

(6715) RATING STANDARDS. 

(6716) Basis of Rating. 

Alternating current generators shall be rated at 
the load that they are capable of carrying con¬ 
tinuously without exceeding the temperature guar¬ 
antees. The rating shall be expressed in kilovolt 
amperes available at the terminals at 0.8 power fac¬ 
tor. Corresponding kilowatts should also be stated. 

(Adopted Standard Revised 5-4-1916.) 

It is recommended that the manufacturer’s specification show the 

true kw. capacity of the machine in addition to other data. 

(6717) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 240, 480, 600 and 
2400 volts. (Recommended Practice 6-8-1914.) 

(6718) Frequencies. 

Standard frequencies shall be 25 and 60 cycles 
per second. (Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(6724) Excitation Voltage. 

Standard excitation voltage for field windings 
shall be 125-volts direct current. 

(Adopted Standard 5-20-1912.) 

(6730) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(6731) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade when 
operating at normal rating and power factor and 
under other normal conditions as specified on the 
name plate. 


Class of insulation 

A 

Load, per cent of normal 

100% 

Power factor 

80—100% 

Time rating 

Continuous 

Temperature rise—core and winding 

50° 


(Recommended Practice 5-4-1916.) 

Temperature guarantees for overload not to be given. 

For descriptive specification covering classes of insula¬ 
tion, see Reference Number 5001. 

All temperature measurements by thermometer method. 
See Reference Number 5301. 

Temperature specifications are limited to altitudes not 
exceeding 3300 feet. 

All temperature rises are based on an ambient temper¬ 
ature of 40° C. See Reference Number 5002 for restric¬ 
tions in this connection. 

For descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 


165 


March, 1922 
















GENERATORS—ALTERNATING CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6732) Overload. 

Generators shall carry a momentary load of 150% 
of the normal ampere rating, the rheostat being set 
for rated load excitation. 

(Adopted Standard 5-4-1916.) 

(6733) Excitation for Guarantee. 

The guarantees of operation given shall be met 
without excitation voltage exceeding standard. See 
Reference Number 6724. 

(Recommended Practice 5-20-1912.) 

(6740) Dielectric Test. 

The dielectric test for alternating current genera¬ 
tors shall be made by applying twice the normal 
voltage of the circuit to which the apparatus is con¬ 
nected, plus 1000 volts, excepting that field windings 
shall be tested with 10 times the exciter voltage, but 
in no case less than 1500 volts nor more than 3500 
volts. (A. I. E. E. 2356 and 4361.) 

(6747) Power Factor. 

Standard general purpose alternators shall oper¬ 
ate successfully at power factors at least as low 
as °- 8 - (Adopted Standard 5-4-1916.) 

(6748) Efficiency. 

The efficiency of alternators shall correspond to 
the kilovolt amperes and power factor at which 
they are rated, and shall be the ratio of the energy 
output to the sum of the output and losses. The 
indeterminate losses may be assigned conventional 
values. The efficiency of 50° rated generators at 
all loads shall be corrected to a reference temper¬ 
ature of 75° C. (Adopted Standard 5-4-1916.) 

(6749) General Guarantee. 

See Reference Numbers 2001 to 2004, inclusive. 

March, 1922 


166 


GENERATORS—ALTERNATING CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6770) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(6773.) Bores of Rotors. 

Maximum and minimum bores for rotors of 
engine type generators shall be: 


Rating 

Kv-a. 

RPM 

Min. Size 
Dia. 

Max. i 
Dia. 

50 

300 

4K 

6 # 

75 

300 

4 # 

6# 

100 

300 

6 

8 

125 

300 

6 # 

8# 

75 

277 

6 

8 

100 

277 

6 

8 

125 

277 

6 # 

8# 

75 

257 

6 

8 

100 

257 

6# 

8# 

150 

257 

6 # 

8# 

250 

257 

8 

10 

312 

257 

10 

12 

125 

225 

7 

9 

150 

200 

8 

10 

200 

200 

8# 

11 

250 

200 

8 

13 

312 

200 

10 

12# 


(Recommended Practice 6-8-1914.) 

NOTE—The standardization of load and speed ratings 
is under consideration and is not covered by this rule. 


(6775) Name Plate Marking. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on all name plates: 

(a) Manufacturer’s type designation and frame 

number. 

(b) Kv-a. output. 

(c) Power factor. 

(d) Time rating. (See Reference Number 5300.) 

(e) Temperature rise—normal. 


167 


March, 1922 


GENERATORS—ALTERNATING CURRENT 

Reference 

Number 

(6775 Continued ) 

(f) Rated speed in R. P. M. 

(g) Rated voltage. 

(h) Rated current in amperes per terminal. 

(i) Number of phases. 

(j) Frequency in cycles per second. 

NOTE—Item (a) shall be optional. 

(Adopted Standard 6-10-1914.) 

(6778) Direction of Rotation. 

See Reference Number 5401. 

(6790) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 

(6791) Charges for Special Bores. 

See Reference Number 2006. 

(6793) Charges for Pressing Rotor on Engine Shaft. 

See Reference Number 2007. 


168 


March, 1922 


MINING LOCOMOTIVES 

Reference 

Number 

(7800) GENERAL CLASSIFICATIONS. 

(7800-5) Types. 

A mining locomotive is defined as an electric loco¬ 
motive so designed and constructed as to be applicable 
for use either in mines or primarily for other industrial 
purposes (as distinguished from what is ordinarily 
known as a railway locomotive) and of the mining 
type. (Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

Trolley Type 

(7810) RATING STANDARDS. 

(7810-2) Basis of Motor Rating. 

Mining locomotive motors shall be given Nominal 
Ratings which shall be the horse power output at the 
armature shaft, excluding gear and other transmission 
losses, which the motors will develop for one hou 
under normal rated conditions, on a stand test with 
covers removed and with natural ventilation, without 
exceeding the temperature rises guaranteed. See 
Reference Number 7815-2. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(7810-24) Voltage Ratings. 

Standard voltages shall be 250 and 500 volts. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 

(7810-42) Locomotive Weights. 

Standard sizes shall be: 

a. For single-motor locomotives, 1, 2^, 3, 4, 

5, 6, 8, and 10 tons. 

b. For two-motor locomotives, 4, 6, 8, 10, 13, 

15, 20 and 25 tons. 

c. For three-motor locomotives, 15, 20, 25, 30, 

and 35 tons. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 


169 


March, 1922 


MINING LOCOMOTIVES—TROLLEY TYPE 

Reference 

Number 

(7815) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(7815-2) Motor Temperature Rise. 

Under normal rated load and the conditions of a 
stand test specified in Reference Number 7810-2, 
the temperature rises in degrees centigrade shall 
not exceed the following: 


Commutator.90° 

All other parts.75° 


Temperature measurements by thermometer method, but in no 
case shall the resistance of any electrical circuit increase more than 
40% during test. 

Standard Ambient Temperature of Reference 25°C. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(7815-42) Draw Bar Pull. 

The Draw Bar Pull on a straight and level track 
with dry, clean rails shall be determined as follows: 

Running Draw Bar Pull, Steel Tread Wheels, 25% 
of weight of Locomotive. 

Running Draw Bar Pull, Chilled W T heels, 20% of 
weight of Locomotive. 

Starting Draw Bar Pull, (with sand), Steel Tread 
Wheels, 30% of weight of Locomotive. 

Starting Draw Bar Pull (with sand), chilled 
Wheels, 25% of weight of Locomotive. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916, 
Revised 5-7-1920.) 

(7815-46) Basis of Guarantees. 

Locomotive guarantee shall be based upon Draw 
Bar Pull in pounds on the level and speed in miles 
per hour that motors will develop as determined in 
accordance with Reference Number 7810-2, making 
allowance of 5% for each spur gear transmission, 
and 7^4% for each bevel gear transmission, and 
1% of the weight of the locomotive loss of tractive 
effort in journals, flanges and all other losses. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

The word tan3mission is understood to mean contact between 
any two gears. 


170 


March, 1922 




MINING LOCOMOTIVES—TROLLEY TYPE 

Reference 

Number 

(7820) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(7820-4) Trolley Poles. 

The standard form of trolley pole for mining 
locomotives shall be the customary trailing wood 
pole wheel contact type. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(7820-42) Cut-off Switch. 

A mining locomotive provided with more than one 
source of electrical supply, shall be provided, as 
standard equipment, with a switch of such character 
as to disconnect from the electric circuit of the loco¬ 
motive, any current supply when it is not in use. 

(Adopted Standard 5-2-1916.) 

(7820-44) Headlight. 

The standard headlight shall be an incandescent 
headlight provided with a silvered parabolic reflector 
and using a concentrated filament incandescent lamp. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1916.) 

(7820-84) Track Gauges. 

In the interest of standardization of mining 
equipment, operators opening new mines are urged 
to adopt a track gauge of either 24 inches, 36 inches, 
or 42 inches, which shall be considered standard 
track gauges for mines. 

(Recommended Practice 11-15-1916.) 

(7820-88) Cab Construction. 

The Cab shall be constructed of sheet steel and 
follow, in general, the outline now used on mining 
locomotives. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7825) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 


171 


March, 1922 


MINING LOCOMOTIVES—BATTERY TYPE 


Storage Battery Type 

Reference 

Number 

(7830) RATING STANDARDS. 

(7830-44) General Specifications 

Speed 

Miles per Motor 

Chassis Draw Bar Pull Hour at Horsepower 

Weight Chilled Wheels 80 Volts at 80 Volts 

6,000# 1,000# 3'/ 2 11 

7,000# 1,500# 3A 16 

8 , 000 # 2 , 000 # 3y 2 22 

10,000 # 3,000 # 3A 33 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(7830-6) Storage Battery Rating. 

Battery capacity on all sizes to be unlimited. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7830-62) Battery Specifications. 

The maximum size battery for the 6,000# chassis 
shall be: 

48 cells of MV-19 Ironclad Exide Battery or, 
48 cells of WML-23 Philadelphia Battery or, 
88 cells of A-8 Edison Battery. 

The maximum size battery for the 7,000# chassis 
shall be: 

48 cells of MV-19 Ironclad Exide Battery or, 
48 cells of WML-23 Philadelphia Battery or, 
88 cells of A-8 Edison Battery. 

The maximum size of battery for the 8,000# 
chassis shall be: 

48 cells of MV-27 Ironclad Exide Battery or, 
48 cells of WML-33 Philadelphia Battery or, 
88 cells of A-12 Edison Battery. 

There shall be no limitation as to the size of 
battery carried on the 10,000# chassis. 

The kilowatt hour capacity of the battery shall 
be kept at or below the kilowatt hour capacity of 


172 


March, 1922 


MINING LOCOMOTIVES—BATTERY TYPE 

Reference 

Number 

(7830-62 Continued ) 

the maximum size battery specified for any par¬ 
ticular make of battery, and for any size of chassis. 
The number of cells and number of plates is dis¬ 
cretionary with the locomotive manufacturers 
within these limits. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(7835) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(7835-2) Motor Temperature Rise. 

Same as Reference Number 7815-2. 

(7835-42) Draw Bar Pull. 

Same as Reference Number 7815-42. 

(7835-46) Basis of Guarantees. 

Same as Reference Number 7815-46. 


(7840) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(7840-44) Headlights. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-44. 

(7840-84) Track Gauges. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-84. 

(7840-88) Cab Construction. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-88. 

(7845) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 

(7845-2) Data Furnished by Manufacturer. 

The specification sheet incorporated in the propo¬ 
sitions tor storage battery mining locomotives shall 
set forth the nominal weight of the chassis, the listed 
weight of the storage battery, and the approximate 
weight of the locomotive, the latter figure being equal 
to the sum of the two preceding figures. 

(Adopted Standard 11-15-1916.) 


173 


March, 1922 




*t ty t ji'trr jh. if— * i t iT-o« o; >o. 1«: 




s?/T5' 




• ■••£ 701 I)5r*;7a<j o rmi< /s. *ifl 

■ rb io axis '{ita iol bns ,v*&; ; U> s^tar hhu: ii 


' 

.rfimif *7*odi fiiiitiw 


M^f-Tbfr .oitoavl hoi--: wfo->I) 


•■:)%' % f/ ■ <;£&&?} 




.' »onot.--V^ «j 

■ 

• . I B’s 1001 tilVi :>?- -) *.>i ** 3dt«3P 

■ 


*^S‘l -vr/ .k -iHAaMATr com) 

: ; niT v : 


atrfyiHj H (U 0t8T) 

c, 


.*•• o'.; •; 

.ro-o JK OOfTOTirjJfl vtf 3OTfi& 4 *S-, - 

.ihii ]■:»•<;. - ::i,V) (££^ 4 . $7> 

. 80 \ ,1 : > 1 • il>5i r- ft.- r * 

•a^iTMai jfA.fea.ri/.i -o ru* an/ : <«. v 

•wtn ‘ *M v L-snV, ■ I (S <.!..?) 

-oqoiq o:!i ui rv.-.oiv>;ipofit borfa fiO . . 

- 


■ ■ - ■ - . _ 

' 

1 f. / » , - . ... I . * t * 


fGfXOTqt^; o. ; ,1 hns ‘ ^ ’i6\03H' &-'H k lA 

‘twy&r-s.. Uii Ai ■ ■: }o ui%h'*t 


H ■'-■ c\vi > T 'o niMs&re* * 
elQt-rMr f ■' . - i- ( A) 


mt 


174 

871 









INDUSTRIAL LOCOMOTIVES 

Reference 

Number 

(7850) GENERAL CLASSIFICATIONS. 

Trolley or Third-Rail Types 

(7860) RATING STANDARDS. 

(7860-24) Voltage Ratings. 

Same as Reference Number 7810-24. 


(7860-42) Locomotive Weights. 

Standard sizes shall be 15, 20, 25, 35, and 50 tons. 
The first two sizes are to be equipped with single 
trucks, the 25-ton size with either single or double 
trucks and the 35 and 50-ton sizes with double 
trucks only. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


(7860-44) General Specifications. 

Weight Truck Horsepower 

15 tons Single 2 motors 75 H.P. each 

20 tons Single 2 motors 75 H.P. each 

25 tons Single 2 motors 90 H.P. each 

25 tons Double 4 motors 40 H.P. each 

35 tons Double 4 motors 75 H.P. each 

50 tons Double 4 motors 90 H.P. each 


Approx. 
Speed 
7 M.P.H. 
7 M.P.H. 
7 M.P.H. 
7 M.P.H. 
7 M.P.H. 
7 M.P.H. 


This table of figures is based on 20% of loco¬ 
motive weight, steel tired wheels and a maximum 
adhesion of 25%. 

. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


(7865) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(7865-2) Motor Temperature Rise. 

Same as Reference Number 7815-2. 

(7865-44) Normal Rated Speed. 

Approximately 7 M.P.H. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7870) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(7870-44) Headlight. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-44. 


175 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL LOCOMOTIVES—-TROLLEY TYPE 

Reference 

Number 

(7870-46) Brakes. 

One hand brake shall be standard on each loco¬ 
motive. Automatic air brake with air valves to 
match control stations shall be standard on all loco¬ 
motives except 15 and 20 ton sizes, where air 
brakes may be either straight or automatic. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7870-48) Air Compressor Rating. 

Locomotives of the 15, 20 and 25 ton sizes shall 
be equipped with air compressors which will oper¬ 
ate at 25 lbs. pressure per square inch. Air com¬ 
pressors for the 35 ton size shall develop 35 lbs. 
pressure, and for the 50 ton locomotive 50 lbs. 
pressure. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7870-6) Control Equipment. 

The drum type of controller shall be standard 
on single truck two-motor locomotiyes, and the 
drum, magnetic or electro-pneumatic type of con¬ 
troller shall be optional on double truck four- 
motor locomotives. One control station shall be 
standard in cabs of locomotives smaller than the 
25 ton size, and two stations shall be used in cabs 
of locomotives of 25 tons and larger. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7870-84) Track Gauge. 

All track guages shall be not less than 36 in. 
nor more than 56J4 in., except for the double truck 
25 ton locomotive, which shall have a minimum 
gauge of 30 inches. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7870-88) Cab Construction. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-88. 

(7875) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 


176 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL, LOCOMOTIVES—BATTERY TYPE 


Storage Battery Type 

Reference 

Number 

(7880) RATING STANDARDS. 

(7880-22) Nominal Motor Rating (Approximate). 

10 Ton—Total H.P. 40 at nominal voltage of 
approximately 200. 

15 Ton—Total H.P. 60 at nominal voltage of 
approximately 200. 

25 Ton—Total H.P. 120 at nominal voltage of 
approximately 200. 

40 Ton—Total H.P. 220 at nominal voltage of 
approximately 200. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7880-42) Locomotive Weights and Deductions. 

Nominal total weight to be the sum of the total 
chassis weight plus the average weight of the 
battery. 

The nominal chassis weight to be independent of 
gauge, but to include complete electrical equip¬ 
ment, cab,, air brake, standard M. C. B. couplers, 
and steel-tired wheels, but exclusive of battery. 

Deductions from nominal chassis weight to be 
made on certain sizes for omission of cab, air 
brakes, and steel tires are as follows: 


Allowable Deductions from Nominal Chassis 
Weight. 


Nominal 

Total 

Weight 

Nominal 

Chassis 

Weight 

Cab 

Air 

Brakes 

Steel 

Tired 

Wheels 

Type 

10 Tons 
15 Tons 
25 Tons 
40 Tons 

8 Tons 
1 2Vz Tons 
20 Tons 
30 Tons 

2000 

2500 

None 

None 

1200 

1500 

None 

None 

800 lbs. 
1000 lbs. 
None 
None 

Single Truck 
Single Truck 
Single or Double Truck 
Double Truck 


(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


(7885) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(7885-2) Motor Temperature Rise. 

Same as Reference Number 7815-2. 


177 


March, 1922 










INDUSTRIAL LOCOMOTIVES—BATTERY TYPE 

Reference 

Number 

(7885-42) Nominal Rated Draw Bar Pull. 

Eighteen per cent of nominal total weight of 
locomotive. (Compromise figure to establish ap¬ 
proximate balance between different locomotive 
sizes, considering the possible mechanical perform¬ 
ance and most desirable rated speed.) 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7885-44) Nominal Rated Speed. 

Three and one-half to five miles per hour. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7890) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 

(7890-42) Automatic Cut-off Switch. 

All storage battery locomotives which are pro¬ 
vided with trolley poles and are so built as to be 
capable of charging the battery from the trolley 
wire while traveling along shall, as standard equip¬ 
ment, be provided with an automatic protective de¬ 
vice which will prevent the discharge of the battery 
into the trolley wire in the event of the trolley wire 
voltage dropping below the battery voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(7890-44) Headlight. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-44. 

(7890-46) Brakes. 

One hand brake only to be standard on all sizes. 

Straight air brakes to be standard on the 10 ton 
size. 

Straight or automatic air brake to be standard 
on the 15 ton size and above. 

Brake control valves to match control stations on 
all sizes. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

178 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL LOCOMOTIVES—BATTERY TYPE 

Reference 

Number 

(7890-48) Air Compressor Rating. 

Compressor capacity to be optional. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7890-6) Control Equipment. 

Drum control to be standard on single truck 2- 
motor locomotives, and drum, magnetic or electro¬ 
pneumatic control to be optional on double truck 
4-motor locomotives. One control station to be 
standard in cabs of locomotives under 25 ton and 
two stations in cabs of locomotives 25 ton and 
above. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7890-84) Track Gauge. 

All track gauges shall be not less than 36 inches 
nor more than 56J4 inches. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(7890-88) Cab Construction. 

Same as Reference Number 7820-88. 

(7895) STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. 


179 


March, 1922 


W*iY 4 - :vrw*i 

. ■ /’1.. «;<rooi loJorn-f 

.h*i.iT (IS-0Q8T) 

I }fhr*i f Jon sd (Uffe ?.o>;wc8 ab jt: 4 (IA 


f -ttnjirtt orm t 
.rorifeif* Jb) •:•?••■ o«8T) 

•‘••■•'•OSH'; 


SS?t ,ibuM 






n 

ISO 







ELECTRIC TOOLS 
Buffers and Grinders 


Reference 

Number 

(7900) GENERAL CLASSIFICATIONS. 

(7901) Types. 

Buffing and grinding motors shall be divided into 
two classes: 

(a) Grinding Motors. 

(b) Buffing Motors. 

Each class shall be divided into two groups: 

(c) Bench Group. 

(d) Floor Group. (Adopted Standard 11-9-1914.) 
(7915) RATING STANDARDS. 

(7917) Voltage Ratings. 

1. Standard direct current voltages shall be 115 

and 230 volts. (Adopted Standard 6-8-1914.) 

2. Standard alternating current voltages shall be 
110 and 220 volts. (Adopted Standard 6-8-1914.) 

(7918) Frequencies. 

Standard frequencies are 25 and 60 cycles per 
second. (Adopted Standard 6-8-1914.) 


(7920) Speed Ratings—Grinding Motors. 

Standard no load hot speed ratings for Grinding 
Motors shall be: 

Dia- Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor 


neter 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Vheel 

D. C. 

60 eye. 

25 eye. 

30 eye. 

40 eye. 

riches 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

R.P.M. 

4 

4000 

3600 



• • • • 

5 

3500 

3600 



.... 

6 

3000 

3600 



2400* 

7 

2600 

• • • • 



2400 

8 

2200 

1800* 



2400 

10 

1800 

1800 

i500 

isoo 

2400 

12 

1500 

1800 

1500 

1800 

1200* 

14 

1300 

1200 

1500 

900* 

1200 

16 

1100 

1200 

1500 

900* 

1200 

18 

1000 

1200 

• • • • 

900 

1200 

20 

900 

1200 

750* 

900 

1200 

22 

825 

900 

750 

900 

800 

24 

750 

900 

750 

900 

800 


♦Gives a surface speed on the wheel of less than 4,000 feet per 
minute. Under these conditions the wheel wears rapidly and cuts 
inefficiently. These combinations are to be avoided wherever possible. 

The table given above applies to vitrified and silicate straight 
wheels and tapered wheels. It does not apply to cup and cylinder 
wheels or to wheels of elastic, vulcanite, and other organic bonds. 

(Recommended Practice 11-10-1915.) 


181 


March, 1922 










ELECTRICAL TOOLS—BUFFERS AND GRINDERS 

Reference 

Number 

(7930) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 
(7931) Temperature Rise. 


Temperature Rise in degrees centigrade of all 
parts when operating under normal rated condi- 
tions as specified on the name plate. 


Class of insulation 


Load, per cent of rated 


Time rating 


Grinding motors—enclosed type 


100 


Continuous 


55 c 


(Recommended Practice 5-4-1916.) 

No overload temperature guarantee given. 

For descriptive specification covering Class A insulation 
see Reference Number 5001. 

411 temperature measurements by thermometer method. 

See Reference Number 5301, 

. AO temperature rises based on an ambient temperature 

of 40 C. See Reference Number 5002. General guar¬ 
antees do not apply and deterioration on insulation may 
, expected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in reg¬ 
ular operation. & 

. ^ or descriptive specifications covering temperature rat¬ 
ings see Reference Number 5303. 


(7932) Overload! 

onS£ ind i n ? motors sha11 carry a momentary load of 
ZOOvo of the normal continuous rating. 

(Adopted Standard 5-4-1916.) 
(7970) STANMRD MANUFACTURING PRAC- 

(7975) Name Plate Marking. 

Name plates for grinding motors shall be 
marked: 

a Manufacturer’s designation of types and frame 
sizes. 

b—Horsepower output, 
c—R. P. M. at no load, 
d—Frequency, if alternating current, 
e—Number of phases, if alternating current, 
f—Voltage. 

g—Rated load amperes. 

*h—Basis of rating, 
j—Serial number. 

j Winding (Shunt or Compound, if direct cur- 

.hat«x fe 

s 

NOTE—Item (a) shall be optional. 

182 


March, 1922 
















INDUSTRIAL CONTROL 

Diagram Markings 

Reference 

Number 

(8601) Marking End Connectors for Resistor Units. 

Where a resistor is made of two or more units 
and it is necessary to connect these units together, the 
use of the letters “A” to “A”, “B” to "B”, etc., is 
recommended. (Recommended Practice 5-2-1916.) 


183 


March, 1933 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—SYMBOLS 

Reference 

Number 

(8602) Symbols for Diagrams. 

The following designating symbols shall be used 
on industrial control diagrams: 




fkk/ rheostat /'9 points. 

---« o 



Sequence of Sw’s 



for 

oTojo 

lo 


L 1 1 





olo 



7 

1 

0 





TT 



ote* 

0 


ooio 

c 

"1© 

qb 

0 


o do 



oo 

o 


ojol 



o 

o 






6 




Op 

oT 

6p 



Grid type 

_nrui_ 

Tube type 
— WfJU 


Contra/ wiring:- Method of showing 

of Condacrors- 


Connections and crosso 



Push button 
Spring return. 

fX ! 

| 0 0 p-Pa J 


Coi/s 

Shunt coil. 

-Smr~ 

Ser/es coit. 

—/W - 


Current transformers 






Fuses 

Control fuse 

Power fuse 
O o 

1/71 


Adu/tipo/ar cfoub/e 

throw /wife switch. 


Pmmeter shunt 
with ammeter. 


0000 
2 Pole sing/e throw. 
o o 

n 



Condenser 


Ground 


Potential transformer 

i w^vwi. 


Jj/dC-SQ CG.motor. 


3t-J C- slip ring 
motor. 


(Recommended Practice 5-11-1917.) 
18 * March, 1922 








































































INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Control Equipment 

Reference 

Number 

(8701) RATING STANDARDS. 

(8702) Basis of Rating. 

The rating of an industrial controller is based 
upon the class of service for which it can be used 
without exceeding the prescribed temperature limits. 
Overload capacity, where required, should be speci¬ 
fied as an increased rating. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8703.) Service Classifications of Resistors. 

The table on the following page gives numbers 
which are used to designate the resistors required 
for different classes of control service. 



185 


March. 1922 


INDUSTRIAL, CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8703 Continued ) 


Service Classification of Resistors by Numbers 








. 

Oi 







3 







O 

rH 

OI 

co 


VO 

\D 

.5 5 

O' 

O' 

O' 

O' 

O' 

O' 


% 

4k 

4k 

4k 

4fc 

4k 

a 







c 







E 6.£ 







£? E 

iH 

OI 

co 

'4- 

VO 

nO 

c 1 

to. 

o. 


O- 


to 

£ -O ~ 

ft 

4k 

4fc 

4fc 

4k 

4k 

£ S ° 

X u 







± V c 







If B 







su 

rH 

OI 

co 


vo 

vO 

C - O 

VO 

VO 

vo 

vo 

VO 

vo 

"•a a 

JS o 

44: 

4k 

4k 

4k 

4fc 

4k 

Q 







3 «.S 
^ E 







64 3 







C ° 







1 H 

r—1 

OI 

co 

H* 

vo 

vO 

"o 6 

« L ° 

CO 

co 

co 

co 

CO 

CO 

4fc 

4fc 

4k 

4k 

4k 

4fc 

S 3 







*3 














Hi 

rH 

OI 

co 

rj- 

VO 

CO 


rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

r-H ^ 

4fc 

4k 

4k 

4fc 

4k 

4k 








ij 3 














"3 













v-< 

c 






<L> 

S o - 






> 

ii w.s 






o 

£ c *3 

a v a 
u £ 

£ 3 2 

2 wtc 

25 

50 

70 

100 

150 

o . 

o 

.5 -3 

X cs 
° -2 






o 

OI 

n. 







Q. 







< 








NOTE—IS Sec. out of 4 Min. means that the resistor 
will operate at its specified duty not more than a total of 
IS seconds during any 4 minute period. 

(Recommended Practice 6-11-1917.) 
When testing resistors to meet the above classifi¬ 
cation, the test is to be continued for one hour. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

186 March, 1922 



































INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Kererence 

Number 

(8703 Continued') 

Starting and intermittent duty resistors in the 
classification table on the preceding page are pri¬ 
marily designed for use with motors requiring an 
initial torque corresponding to the current value 
for the class of resistor specified and requiring an 
average (root mean square) accelerating current 
not in excess of 125% of the full load value. 

Where a test is made without the motor, the 
resistor shall be connected to a voltage that will 
give the initial inrush current specified, and the 
steps shall be cut out at equal intervals in the “time 
on” period of the cycle specified; the current dur¬ 
ing the cutting out period to be maintained at 125% 
of the rated value. This test to be repeated every 
four minutes for one hour. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 


(8704) Range of Operating Voltage for Contactors. 

D.C. contactors to be able to withstand 10% 
increased voltage without injury to the operating 
coils and to close successfully at 20% less than 
normal voltage. 

A.C. contactors to be able to withstand 10% 
increased voltage without injury to the operating 
coils and to close successfully at 15% less than 
normal voltage. 

For successful operation at the minimum volt¬ 
age for continuous duty, the contactor coil should 
be subjected to the normal line voltage until con¬ 
stant temperature is reached, and then tested for 
successful closing at the minimum voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

PERMISSIBLE TEMPERATURE RISE. 

(8705) Temperature of Resistors. 

The limiting observable temperature rise for re¬ 
sistors shall be 350 degrees C. when the thermom¬ 
eter can be placed against the resistive conductor, 
and 250 degrees C. when the thermometer is placed 
against the embedding material. 

The limiting observable temperature rise for the 
issuing air shall be 175 degrees C. one inch from 
the enclosure. 

NOTE—All temperature measurements to be by ther- 

mometer method. (Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

187 March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL* CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8706) Temperature of Contactors. 

1. Operating Coils for Contactors: The limit¬ 
ing observable temperature rise of operating 
coils for magnetic contactors shall be 70 degrees 
C. when measured by thermometer. 

2. Temperature of Contacts: The limiting ob¬ 
servable temperature rise for the contacts of 
magnetic contactors shall be the following: 

65 degrees C. rise for laminated contacts. 

75 degrees C. for solid contacts. 

3. Current-Carrying Parts Insulated with As¬ 
bestos or Other Fireproof Insulation: The limit¬ 
ing observable temperature rise for current- 
carrying parts insulated with asbestos or other 
fireproof material shall be 150 degrees C. 

NOTE—All temperature measurements to be by ther¬ 
mometer method. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1918, 
Modified 11-17-1920.) 

(8707) Temperature of Bus-Bars. 

The limiting observable temperature rise of bus¬ 
bars on controller panels shall be 50° C. when meas¬ 
ured by thermometer. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8708) Temperature of Coils and Methods of Mea¬ 
surement for Purposes of Design. 

(Excepting Resistors, See Reference Number 8705.) 

It is realized that the method of measuring the 
temperature of coils and other windings of control 
apparatus by placing a thermometer on the outside 
of the coil is at best an approximation only. The 
attached detail specifications have been prepared 
and are recommened for use in the designing of 
coil windings for controllers. 

The Ambient Temperature of reference for air 
is 40° C. 

The temperatures in the different parts of a 
device which it would be desirable to ascertain, are 
the maximum temperatures reached in those parts. 

In determining the temperatures, three methods 
are provided: 


188 


March. 1922 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8708 Continued ) (Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 
Method No. 1.—Thermometer Method. 

This method consists in the determination of the 
temperature by mercury or alcohol thermometers, 
by resistance thermometers, or by thermo-couples, 
any of these instruments being applied to the hot¬ 
test accessible parts of the completed device, as 
distinguished from the thermo-couples or resistance 
coils embedded in the device as described in 
Method No. 3. 

The corrections as given in the following table 
shall be added to the highest temperature ob¬ 
served, except when the instruments are applied 
directly to the surface of bare windings when no 
correction is to be applied, to determine the max¬ 
imum hottest spot temperature. 

Method No. 2.—Resistance Method. 

This method consists in the measurement of the 
temperature of windings by their increase in re¬ 
sistance. In the application of this method, ther¬ 
mometer measurements shall also be made when¬ 
ever practicable without disassembling the device 
in order to increase the probability of revealing the 
highest observable temperature. Whichever mea¬ 
surement yields the higher temperature after add¬ 
ing the proper correction factor, that temperature 
shall be taken as the highest observable temper¬ 
ature, and a hottest spot correction as given in the 
following table is to be added thereto to give the 
maximum hottest spot temperature. 


The following table is to be used for the tem¬ 
perature coefficient of Copper: 


Temp. 

of the winding in 

Increase in resistance of 

degrees C. at which the 

copper per degree C., per 

initial 

resistance is mea- 

ohm of initial resistance. 

sured. 




0 

0.00427 


5 

0.00418 


10 

0.00409 


15 

0.00401 


20 

0.00393 


25 

0.00385 


30 

0.00378 


35 

0.00371 


40 

0.00364 


March, 1922 


189 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 


(8708 Continued) (Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 


Method No. 3.—Embedded Temperature- 
Detector Method. 

This method consists of the rise of thermo¬ 
couples or resistance temperature detectors, located 
as nearly as possible at the estimated hottest spot. 
When these devices are used for such temperature 
determinations, a liberal number shall be employed, 
and all reasonable efforts, consistent with safety, 
shall be made to locate them at the various places 
where the highest temperatures are likely to occur. 
When this method is employed, no hottest spot 
correction is added to the highest observable tem¬ 
perature to determine the hottest-spot temperature. 

The Ambient Temperature of reference for air 
shall be 40° C. 

Temperature Limits for Insulating Materials. 


Class Disc, of Material 


Max. Hottest 
Spot Temp. 


Class Disc, of Material 


A* Cotton, silk, paper 
and similar materials, 
when so treated or im¬ 
pregnated as to increase 
the thermal limit, or 
when permanently 
immersed in oil; also 
enameled wire 


B Mica, asbestos, and 
other materials capa¬ 
ble of resisting high 
temperature in which 
any class A material or Q i 

binder is used for struct- 1 
ural purposes only, and 
may be destroyed 
without impairing the 
insulation or mechan¬ 
ical qualities of the 
insulation. 

C Fireproof and refrac¬ 
tory materials, such as No limits 
pure mica, porcelain, specified 
quartz, etc. 


Hottest Spot Limiting Observabl 
Correction Temp. Rise 

Method Method Method Method 
No. 1 No.2 No. 1 No. 2 


Example 
Winding 1* thick 
60® C. 80° C. 




80° C, 100° C 


(See next page for Note *.) 


190 


March, 1922 





INDUSTRIAL. CONTROL.—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8708 Continued ) 

*For cotton, silk, paper and similar materials, 
when neither treated, impregnated nor immersed 
in oil, the highest temperatures shall be 35° below 
the limits for class “A” in above table. 

For shunt coils and whenever feasible, Method 
No. 2 must be used in determining temperatures. 

Limiting observable Temperature Rise for: 

♦Bare enameled air insulated coils_90° C. 

♦This applies also to coils where a fibre sleeve 
or collar is used to insulate coil from frame 
or core. 

The temperatures as given in preceding tables are 
the maximum temperatures observed in tests equiv¬ 
alent to operating conditions at the rated voltage, 
frequency and load for which the apparatus is 
rated. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8800) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 

(8801) Overload Protection. 

Overload protection above 5 H.P. 115 volts, or 
larger than 10 H.P., at the higher voltages, shall be 
provided by a contactor with overload relay or some 
sort of circuit breaker which shall respond to ex¬ 
cessive current on one side of direct current and 
single phase alternating current circuits; and to 
excessive current in two sides of polyphase cir¬ 
cuits. Fuses may be used for the protection of 
smaller motors. „ 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8802) Under or Low Voltage Release or Protection. 

Where restarting of a motor on restoration of 
voltage may cause damage or injury, low voltage 
protection shall be furnished. For all other cases 
either low voltage release or low voltage protection 

shall be furnished. _ _ 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

191 March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8803) Inclosing Cases. 

Standard inclosing cases shall be dustproof and 
splash-proof. (Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8804) Non-Corrodible Material. 

Iron, steel, or other material with a suitable pro¬ 
tective coating will be accepted as non-corrodible 
material. (Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8805) D. C. Manual Starting Rheostats for Volt¬ 
ages Above 600. 

Standard starting rheostats must be able to open 
the circuit on the first point with the motor at rest. 

Standard 500 volt face plate type D. C. manual 
starting rheostats may be furnished for a maximum 
of 600 volts. (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

(8806) Inclosures for Controllers. 

Inclosures are furnished with, and form a part 
of industrial control equipment for the purpose of 
affording protection by construction. These in¬ 
closures are of the following general classes: 

Class I—A solid inclosure without slot or other 

opening. 

Class II—A solid inclosure except for a slot for 
the operating handle or openings 
for ventilation, or both. 

Class III—Wire _ mesh, perforated screens or 
grill work. 

-01 All inciosures shall be so designed and assem¬ 
bled that they will withstand handling dur¬ 
ing shipment and installation. 

-02 There must be sufficient space within in- 
closure to permit uninsulated parts of wire 
terminals to be separated so as to prevent 
their coming in contact with each other. In¬ 
closures must be such as to permit proper 
wire connections to be made with adequate 
spacing of the terminals and ends of con¬ 
ductors from adjacent points of the in¬ 
closures. 


192 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL. CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8806 Continued') (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

-03 Exposed non-arcing current-carrying parts 
within the inclosures must have an air space 
between them and the uninsulated part of 
the inclosure of at least for 600 volts or 
less. Inclosures of sizes, material or form 
not securing adequate rigidity must have 
greater spacing. 

-04 All inclosures and part of inclosures such as 
doors, covers, tanks, etc., must be provided 
with means for firmly securing them in place. 
Among the available means are locks, inter¬ 
locks, screws and seals. 

-05 CLASS I AND II INCLOSURES. 

Class I and II inclosures must afford pro¬ 
tection against flashing or arcing. 

-06 Where the walls of the inclosure are not pro¬ 
tected by barriers or a lining of non-com¬ 
bustible insulating material the arc-rupturing 
parts of the controller shall have the follow¬ 
ing air spaces between them and the walls of 
the inclosure unless a test on any specific 
device demonstrates that a smaller space is 
safe for that particular device. 



Distance from 
Contacts in 
Direction of 
Blowout 

Vertical Distance above 
Contacts without 

Blowout 

Horizontal 
Distance from 
Contacts and 
Distance below 
Contacts 

H. P. 

D. C. and A. C. 

D. C. 

A. 

C. 

D. C. and A. C. 

Rating 

300 V. 

600 V. 

300 V. 

600 V. 

300 V. 

600 V. 

300 V, 

600 V. 

5 

W 

3" 

4" 

Barriers 

IX 1 

3" 

M" 

1J4" 

10 

2" 

4* 

5* 

“ 

2" 

4" 

M" 

W 

50 

3' 

5* 

6* 

" 

3" 

5' 

1" 

2" 

100 

4" 

Barriers 

Barriers 

“ 

4* 


2" 

3" 







Barriers 



Above 


•• 

“ 

“ 

Barriers 


Barriers 

Barriers 

100 

Barriers 









N.OTE—All distances to be measured from contact tips or 
arc horns. 


193 


March, 1922 





























INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8806 Continued') (Recommended Practice 6-7-1920.) 

-07 CONSTRUCTION: 

Inclosures for industrial controllers may take 
the form either of cabinets, or of protective 
parts forming integral portions of the struc¬ 
ture, or supplementary thereto, such as 
shields, covers, tanks, etc. 

-071 For the purpose of these specifications a cab¬ 
inet is considered as an inclosure, separable 
from and completely surrounding the con¬ 
trol device as a whole, which is capable of 
being installed independently and is not 
necessary to the operation of the contained 
apparatus. It will usually have a door or 
doors for giving access to the apparatus. 

-072 A cabinet may or may not be furnished by 
the maker of the control device. 

-073 Protective parts are inclosures which are fur¬ 
nished by the manufacturer of the control 
device as integral parts of the structure or 
as supplementary thereto in the form of 
shields, covers, tanks, etc. 

-074 Cabinets for control devices must comply 
with the requirements of Underwriters’ Lab¬ 
oratories Standard for Cabinets and Cutout 
boxes. 

-08 PROTECTIVE PARTS: 

-081 MATERIAL. In the following it is assumed 
that steel (or gray iron for castings) will be 
the metal employed. Copper, bronze and 
brass are sometimes used, in which case the 
requirements given for steel shall be com¬ 
plied with. 

-082 THICKNESS. Cast metal for protective 
parts whether of iron or other metal shall 
be at least l /& inch thick at every point and 
should be of greater thickness at tapped holes 
for conduit, at reinforcing ribs and door 
edges. 


194 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8806 Continued') (Recommended Practice 6-7-1920.) 
-083 SHEET METAL THICKNESS. The min¬ 
imum thickness required for sheet-metal con¬ 
struction varies with the size of the device. 

-084 For Class I and II, protective parts of sheet 
metal shall be of a gauge not less than that 
given in the following table: 


Maximum 
Volume of 
Inclosure 

Cubic Ft. 

Maximum 

Area of Any 
Surface 

Sq. In. 

Maximum 

Dimension 

Inches 

Without Sup¬ 
porting Frame 
U. S. Sheet 
Steel Gauge 

With Support- 

in Frame or 

Equivalent 

Re-enforcing 

U. S. Sheet 

Steel Gauge 

Va 


12 

20 (.037) 

24 (.025) 

1 


18 

18 (.050) 

20 (.037) 


360 

24 

16 (.062) 

18 (.050) 


1200 

48 

14 (.078) 

16 (.062) 


Over 1200 


10 (.141) 

16 (.062) 







-09 All Class III inclosures shall be provided 
with a supporting frame. 


-10 Wire screening used for inclosures must con¬ 
form to the following: 


Maximum Openings 

In Screen 

Minimum Wire Size 
American Steel Wire 
Gauge 

y 2 " 

No. 16 

Over y 2 " and not 
over 2" 

No. 12 


-11 Where the opening is over y 2 inch the in¬ 
closure must not be less than four inches 
from any live part. 


195 


March, 1922 

















































INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 


Reference 

Number 

(8806 Continued') 

-12 Inclosures for floor-mounted controllers for 
voltages not in excess of 750 volts: 

(a) Where the surrounding inclosure is 
six feet or more in height and exposed 
live parts are not less than six inches 
below the upper edge, no covering is 
required across the top of the inclosure. 

EXCEPTIONS:—Where cranes or other 
movable apparatus or op¬ 
erations of a special char¬ 
acter may introduce pos¬ 
sible hazards from above, 
overhead inclosures may 
be required. 

(b) Where the surrounding inclosure is 
within six inches of the floor and ex¬ 
posed live parts are not less than six 
inches above the lower edge, no cover¬ 
ing will be required for the bottom. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 

(8810) Insulation Distances. 

The distances between non-arcing, uninsulated 
live parts of control equipment to ground or to 
non-arcing uninsulated live parts of opposite polar¬ 
ity shall not be less than the following: 

300 volts maximum, and in excess of 50 volts 
J4" through air or oil 
y%" across clean dry surfaces in air or oil. 
600 volts maximum 

y%" through air or oil 
yS across clean dry surface in air or oil. 
2500 volts maximum 
V through air 
yy through oil 

2" across clean dry surfaces in air 

1" across clean dry surfaces in oil 

7000 volts maximum 
2" through air 
1 yy through oil 

2>yy across clean dry surfaces in air 
2" across clean dry surfaces in oil. 

NOTE—These distances should be increased for dirty or 
moist conditions. (Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


196 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL, CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8820) STANDARD RESISTORS FOR GENERAL 
PURPOSE MOTOR STARTERS. 

(8821) Manual Starters for D. C. Motors. 

(a) Resistor Classification. 

50 H.P. and below—No. 14 or No. 15. Refer¬ 
ence Number 8703. 

Above 50 H.P.—No. 32, No. 33, No. 34 or No. 
35. Reference Number 8703. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8822) Automatic Starters for D. C. Motors. 

(a) Resistor Classifications, No. 35 or No. 36, Ref¬ 
erence Number 8703. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8823) Manual Starters for Wound Secondary. 
Induction Motors. 

(a) Resistor Classification. 

50 H.P. and below—No. 14 or No. 15. Refer¬ 
ence Number 8703. 

Above 50 H.P.—No. 32, No. 33, No. 34 or No. 
35. Reference Number 8703. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8824) Automatic Starters for Wound Secondary 
Induction Motors. 

(a) Resistor Classification—No. 35 or No. 36. 
Reference Number 8703. 

(Recommended Practice 5-23-1919.) 

(8830) SPECIFICATIONS FOR D. C. CONTACTOR 
TYPE CONTROLLER FOR GENERAL 
PURPOSE TRAYELNG CRANES. 

(8830-1) General. 

The control equipment shall conform to the 
standard rules of The Electric Power Club and 
the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. 

The requisite contactors shall be provided for the 
basic functions of the controller, such as stop¬ 
ping, reversing, and for the specified number and 
character of speed control points. 

The control equipment shall consist of the neces¬ 
sary master switches, contactor panels, resistors, 
and protective devices to meet the following re¬ 
quirements: (Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 


197 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8830-2) Resistor Mounting. 

The resistor units -shall be mounted in substantial 
end frames, and provided with terminals for con¬ 
nection to the control panel. Where the resistors 
are furnished for separate mounting, the wiring 
thereto is not to be included. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8830-3.) Master Switch. 

The master switch shall be of the enclosed type 
and shall have renewable contacts and terminals 
for external connections. 

The master switch for hoist control shall provide 
for not less than four points of speed control in 
each direction of operation for 25 H.P. motors or 
smaller, and not less than five points of speed con¬ 
trol in each direction of operation for motors 
larger than 25 H.P. 

The master switch for bridge and trolley travel 
controllers shall provide for not less than three 
points of speed control in each direction of opera¬ 
tion except under any of the following conditions, 
where not less than four points shall be supplied: 

(1) Where the full speed exceeds 150 feet per 
minute. 

(2) Where cars are to be dragged along the floor. 

(3) Where the rails are unusually slippery or 
uneven, and only one-half of the wheels are 
driven by motors. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8830-4) Controller Functions. 

The hoist controller shall provide for dynamic 
braking control in the lowering direction. 

Low or under-voltage protection shall be pro¬ 
vided for each motor, either as a function of each 
controller or by a protective panel. 

Overload protection shall be provided for each 
motor, either as a function of each controller or by 
a protective panel. When it is on the protective 
panel, it shall include either two single pole or one 
louble pole contactor, arranged for opening both 
iides of the line; and there shall be one overload 
relay in one side of the main line, and one overload 
relay for each motor circuit -in the opposite side of 
the line. 


198 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8830-5) 

The continuous capacity of the main line con¬ 
tactors on the protective panel shall be not less 
than 50% of the combined one-half hour rating 
of the motors, nor less than 75% of the one-half 
rating of the largest individual motor. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8830-6) Disconnecting Means. 

A double pole line switch with provision for 
locking in the open position shall be provided, 
either on each controller or on the protective panel. 
When mounted on the protective panel, it shall 
have a carrying capacity not less than that speci¬ 
fied above for the main line contactors. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8830-7) Fuses in Control Circuit. 

The control circuit system shall be protected by 
at least one fuse in each side of the line. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8830-71) Additional Protective Panel Requirements. 

Where a protective panel is provided as part of 

the control equipment of the crane there shall be pro¬ 
vided : 

(a) Two lamp receptacles on the protective panel 
fused and connected to the line wires outside 
of the line switch. These receptacles shall 
be connected in series; and, where necessary, 
a resistor shall be provided in this circuit so 
that 50 watt 115 volt lamps may be used. 

NOTE—Two lamps may be used in these re¬ 
ceptacles, or one lamp and one plug for a lamp 
cord, so that a working light may be had, with 
the line switch open. 


(b) A safety and reset station shall be provided 
for opening and closing the line contactors of 
the protective panel. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 


199 


March, 1922 


INDUSTRIAL CONTROL—EQUIPMENT 

Reference 

Number 

(8830-8) Magnet Brakes. 

A magnet brake shall be furnished for the hoist 
motor of sufficient size to hold at least the rated 
full load torque of the motor when the magnet coil 
is disconnected. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(8830-9) Hoist Limit Switch. 

Where a hoist limit switch is required on the 
crane, it shall be arranged to stop the motor before 
the hoist reaches its upper limit of travel, irre¬ 
spective of a failure of voltage or position of the 
controller. The limit switch may be connected in 
the motor circuit directly, or a limit switch in the 
control circuit may be used, in which case an extra 
trolley wire will be provided by the customer for 
the control circuit. 

NOTE—It is preferable to have the limit switch con¬ 
nected directly in the motor circuit and operated by 
the block. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 


200 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS- 
DISTRIBUTION 

Rules Applicable Only to Distribution 
Transformers for Lighting and 
Power Service 

(Do not include those for special service, e.g., 
transformers for synchronous converters, instru¬ 
ment transformers, etc.) 

Reference 

Number 

(9001) Classification. 

1. Distribution transformers shall include pri¬ 
marily those transformers in sizes 200 KVA and 
below which are used to step down from a distribu¬ 
tion voltage to a standard service voltage, and shall 
also include transformers in sizes 200 KVA and 
below used to step down from a transmission volt¬ 
age to a distribution voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9015) Rating Standards. 

1. Tables Nos. I and II respectively (see pages 
203-4), summarize the standard types, frequencies, 
KVA sizes, voltage ratings and taps for single and 
three-phase distribution transformers for supply¬ 
ing lighting and power service. 

(Adopted Standard 1-13-1919, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

(9016) Basis of Rating. 

# 1. In the case of standard transformers having 
single voltage rating and provided with taps, the 
maximum rated voltage shall always be considered 
the normal voltage rating. In the case of standard 
transformers having a double or a triple voltage 
rating, the voltage appearing in bold type shall be 
considered the normal voltage rating. Performance 
guarantees of such transformers shall be based on 
the normal voltage rating and full winding. (Ex¬ 
ception see Temperature Rise, Reference Number 
9031, also Dielectric Tests. Reference Number 
9040.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

201 March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9017) Voltage Ratings. 

1. No definite standard transformer voltage rat¬ 
ings have yet been established for operation from 
standard system voltages of 88,000, 110,000, etc. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

2. Multiple connection for 1150 volts shall be 

omitted from standard transformers of the 2300- 
volt class. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. Multiple connection of the high voltage wind¬ 
ing shall be omitted in standard transformers of 
the 6900-volt class or for higher voltages since taps 
are provided in the high voltage winding of such 
transformers. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

4. Series multiple connections of more than one 
combination, or of ratios other than 2:1, such as 
110/220/440, 460/2300, 440/550/2200, are particularly 
undesirable from the standpoint of best transformer 
design and construction. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9023) Voltage Taps. 

1. Standard transformers wound for voltages be¬ 

low the 6600-volt class shall not be provided with 
taps. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

2. Standard single phase transformers of the 
6600 volt class or for higher voltages shall be pro¬ 
vided with taps in the high voltage winding for 
approximately 5 and 10 per cent voltage variation. 
Exception to this rule is made only in the case of 
single phase transformers of the 6600 volt class for 
supplying service voltages 600 and below; present 
established practice necessitating the standardiza¬ 
tion of the following taps for such transformers: 

(Continued bn page 205) 


202 


March, 1922 


Reference SINGLE PHASE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 

Number SIZES 200 KV-A. AND BELOW 

(9015 Continued from page 201 .) FOR SUPPLYING LIGHTING AND POWER SERVICE 

STANDARD TYPES, FREQUENCIES, SIZES AND VOLTAGE RATINGS 
STANDARD TYPES—Oil Immersed— Self Cooled 
STANDARD FREQUENCIES“”*25 Cycles per Second—60 Cycles per Second 
STANDARD SIZES IN KV-A. CONTINUOUS RATINGS AT 55 DEG. C. RISE 
1.5-2.5-3-5-7.5-10-15-25-37.5-50-75-100-150-200 

_____ See Table below for sizes that are standard for the various system voltages. 


STANDARD SIZES. VOLTAGE RATINGS AND TAPS OF TRANSFORMERS FOR THE VARIOUS SYSTEM VOLTAGES 


Standard 

System 

Voltages 


Standard Sizes 
for Each 
Voltage Class 


For Supplying Service Voltages 600 and Below 


Transformer High Voltage Ratings 
for Operation from Various 
Standard System Voltages 


On Full 
Winding 


Approximately 
on Taps 


Transformer Low Voltage Ratings for 
Supplying Service Voltages 600 and Below 


440 

1.5-3 to 100 incl. 

440 

460 

480 





...to 110/220 
...to 115/230 
...to 120/240 







650 

1.5-3 to 100 incl. 

550 

676 

600 





...to 110/220* 

.. to 115/230 
...to 120/240 



. 




2300 

1.5-3 to 200 incl. 

2200 

2300 

2400 





...to 110/220 . 

.. .to 115/230 . 
...to 120/240 . 

..or to 220/440 . 
..or to 230/460 . 
..or to 240/480 . 

. .or to 550 
. .or to 575 
.. or to 600 





4600 

1.5-3 to 200 incl. 

2200/4400 

2300/4600 

2400/4800 





...to 110/220 
.. .to 115/230 
j ... to 120/240 







6600 

1.5-3 to 200 incl. 

6600/11430Y 
6900/11950Y 

7200/12470Y 

6300 

6585 

6875 

6000 

6275 

6545 

5700 

5960 

6220 

t/1 

n 

Q 

z 

o 

...to 110/220 . 
,. .to 115/230 . 
.. .to 120/240 . 

..or to 220/440 . 
..or to 230/460 . 

..or to 240/480 , 

.. or to 550 
..or to 575 
.. or to 600 

6600/1HS9Y 

6270 

5940 


11000 

2.5-5-JO to 200 incl. 

11000 

11600 

10450 

10925 

9900 

10350 


n 

...to 110/220 . 
...to 115/230 . 

.. or to 220/440 . 
. .or to 230/460 . 

.. or to 550 
, .or to 675 

11000 

10450 

9900 


13200 

2.5-5-10 to 200 incl. 

13200 

13800 

12540 

13110 

11880 

12420 



...to 110/220 . 
...to 115/230 . 

..or to 220/440 . 
..or to 230/460 . 

.. or to 550 

. .or to 676 

13290 

12540 

11880 


22000 

5-10 to 200 incl. 

22000 

23000 

20900 

21850 

19800 

20700 



.. .to 110/220 . 
...to 116/230 . 

..or to 220/440 . 
..or to 230/460 . 

., or to 550 
. .or to 575 

22000 

20900 

19800 


33000 

10 to 200 incl. 

33000 

34600 

31350 

32775 

29700 

31050 



.. .to 110/220 . 
.. .to 113/230 , 

..or to 220/440 . 
. or to 230/460 . 

..or lo 550 
.. or to 575 

33000 

31350 

29700 


44000 

15 to 200 incl. 









44000 

41800 

39600 


66030 

50 to 200 incl. 









66000 

62700 

59400 



For Supplying Distribution Voltages Above 600 


Transformer High Voltage 
Ratings for Operation from 
Various Standard System Voltages 


On Full 
Winding 


Approximately 


On 5% 
Tap 


On 10% 
Tap 


Transformer Low 
Voltage Ratings for 
Supplying Nominal 
2300- or 4000-volt 
Distribution 


NOTE 1.—Transformers having low voltage^,rating of 115/230 for sizes 100 kv-a. and below are arranged for series, multiple or three-wire 
service by connection of the low voltage leads' outside of the transformer tank; whereas, sizes 150 and 200 kv-a. are suitable for series or three- 
wire service only. Transformers having low voltage rating of 230/460 for sizes 200 kv-a. and below, are suitable for series or multiple service only. 

These odd taps for distribution transformers of the 6600-volt class are chosen because of present established practice. 

NOTE 2.—Standard Single-phase Distribution Transformers for supplying nominal 2300- or 4000-volt distribution and having voltage ratings 
listed above, will be designed for successful operation when excited on full winding at 5% above their rated voltage. 

Transformers having voltage ratings of 6600/11430Y to 2300, are when operated in bank, suitable for transforming from 6600 to 2300; from 
6600 to 4000Y or from 11430Y to 2300. They should not be used connected in *‘Y” on both high and low voltage sides simultaneously to trans¬ 
form from 11430Y to 4000Y as. this connection may result in excessive stress in the windings due to harmonic voltages. 

NOTE 3.—Voltage ratings in bold type will be considered the normal voltage ratings of these lines. For the basis of bating and performance 
guarantees, see Reference Number 9016. It is understood, however, that where a transformer is suitable for operation at two voltage ratings or 
at three voltage ratings, this flexibility will be definitely indicated on the name plate, on the connection diagram or on a paster inside the trans¬ 
former cover. 

NOTE 4.— See page 215 for Standard Accessories. (Adopted Standard 5-5-1920, Effective 1-1-1921, 

TABLE I. Amended 11-15-1921, Effective 1-1-1922.) 

203 














































i..‘ l »3 ' "■' n ■ A G’. 

ffi ■ \:a r '-*T iAtTH./ ... 

V> -A' : : 

|iwft -A:/?.. -'-tit %ci 'jg£.>$d#T 

. 




S H r 







m-i 

v,-'- 


’ 




















A 




■ 





i 

• 

OlSJi 

W- / 



■- £ 


■ 







1 










: '».* r - f.-i 


~6 f ' •> 

U.«Ko» 01-« »>• 

•fea.OCi *♦ t| ■ m 





-■ jjl ri u. -I «os i. 

ri& o V ’ iH •••■ • Gi **;.,! .vh -a: ''J 

o' tier.-•• 

C'Ct :u» r wt .f : J • ti • ?& fi /—~.£ v‘10 1 










Reference 

Number 

(9015 Continued from Page 201) 


THREE PHASE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 
SIZES 200 KV-A. AND BELOW 
FOR SUPPLYING LIGHTING AND POWER SERVICE 
STANDARD TYPES, FREQUENCIES, SIZES AND VOLTAGE RATINGS 
STANDARD TYPES—Oil Immersed-Self Cooled 
STANDARD FREQUENCIES—25 Cycles per Second—60 Cycles per Second 
STANDARD SIZES IN KV-A. CONTINUOUS RATINGS AT 55 DEG. C. RISE 
5—7.5—10—15—25—37.5—50— 7$- —100—150—200 
See Table below for sizes that are standard for the various system voltages. 


STANDARD SIZES, VOLTAGE RATINGS AND TAPS OF TRANSFORMERS FOR THE VARIOUS SYSTEM VOLTAGES 


Standard System 
Voltages 


2300 

4000 

6000 

11000 

13200 

22000 

33000 

44000 

66000 




For Supplying Service 

Voltages 600 and Below 


Transformer High Voltage Ratings 
for Operation from Various 

Standard System Voltages, 

Transformer how Voltage Ratings for 
Supplying Service Voltages 600 and Below 

Each Voltage CJass 

On Full 

Winding 

Approximately on 

10% Tap 


2200/3810Y 


.to 220/440 

5 to 200 incl. 

2300/4000 e 

2400/4150Y 

4400Y 


.to 230/460 

.to 220/440 

5 to 200 inch 

4600Y 

4800Y 


.to 230/460 


6600Y 

5940 


10 to 200 inch 

6900Y 

6210 



7200Y 

6480 

.to 240/480 

10 to 200 inch 

11000Y 

9900 

.to 220/440 

11600Y 

10350 


10 to 200 inch 

13200Y 

11880 


13800Y 

12420 


15 to 200 inch 

22000Y 

19800 

.to 220/440 

23000Y 

20700 

37.5 to 200 inch 

50 to 200 inch 

150 to 200 inch 

33000Y 

29700 


34500V 

31050 



For Supplying Distribution Voltage Above 600 


Transformer High Voltage 
Ratings for Operation from 
Various Standard System Voltages 


On Full 
Winding 


Approximately 


On 5% 
Tap 


On 10% 
Tap 


Transformer Low 
Voltage Ratings for 
Supplying Nominal 
2300-Volt 
Distribution 


6600Y 


5940 .. . . 

.to 2300 

11000Y 


9900 .... 

.to 2300 

13200Y 


11880 ... 

.to 2300 

22000 


19800 .... 

.to 2300 

33000Y 


29700 

.to 2300 

44000Y 

41800 

39600 

.to 2300 

66000Y 

62700 

59400 . . . . 

.to 2300 


NOTES.—1.—All sizes of distribution transformers having low voltage ratings of 230/460 are suitable for series or multiple three-phase service only by proper connection inside of the tank. 

2. —Voltage ratings in bold type will be considered the normal voltage ratings of these lines. For the basis of rating and performance guarantees, see Reference Number 9016. It is 

understood, however, that where a transformer is suitable for operation at two voltage ratings or at three voltage ratings, this flexibility will be definitely indicated on the name jffate, on the 
connection diagram or on a paster inside the transformer cover. 

3 . _In general standard three-phase distribution transformers are not suitable for multiple operation with a bank of standard single-phase distribution transformers as the angular dis¬ 

placement, turn ratio and impedance volts on which successful multiple operation depends are generallj r different on three-phase and single-phase transformers. 

4. —See page 215 for Standard Accessories. 


\BLE II 


(Adopted Standard 5-5-1920, Effective 1-1-1921, 
Amended 11-15-1921, Effective 1-1-1922.) 


204 



















































•••• • • 

■ - 


•* > N 


' 


Y ; ,3 


7 








-V . , *] ‘ 


1 •». •• s 


• •• 

t •:;' 

V . , i- •; 


Ac-: 

*■ • 

. 









> 


' 







? 


* ^ . • V 1 • x :, : 

v jfoi--.;/ 

• • ~ • * 

i. 

. 

•? •. :. 




- : •• v . ' ' 

j 


X MT: ' 

l 

' >•> 

*< ■ • ' « 

•i 

*r . 1 

- 


/ 



• x • 

1 . ' i'«y v: 



. • ’ - 

. 






"*■ " l ; ; '. U T' . . ’, .* < • f , • 

' ■ • ’ ■ .• • . • - : • r. : 

■ ■ « 9* -ic v ■■ : 


•• X - 

iHS ,4 iMM 


• • ' • ■ ' : -r; rj 

• !/•■ •*» - •- • ••■' • - • • - ■ - • «•* 



. i "■ • ■ ' ■ 

■ ■ '■ : ;'■! 


' 1 - 




‘ 






•» : . • 




TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9023 Continued from page 202.) 

6300/6600/5700 based on 6600 volts to 110/220, 
or to 220/440, or to 550-volt operation. 

6585/6275/5960 based on 6900 volts to 115/230, 
or to 230/460, or to 575-volt operation. 

6875/6545/6220 based on 7200 volts to 120/240, 
or to 240/480, or to 600-volt operation. 

(Adopted Standard 1-13-1919, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

3. (a) Standard three phase transformers of the 
6600 to 33000 volt classes inclusive, shall be pro¬ 
vided with taps in the high voltage winding for 
approximately 10 per cent voltage variation. 


(b) Standard three phase transformers of the 
44000 and 66000 volt classes shall be provided with 
taps in the high voltage winding for approximately 
5 and 10 per cent voltage variation. 

(Adopted Standard 1-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


4. The low voltage windings of distribution 
transformers of standard voltage ratings for sup¬ 
plying service voltage 600 and below, shall not be 
provided with taps. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9030) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 


205 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 


Reference 

Number 

(903.1) Temperature Rise. 

1. The standard temperature rise at continuous 
rated KVA output shall not exceed 55° C. This 
temperature limit shall not be exceeded irrespective 
of whether the transformer is excited on full wind¬ 
ing or, for transformers with which taps are stand¬ 
ard, on any tap of 10% or less range; provided 
that for transformers having a single voltage rat¬ 
ing the rated secondary voltage is delivered at the 
transformer terminals, and that for transformers 
with double or triple voltage ratings the temper¬ 
ature limit shall not be exceeded irrespective of 
whether the voltage delivered at the transformer 
terminals is the maximum or the minimum second¬ 
ary voltage rating. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 

Amended 11-15-1921.) 

2. Temperature rise of transformer windings 
shall be determined by the resistance method (A. I. 
E. E., Section 6320). 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. Method of loading—(A. I. E. E., Section 

6317). (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

4. Temperature Co-Efficient of Copper—(A. I. E. 
E., Section 2321). (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

5. Temperature of Oil—(A. I. E. E., Section 

1007). (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

6. When the elapsed time between the instant of 
shutdown and the time of final temperature meas¬ 
urement does not exceed three minutes, a correction 
of one degree per minute shall be added to the ob¬ 
served temperature rise. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

NOTE.—All A. I. E. E. numbers corrected 11-15-1921.) 

(9035) Voltage Regulation. 

1. The guarantee as to regulation shall be based 
on a reference temperature of 75° C. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

206 March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9035 Continued ) 

2. The test as to the fulfillment of the regulation 

guarantee shall be made at any convenient tempera¬ 
ture and corrected to a reference temperature of 
75° C. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. Tests and computation of regulation for con¬ 
stant potential transformers for any specified load 
and power factor shall be computed from the meas¬ 
ured impedance watts and impedance volts, as fol¬ 
lows : 

Let: P=Impedance watts, as measured in the short 
circuit test (See Ref. 9048). 

E z =Impedence volts, as measured in the short 
circuit test (See Ref. 9048.) 

IX=Reactance drop in volts. 

I=Rated primary current. 

E=Rated primary voltage. 

q x =Per cent drop in quadrature with cur¬ 
rent. 

q r —Per cent drop in phase with current. 

m=Power factor of inductive load. 

n=Reactive factor of inductive load. 

NOTE—m and n are respectively the cosine and sine 
of the angle between current and voltage. For con¬ 
venience the following table is given of corresponding 
values of m and n: 


m 

n 

m 

n 

1.00 

.00 

.80 

.60 

.95 

.31 

.75 

.66 

.90 

.43 

.70 

.71 

.85 

.55 

.65 

.76 



207 


March, 1922 






TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 


Reference 

Number 

(9035 Continued) 

Then A. For unity power factor we have approx¬ 
imately : 

q x 2 

Per cent regulation=q r -|— 

q,= 100^j- 


k =m I e -' — (-f-)' 

B. For inductive loads of power factor tn and 
reactive factor n : 

Per cent regulation=mq r -f- nq x -f- ^ q 2 x ~ nqr ^ 2 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Corrected 11-15-1921.) 

(9040) Dielectric Tests. 

1. The standard values for insulation test volt¬ 
ages on distribution transformers other than small 
air-cooled transformers shall be as follows: 

High Voltage Winding to Low Voltage Winding 
and Core. 


Highest Operating 

Voltage. Test Voltage. 

Below 550 volts. 4,000 volts 

550 to 4,500 volts, inclusive. 10,000 volts 


Above 4500 to 50000 volts, incl.... Twice the highest 

rated voltage of 
the high voltage 
winding plus 1000 
volts. 

(Continued on next page.) 

208 March, 1922 








TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9040 Continued ) 

Above 50000 volts. Twice the ^normal 

voltage of the cir¬ 
cuit to which the 
high voltage wind¬ 
ing is connected 
plus 1000 volts. 


Low Voltage Winding to Core. 

Highest Operating 

Voltage. Test Voltage 

1,500 volts and below. 4,000 volts 

Above 1,500 to 4,500 volts, inclusive. 10,000 volts 

Above 4500 to 50000 volts incl.. Twice the highest 

rated voltage of 
the low voltage 
winding plus 1000 
volts. 

Above 50000 volts. Twice the ^normal 

voltage of the cir¬ 
cuit to which the 
low voltage wind¬ 
ing is connected 
plus 1000 volts. 

♦In systems or circuits employing transformers, 
the Normal Voltage of the System or Circuit is 
defined as the highest rated voltage of the sec¬ 
ondaries of transformers supplying the system or 
circuit. This voltage rating applies to all parts of 
that particular system or circuit. 

(Adopted Standard 1-13-1919, 
Amended 11-15-1921, effective 1-1-1922.) 


209 


March, 1922 





TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 


Reference 

Number 

(9040 Continued ) 

2. Transformers intended for Y connection shall 
have their test voltages determined by the line 
voltage and not the leg voltage. For example: Dis¬ 
tribution transformers of the 6600-volt class shall 
be given a test from high voltage winding to low 
voltage winding and core of 26,000 volts as it is 
common practice to connect these transformers in 
Y for operation at 12,470 volts. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 


3. Dielectric tests shall be made as outlined be¬ 
low: 

a. Between high voltage and low voltage wind¬ 

ings. 

b. Between high voltage winding and the core. 

[(a) and (b) may be made at the same 
time by connecting the low voltage wind¬ 
ings to the core.] 

c. Between the low voltage winding and the 

core. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

4. The time of application for each test as out¬ 
lined in preceding paragraphs of this section shall 
be one minute. (Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

5. Measurement of voltage in making dielectric 
tests shall be in accordance with A. I. E. E. Sec¬ 
tions 2358 to 2370, inclusive. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 


6. Transformer oils shall be capable of with¬ 
standing, at commercial frequencies, 22,000 volts 
between 1" disk-terminals spaced 1/10" apart. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 


210 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 


Reference 

Number 

(9048) Losses and Efficiency. 

1. Guarantees as to losses shall be based upon a 
reference temperature of 75° C. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

2. All losses shall be guaranteed on the basis of 
measure with a true sine wave. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. If the wave form of the circuit employed for 
test differs from the sine wave. The deviation 
factor shall not exceed 10 per cent unless other¬ 
wise specified (A. I. E. E., Section 4351). 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

4. Transformer losses shall be considered under 
two divisions: No load losses and load losses. (A. 
I. E. E., Section 6335.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
(Amended 11-15-1921.) 

5. No load losses shall be the losses measured by 
wattmeter when normal rated voltage at rated 
frequency is applied to either winding, the other 
winding being open circuited. Since there is no 
appreciable variation of no load losses due to tem¬ 
perature changes, within the limits of operating 
temperatures, the test may be made at any con¬ 
venient temperature without the necessity for 
correction by referring measured values to the 
standard reference temperature of 75° C. (A. I. 
E. E., Section 6336.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
(Amended 11-15-1921.) 

6. Load losses shall be the losses measured by 
wattmeter when adequate voltage is applied to 
primary winding to produce rated current in the 
secondary winding, the latter being short circuited. 
(Either the high voltage or the low voltage winding 
may be used as the primary.) Tests may be made 


211 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9048 Continued ) 

at any convenient temperature and corrected to the 
standard reference temperature of 75° C. (A. I. E. 
E., Section 6337). 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
(Amended 11-15-1921.) 

7. Tolerance Factors— 


No load losses.10% 

Load losses . 5% 


(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

8. On orders covering three units or less, the 
above tolerances shall apply to each unit, but if an 
order covers more than three units, the tolerances 
shall apply to the individual units only. The obli¬ 
gation in the latter case shall be that the average 
losses of all the units on a particular order shall 
represent guaranteed values, and that no tolerance 
factors shall be applied to this average. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

# KVA Output (100% Power Factor) 

9. Efficiency = ---- 

KVA Output (100% Power 

Factor) + Total Losses at 75° C. 

Total losses shall be obtained as outlined in pre¬ 
ceding paragraphs of this Section. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

10. All day efficiency, unless otherwise specified, 
shall be calculated on a basis of four hours full 
load and twenty hours no load. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9070) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC- 

1 ICJii. 


(9075) Nameplate Marking. 

1. All transformer nameplates will include 
minimum the following information: 

(a) Serial Number. 

(b) Type. 

(c) Number of phases. 

(d) KVA and time rating. 


as a 


212 


March, 1922 





TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9075 Continued ) 

(e) Voltage rating. 

(f) Frequency. 

(g) Temperature rise. 

(h) Polarity (for single phase transformers). 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 

2. All leads brought outside of the tank should 
be identified on the nameplate or on the connection 
diagram in accordance with Reference Number 
9076 on Terminal Markings. 

3. Plan view showing the relative location of ex¬ 
ternal leads and internal terminals should be ar¬ 
ranged to show the low voltage side at the bottom. 
With this arrangement the HI high voltage lead 
will be located at the left and at the top of the 
sketch. 

4. All internal terminals should be identified, pre¬ 
ferably by the use of numerals. The sequence of 
numbering is not considered important. 

5. Where development of windings is shown, 
saw tooth lines should be used—longer pitch and 
heavier lines being used to represent the low volt¬ 
age winding. 

6. The slant (/) should be used to separate volt¬ 
ages obtainable by use of taps or series multiple 
connection in the same winding. 

The dash (—) should be used to separate volt¬ 
age ratings of separate windings. 

7. With polyphase transformers, voltage vector 
diagrams should be included to indicate the angular 

displacement. 

(Paragraphs 2 to 7, Inch, 

Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


213 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9076) Terminal Markings. 

1. For method of marking transformer terminals 
see General Engineering Recommendations Refer¬ 
ence Number 5406. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

(9077) Polarity. 

1. Subtractive Polarity shall be standard for all 
single phase transformers in sizes 200 KVA and 
smaller whose high voltage ratings are above 7500 
volts. 

Additive Polarity shall be standard for all single 
phase transformers in sizes 200 KVA and smaller, 
whose high voltage ratings are 7500 volts and 
below. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 
Effective 1-1-1922.) 

2. Single phase transformer nameplates shall in 
all cases contain the statement Subtractive Polarity 
or Additive Polarity to definitely indicate the polar¬ 
ity of the transformer to which the nameplate is 
attached. This statement will be in addition to 
the marking of the terminals in accordance with 
General Engineering Recommendations (Reference 
Number 5406), which marking also indicates polar¬ 
ity of the unit. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 

(9079) Transformer Accessories. 

Standard accessories for single and three phase 
distribution transformers, sizes 200 KVA and 
smaller, will be in accordance with Table No III 
(see page 215). 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 


214 


March, 1922 


Reference 

Number 

(9079 Continued ) 

STANDARD ACCESSORIES 
FOR 

SINGLE AND THREE PHASE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 

OF 

STANDARDIZED RATINGS 

(See pages 203-204 for Standard Ratings) 


STANDARD KV-A. SIZES IN THE VARIOUS VOLTAGE CLASSES WITH WHICH ACCESSORIES WILL BE REGULARLY FURNISHED 


V oltage 
Class 

Plain Indicating 
Thermometer 

Oil Gauge 

Oil Drain 

Valve 

Oil Drain 

Plug 

Oil Sampling 
Valve 

Provision for 

Filter Press 
Connection 

Hanger Irons 

Cutouts 


60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

60 Cycle 

25 Cycle 

*440 


150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

100 and 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

50 and 
smaller 

25 and 
smaller 

10 and 
smaller 

10 and 
smaller 

*550 


150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

100 and 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

50 and 
smaller 

25’ and 
smaller 

15 and 
smaller 

15 and 
smaller 

2300 


150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

100 and 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

50 and 
smaller 

25 and 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller • 

50 and 
smaller 

4G00 


150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

100 and 
smaller 

5d and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 

75 to 

200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

50 and 
smaller 

25 and . 
smaller 

No cutou 
rezularh 

ts are 
’ fur- 

6600 

No thermometers 
regularly fur- 

150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

100 and 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 ‘ 

75 to 
200 inch 

>0' and 
smaller 

25 and 
smaller 

nished with 
transformers in 
the 4600 and 

11000 

nished with 
60-cycle trans¬ 
formers* sizes 

150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

100 and 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller 

150 and, 
200 

' 75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

50 and 
smaller 

25 and 
smaller 

higher, v 
classes 

oltage 

13200 

200 kv-a. and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

100 end’ 
smaller 

50 and 
smaller 

150 and 
200 * 

75 to 
200 inch 

150 and 
200 

75 to 
200 inch 

50 and 
smaller 

25 and 
smaller 



22000 


150 and 
200 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

37.5 and 
smaller 

15 and 
smaller 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

No hanger irons 
are regularly 
furnished with 



33000 


150 and 
200 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

37.5 and 
smaller 

15 and 
smaller 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

transformers in 
the 22,000 and 
higher voltage 



44000 


150 and 
200 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

37.5 and 
smaller 

15 and 
smaller 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

classes 




66000 


150 and 
200 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch. 

25 to 
200 inch 

37.5 and 
smaller 

15. and 
smaller 

50 to 
200 inch 

25 to 
200 inch 

50 to 
200 inch 

- 1 - 

25 to 
200 inch 






With a TRANSFORMER of SPECIAL RATING such accessories will be regularly furnished as would be supplied with a transformer of 

standard rating using the same mechanical parts. 


•Transformers in the 440 and 550 voltage 


classes- are standard for single phase units only. 


(Adopted Standard 5-5-1920, Effective 
Modified 11-17-1920, Effective 


1-1-1921, 

1-1-1921.) 


TABLE III. 

215 



















































' <: 

Tsdsu 




■ . '■': : ■ 






. 



' ’> . ' J • \ • ■: V i- : i f ■ &X 


OOij -n ■xjff; (XKrj 






1 




00 . 


i " ,v <V * ■ ■ ; * :).v 

•: ■-!!<&> v> m f • 




O'$2 







'* ‘ *r»aa 


0 •. fer.ift i 

1 -: sna. >f;I l 


> s>* >»W5 

i ■ 'A V“ »2 i 

'ftp, <>>/■.r.< 


■ : 

i. 'Oof 




" t ■’ 




/ ‘.Vf V*' 


■ ' . ' - ; ■ U 

" : >« ■ 5 






00012 


6* 0?. 


■ «V. 






hi,,: :,oi 

00« 




, 

' 

V . r^SJ , -■ * 



























TRANSFORMERS—DISTRIBUTION 

Reference 

Number 

(9095) Three-to-Two, or Two-to-Three Phase Trans¬ 
formation. 

Where two single phase transformers for three- 
to-two or two-to-three phase transformation are 
considered, the following practice is recommended: 

(a) The KVA rating of each transformer should 
be one-half the bank output required, and the rat¬ 
ing of the individual units should preferably agree 
with the standard sizes established for single phase 
transformers. 

(b) Performance characteristics—except heating 
—should be based on single phase operation. 

(c) Heating guarantees should be based on de¬ 
livering the required bank capacity when trans¬ 
forming from three-to-two or two-to-three phase 
as specified. 

(d) The standard practice should be the use of 
transformers interchangeable as main and teaser. 

(e) It is not standard practice to equip trans¬ 
formers for three-to-two or two-to-three phase 
service with regulating taps. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


216 


March, 1922 


/oi'i’ j i! i >/*! '' ia —‘ if sun > / / jjf 

wStiuiY, 

»ea«Tl dgfifH ^irfT-oi-owT to .owT-pJ 9s r (< ^ * 

.fioilamiot 

0 > 2 *? ;v: • •',••. ,, vtfiT^W 

y tiofifjaiornsu r^ari; Yf-owt 10 - v/f-oj 

Mtrorte r ' r; S3 :'o gaftjn AV2J sri; (^) 

Jil ’ x *• iMMJ <b3*ninm rtfidf jidt 

59r ^ WtKMVi AiittW adj io gn 

-- r *‘ ; s '• \uifiin ddj ilsiw 

.atarrnoid.rjsi 

iDhs^t’ jq53Z9—83iieiT5io«t 5 ^r.i-ntohs’I (d) 

■ 

' 

- :£dq r^idt-oi-ow) to owt-o**33i<i; moil * .;rno5 

•bsrir.v^ r-fi 

'«« 3d bliiotfe ?•:;?; .'.tq bt«b<<ste 3iiT ^ fe) 

.r : .yi bftB ot*ra rrffc^rnsibtsiiii mfflr doiU 

* !S Oi 3: blgfcae loll at : i3> 

i nifo-c ov/i to owi-o!-v,:rti ■ ; atsmtol 

~f?i / i v i ;’ - 

;•; £l^i btl!’:CWlRl;%ji) ' 







TRANSFORMERS — POWER 

Rules Applicable Only to Power 
Transformers for Lighting and 
Power Service 

(Do not include those for special service, e.g., 
transformers for synchronous converters, electric 
furnaces, etc.) 

Reference 

Number 

(9201) Classification. 

1. Power transformers shall be subdivided into 
“Generating Station Transformers” and “Substa¬ 
tion Transformers.” Generating station transform¬ 
ers shall include transformers in sizes above 200 
KVA used as step up units in generating stations. 
Substation transformers shall include primarily 
those transformers in sizes above 200 KVA which 
are used to step down from a transmission voltage 
to a distribution voltage, and shall also include 
transformers in sizes above 200 KVA used to step 
down from either a transmission or distribution 
voltage to a standard service voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9215) Rating Standards. 

1. Tables Nos. IV and V respectively (see pages 
219-220) summarize the standard types, frequencies 

and KVA sizes for single and three phase power 
transformers; also the standard voltage ratings 
and taps for single and three phase substation 
transformers for supplying lighting and power 
service. (Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(9216) Basis of Rating. 

1. In the case of standard transformers having 
single voltage rating and provided with taps, the 
maximum rated voltage shall always be considered 
the normal voltage rating. In the case of standard 
transformers having a double voltage rating, the 
voltage appearing in bold type shall be considered 
the normal voltage rating. Performance guaran¬ 
tees of such transformers shall be based on the 
normal voltage rating and full winding. (Excep¬ 
tion : See Reference Number 9231.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

217 March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9216 Continued ) 

2. The rated capacity of a transformer shall be 
the continuous output in KVA that it will carry 
without exceeding a temperature rise of 55° C. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9217) Voltage Ratings. 

1. No definite standard power transformer volt¬ 
age ratings have yet been established for operation 
from standard system voltages of 44,000, 66,000, 
88,000, 110,000, etc. 

Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

2. Multiple connections of the high voltage wind¬ 
ing shall be omitted in standard transformers of 
the 6900-volt class or for higher voltages since taps 
are provided in the high voltage winding of such 
transformers. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. Series multiple connections of more than one 
combination, or of ratios other than 2:1, such as 
110/220/440, 460/2300, 440/550/2200, are particu¬ 
larly undesirable from the standpoint of best trans¬ 
former design and construction. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9223) Voltage Taps. 

1. Standard single phase substation transformers 

shall be provided with taps in the high voltage 
winding for 10% voltage variation in steps of 
approximately 2j4%; and standard three phase 
substation transformers shall be provided with taps 
in the high voltage winding for 10% voltage va¬ 
riation in steps of approximately 5%. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

2. Inasmuch as taps in three phase transformers 

multiply complications by three, as compared with 
single phase transformers, taps should be avoided 
where possible. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

218 March, 1922 


Reference 

Number 


(9215 Continued from page 217) 


STANDARD TYPES 

Oil Immersed—Self Cooled 
Oil Immersed—Water Cooled 
Air Blast 

Note. —The application of Air Blast 
Transformers should be confined 
to systems where the voltage does 
not exceed 25.000 


SINGLE PHASE POWER TRANSFORMERS 

SIZES ABOVE 200 KV-A. 

FOR SUPPLYING LIGHTING AND POWER SERVICE 
STANDARD TYPES, FREQUENCIES. SIZES AND VOLTAGE RATINGS 

STANDARD SIZES IN KV-A. CONTINUOUS RATINGS AT SS DEG. C. RISE 

Oil Immersed—Self Cooled Oil Immersed—Water Cooled 

or Air Blast 


250 

333 

667 

833 

1667 

2000 

5000 

6667 

500 

667 

1250 

1667 

3333 

5000 

10000 

400 

1000 

2500 

8333 

833 

2000 

6667 


500 

1250 

3333 

10000 

1000 

2500 

8333 


Note.—S ee following table for sizes that are standard for the various system voltages. 




STANDARD FREQUENCIES 

25 Cycles per Second 
60 Cycles per Second 


Stan¬ 

dard 

System 

Volt- 


Standard Sizes 
for Each 
Voltage Class 


STANDARD SIZES, VOLTAGE RATINGS AND TAPS OF SUBSTATION TRANSFORMERS FOR THE VARIOUS SYSTEM VOLTAGES 

• » - -- ■ 1 - 

For Supplying Service Voltages 600 and below 


Transformer High Voltage Ratings 
for Operation from Various 
Standard System Voltages 


Transformer Low Voltage Ratings for Supplying 
Service Voltages 600 and Below 


ages 

Oil Immersed 

On Full 

Approximately on Taps 


Self Cooled 

-Winding 






2H% 

5% ^ 

7X% 

10% 


2300 

250 to 500 incl. 

2200 

2300 

2145 

2245 

2090 

2185 

2035 

2130 

1980 . 
2070 . 



2200 

4290 

2090 

4070 

1980 

4600 

250 to 500 incl. 

4400 

2300 

4485 

4180 

2185' 

4255 

3960 

2070 



4600 


4370- 

4140 


250 to 500 incl. 

6600 

6435 

6270' 

6105 

5940 . 

6600 

6900 

6730 

6555. 

6385 

6210 . 

11000 

•250 to 500 incl. 

11000 

10725 

10450 

10175 

9900 . 

11500 

11215 

10925 

10640 

10350 . 

13260 

250 to 500 incl. 

13200 

12870 

12540 

12210 

11880 . 

13800 

13455 

13110 

12765 

12420 . 


250 to 500 incl. 

22000 

21450 

20900 

20350 

19800 . 

22000 

23000 

22425 

21850 

21275 

20700 . 


250 to 500 incl. 

33000 

32175 

31350 

30525 

29700 . 

33000 

34506 

33640 

.32775 

31915 

31050 . 


.to 220/110 (3-wire) 


. .to 230/116 (3-wire) 


Standard Sizes 

for 

Each Voltage Class 

Oil 

Oil 

Immersed 

Immersed 

Self 

Water Cooled 

Cooled 

or Air Blast 

250 to 

500 to 

1000 incl. 

• 2500 incL 

4 ■ 

250 to 

500 to 

2500 incl. 

•5000 incl. 

250 to 

500 to 

2500 incl. 

5000 incl. 

250 to 

500 to 

2500 incl. 

5000 incl. 

250 tc 

500 to 

2500 incl. 

5000 incl. 


For Supplying Distribution Voltages Above 600 


Transformer High Voltage Ratings 
for Operation from Various 
Standard System Voltages 


On 

Pull 


Approximately on Taps 


Transformer 
Low Voltage 
Ratings for 
Supplying Nomina! 
2300 or 4000-volt 
Distribution 


ing 2^% 5% 7**% 10% 


6800 6435 6270 6105-; 5940 ,. .to 2300/4000Y 

11000 10725 10450 10175 ' 9900 ,.. to 2300/4000Y 

13200 12870 12540 12210 11880’ ., .to 2S00/4000Y 

22000 21450 20900 20350 19800 . .. to 2300/4000Y 

33000 32175 31350 30525 29700 , . .to 2300/4000Y 


NOTE 1.—Transformers having low voltage rating of 230/115 are arranged for series or three-wire service only. Transformers having low 
voltage rating of 230/460 are suitable for series or multiple service only. ... . - 

NOTE 2.—Standard Single-phase Substation Transformers, for supplying nominal 2300 or 4000 ; volt distribution and having voltage ratings 
listed above, will be designed for successful operation when excited on full winding at 5 % above their rated voltage. 

NOTE 3.—Voltage ratings in bold face type will be considered the normal voltage ratings of these lines. For the basis of rating and per¬ 
formance guarantees, see Reference Number 9216. It is understood, however, that where a transformer is suitable for operation at two voltage 
ratings this flexibility will be definitely indicated on the name plate, on the connection diagram or on a paster inside the transformer cover. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Corrected 11-15-1921.) 


TABLE IV 
£19 















































» 


• r 



y*% 

-•« 




» 


<• • * 















r 


■ ~ .4 













oo; . 

»■-• Sr - " 








* 



MM 


• - •• 


* 1 




•* 'fi 




wj - i ‘ * c 

tt ; ;; J 'HS tfrl* 


vv 


’ - ■ .:-. ‘ 


» 




7*4 *ia 

* **• r 




t j 

fM. 


a » 


*irb 






1\ n 






* r- 


. . - • 




u / £ • ..: * 






■/ -S~ _ f ■' 

; 


. * 




*T '•* • 

' 


r. 



TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9230) PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS. 

(9231) Temperature Rise. 

1. The standard temperature rise at continuous 

rated KVA output shall not exceed 55° C. This 
temperature limit shall not be exceeded irrespective 
of whether the transformer is excited on full 
winding or, for transformers with which taps are 
standard, on any tap of 10% or less range; pro¬ 
vided that for transformers having a single voltage 
rating the rated secondary voltage is delivered a,t 
the transformer terminals, and that for trans¬ 
formers with double voltage rating the temperature 
limit shall not be exceeded irrespective of whether 
the voltage delivered at the transformer terminals 
is the maximum or the minimum secondary voltage 
rating. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 

Amended 11-15-1921.) 

2. Temperature rise of transformer windings 
shall be determined by the resistance method (A. I. 
E. E., Section 6320). 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

3. Method of Loading (A. I. E. E., Section 6317). 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

4. Temperature Co-Efficient of Copper (A. I. 
E. E., Section 2321). (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 

Amended 11-15-1921.) 

5. Temperature of Oil (A. I. E. E., Section 1007). 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

6. The temperature rise of water cooled trans¬ 
formers shall be figured above the inlet water tem¬ 
perature. When the inlet water temperature varies 
appreciably from the air temperature, A. I. E. E. 
Section 6300 shall apply. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


221 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—POWER 


Reference 

Number 

(9231 Continued') 

7. If at the time of making temperature test of 
an air blast transformer, the ambient temperature 
varies from 40° C., a correction factor as provided 
for in A. I. E. E. Section 6311 shall be applied. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

8. In measuring transformer temperatures ob¬ 
served results shall include correction for falling 
temperature between the instant of shutdown and 
the instant of measurement (A. I. E. E. Section 
6320). 

For power transformers (sizes above 200 KVA) 
the following practice is accepted: 

(a) Oil Immersed Transformers: For the purpose 
of simplifying the application of the rule to trans¬ 
formers when: 

(1) The weight of copper in each winding is 
known: 

(2) The copper loss as determined by wattmeter 
measurement does not exceed 30 watts per lb., 

the extrapolation method has been reduced to the 
following form and is recommended on account of 
the greater accuracy obtainable under ordinary 
conditions of testing. The correction in degrees C. 
shall be the product of the watts loss per lb. of 
copper for each winding multiplied by a factor 
depending upon the time elapsed between shutdown 
and the time of the temperature reading as given 
in the following table: 

Time in Minutes. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

For intermediate times, the value 
can be obtained by interpolation. 


Factor. 


.19 

.32 

.43 

.50 

of the factor 


222 


March, 1922 




TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9231 Continued ) 

Exception : When the copper loss, measured by 
wattmeter, does not exceed 7 watts per lb. an arbi¬ 
trary correction of one degree per minute may be 
used provided the time elapsed between the instant 
of shutdown and the measurement of the hot re¬ 
sistance does not exceed 4 minutes. 

For determining the copper loss in watts per lb. 
the total loss in both windings as measured by 
wattmeter should be apportioned between the high 
and low voltage windings in the same ratio as their 
respective 1 2 R losses. 

(b) Air Blast Transformers: An arbitrary correc¬ 
tion of one degree per minute may be used pro¬ 
vided the time elapsed between the instant of 
shutdown and the measurement of the hot resist¬ 
ance does not exceed 4 minutes. 

In measuring the temperature of air blast trans¬ 
formers, the air supply shall be shut off immediately 
at the end of the temperature run and the air intake 
closed to prevent further admission of cooling air. 
In checking the temperatures ascertained by the 
resistance method, the readings of thermometers 
well distributed and in good contact with the coils 
shall be noted and the maximum temperature indi¬ 
cated by them if higher than that determined by the 
resistance method, shall be taken as the maximum 
observable temperature of the windings. When 
the above procedure has been followed, a hottest 
spot correction of 5 degrees shall be applied. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

(9235) Voltage Regulation. 

1. The guarantee as to regulation shall be based 
on a reference temperature of 75° C. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

2. The test as to the fulfillment of the regulation 

guarantee shall be made at any convenient tempera¬ 
ture and corrected to a reference temperature of 
75° C. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. Tests and computation of regulation for con¬ 
stant potential transformers for any specific load 
and power factor shall be computed from the meas¬ 
ured impedance watts and impedance volts as fol¬ 
lows: 


223 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9235 Continued ) 

Let: P=Impedance watts, as measured in the short 
circuit test. 

(See Reference Number 9248.) 

E z =Impedance volts as measured in the short 
circuit test. 

(See Reference Number 9248.) 
IX=Reactance drop in volts. 

I=Rated primary current. 

E=Rated primary voltage. 

q*=Per cent drop in quadrature with cur¬ 
rent. 

q r =Per cent drop in phase with current. 
m=Power factor of inductive load. 
n=Reactive factor of inductive load. 

Note: m and n are respectively the cosine and 
sine of the angle between current and 
voltage. For convenience the following 
table is given of corresponding values of 
m and n: 


m 

n 

m 

n 

1.00 

.00 

.80 

.60 

.95 

.31 

.75 

.66 

.90 

.43 

.70 

.71 

.85 

.55 

.65 

.76 

Then A. 
proximately: 

For unity 

power factor 

we have 


Per cent regulation = q r +~2oo 
q t =l°0^- 


q,=100-^ 



224 


March, 1922 










TRANSFORMERS—POWER 


Reference 

Number 

(9235 Continued) 

B. For inductive loads of power factor m and 
reactive factor n: 

Per cent regulation=mq r + nq x 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 


(9240) Dielectric Tests. 

1. The standard values for insulation test volt¬ 
ages for power transformers shall be as follows: 

High Voltage Winding to Low Voltage Winding 
and Core. 


Highest Operating 

Voltage. Test Voltage. 

Below 550 volts. 4,000 volts 

550 to 4,500 volts, inclusive.10,000 volts 


Above 4500 to 50000 volts incl.. Twice the highest 

rated voltage of 
the high voltage 
winding plus 1000 
volts. 

Twice the ♦normal 
voltage of the cir¬ 
cuit to which the 
high voltage wind¬ 
ing is connected 
plus 1000 volts. 


Above 50000 volts 


♦See note on next page. 


Low Voltage Winding to Core. 

Highest Operating 

Voltage. Test Voltage. 

1,500 volts and below. 4,000 volts 

Above 1,500 to 4,500 volts, inclusive... .10,000 volts 


225 


March, 1922 







TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9240 Continued ) 

Above 4500 to 50000 volts incl..Twice the highest 

rated voltage of 
the low voltage 
winding plus 1000 
volts. 

Above 50000 volts.Twice the ♦normal 

voltage of the cir¬ 
cuit to which the 
low voltage wind¬ 
ing is connected 
plus 1000 volts. 

♦In systems or circuits employing transformers, 
the Normal Voltage of the System or Circuit is 
defined as the highest rated voltage of the sec¬ 
ondaries of transformers supplying the system or 
circuit. This voltage rating applies to all parts 
of that particular system or circuit. 

(Adopted Standard 1-13-1919.) 

Amended 11-15-1921, effective 1-1-1922.) 

2. Transformers intended for Y connection shall 
have their test voltages determined by the line volt¬ 
age and not the leg voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. Dielectric tests shall be made as outlined be¬ 
low: 

a. Between high voltage and low voltage wind¬ 

ings. 

b. Between high voltage winding and the core. 

[(a) and (b) may be made at the same 
time by connecting the low voltage wind¬ 
ing to the core.] 

c. Between the low voltage winding and the 

core. (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 


226 


March, 1922 



TRANSFORMERS—POWER 


Reference 

Number 

(9240 Continued) 

4. The time of application for each test as out¬ 
lined in preceding paragraphs of this section, shall 
be one minute. (Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

5. Measurement of voltage in making dielectric 
tests shall be in accordance with A. I. E. E. Sec¬ 
tions 2358 to 2370 inclusive. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

6. Transformer oils shall be capable of with¬ 
standing, at commercial frequencies, 22,000 volts be¬ 
tween 1" disk-terminals spaced 1/10" apart. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(9248) Losses and Efficiency. 

1. Guarantees as to losses shall be based upon a 
reference temeprature of 75° C. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

2. All losses shall be guaranteed on the basis of 
measurement with a true sine wave. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

3. If the wave form of the circuit employed for 
test differs from the sine wave. The deviation fac¬ 
tor shall not exceed 10% unless otherwise specified. 
(A. I. E. E., Section 4351.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

4. Transformer losses shall be considered under 
two divisions: No load losses and load losses. (A. 
I. E. E., Section 6335.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

5. No load losses shall be the losses measured by 
wattmeter when normal rated voltage at rated fre¬ 
quency is applied to either winding, the other 
winding being open circuited. Since there is no 
appreciable variation of no load losses due to 
temperature changes, within the limits of operating 
temperatures, the test may be made at any con¬ 
venient temperature without the necessity for cor- 


227 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—POWER 


Reference 

Number 

(9248 Continued ) 

rection by referring measured values to the standard 
reference temperature of 75° C. (A. I. E. E. Sec¬ 
tion 6336.) (Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 

Amended 11-15-1921.) 

6. Load losses shall be the losses measured by 
wattmeter when adequate voltage is applied to the 
primary winding to produce rated current in the 
secondary winding, the latter being short circuited. 
(Either the high voltage or the low voltage winding 
may be used as the primary.) Tests may be made 
at any convenient temperature and corrected to the 
standard reference temperature of 75° C. (A. I. 
E. E., Section 6337.) 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917, 
Amended 11-15-1921.) 

(9248 Continued ) 

7. Tolerance Factors— 


No load losses.10% 

Load losses . 5% 


(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

8. On orders covering three units or less, the 
above tolerances shall apply to each unit, but if an 
order covers more than three units, the tolerance 
shall apply to the individual units only. The obli¬ 
gation in the latter case shall be that the average 
losses of all the units on a particular order shall 
represent guaranteed values, and that no tolerance 
factors shall be applied to this average. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

. KVA Output (100% Power Factor) 

9. Efficiency = --—___ 

KVA Output (100% Power 
Factor) + Total Losses at 75° C. 

Total losses shall be obtained as outlined in pre¬ 
ceding paragraphs of this section. 

(Adopted Standard 11-11-1917.) 

(9270) STANDARD MANUFACTURING PRAC¬ 
TICE. 


228 


March, 1922 





TRANSFORMERS—POWER 


Reference 

Number 

(9275) Nameplate Marking. 

1. All transformer nameplates will include as a 
minimum the following information: 

(a) Serial Number. 

(b) Type. 

(c) Number of phases. 

(d) KVA and time rating. 

(e) Voltage rating. 

(f) Frequency. 

(g) Temperature rise. 

(h) Polarity (for single phase transformers). 

(Paragraph 1 Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 

Effective 1-1-1921.) 

2. All leads brought outside of the tank should 
be identified on the nameplate or on the connection 
diagram in accordance with Reference Number 
9276 on Terminal Markings. 

3. Plan view showing the relative location of 
external leads and internal terminals should be 
arranged to show the low voltage side at the bot¬ 
tom. With this arrangement the HI high voltage 
lead will be located at the left and at the top of 
the sketch. 

4. All internal terminals should be identified, pre¬ 
ferably by the use of numerals. The sequence of 
numbering is not considered important. 

5. Where development of windings is. shown, 
saw tooth lines should be used—longer pitch and 
heavier lines being used to represent the low volt¬ 
age winding. 

6. For transformers—except sizes 200 KVA and 
smaller—the Table of Connections should show the 
current capacity at the various regulating tap 

voltages. 

7. The slant (/) should be used to separate volt¬ 
ages obtainable by use of taps or series multiple 
connection in the same winding. 

The dash (—) should be used to separate voltage 
ratings of separate windings. 

8. With polyphase transformers voltage vector 

diagrams should be included to indicate the angular 
displacement. (Paragraphs 2 to 8, Inch, 

Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


229 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9276) Terminal Markings. 

1. For method of marking transformer terminals 
see General Engineering Recommendations Refer- 

. ence Number 5406. 

(Adopted Standard 5-30-1918.) 

(9277) Transformer Polarity. 

1. Subtractive Polarity shall be standard for all 
single phase transformers in sizes above 200 KVA, 
irrespective of voltage rating. 

(Adopted Standard 5-5-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 

2. Single phase transformer nameplates shall in 
all cases contain the statement Subtractive Polarity 
or Additive Polarity to definitely indicate the polar¬ 
ity of the transformer to which the nameplate is 
attached. This statement will be in addition to the 
marking of the terminals in accordance with Gen¬ 
eral Engineering Recommendations (Reference 
Number 5406) which marking also indicates polar¬ 
ity of the unit. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 

(9279) Transformer Accessories. 

Standard accessories for single phase and three 
phase power transformers, sizes above 200 KVA 
shall be as follows: 

Oil guage, oil drain valve, oil sampling valve and 
provision for filter press connection, shall be reg¬ 
ularly furnished with all single phase and three 
phase power transformers in sizes above 200 KVA. 

Plain standard indicating thermometers shall be 
regularly furnished with all single phase and three 
phase power transformers in sizes above 200 KVA 
except that indicating thermometers with alarm 
contact will be furnished with self-cooled trans¬ 
formers 1000 KVA and larger, also with all water- 
cooled transformers irrespective of size. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 


230 


March, 1922 


TRANSFORMERS—POWER 

Reference 

Number 

(9295) Transformation Three-to-Two, or Two-to- 
Three Phase. 

Where two single phase transformers for three- 
to-two or two-to-three phase transformation are 
considered, the following practice is recommended: 

(a) The KVA rating of each transformer should 
be one-half the bank output required, and the rat¬ 
ing of the individual units should preferably agree 
with the standard sizes established for single phase 
transformers. 

(b) Performance characteristics—except heating 
—should be based on single phase operation. 

(c) Heating guarantees should be based on de¬ 
livering the required bank capacity when trans¬ 
forming from three-to-two or two-to-three phase as 
specified. 

(d) The standard practice should be the use of 
transformers interchangeable as main and teaser. 

(e) It is not standard practice to equip trans¬ 
formers for three-to-two or two-to-three phase 
service with regulating taps. 

(Recommended Practice 6-7-1921.) 


231 


n'>i wo f - ■ u ■ if -{i vet 


-V If.MW ' ■ (<,&$(■''■ 

. 

•■ '-I''- > ' M .uaeti. 3f(f dtiw 

- 

'-•■6 L'v \ Mil - •' V.’.'/ :• f:» • 

'■ rv.rsTrfl -tv; •-■ • - ■ l rftO’il 

:-'t t>us Sd ‘ • u< i. -to&tf iwH!. .(I*} 

jam : tea tkU : i ; e'?»onol«iSftU 

it qk *■■*> >••. rofosiq inchruKte . ii j ■! :) 

■ !i to! ' 










232 







POWER SWITCHBOARDS 


Reference 

Number 

(10000) CLASSIFICATION. 

(10001) Switchboard General Specification Form. 

The following form representing the standard 
practice of manufacturers shall be submitted to the 
Purchaser with specifications in .all proposals for 
Power Switchboards: 


SWITCHBOARD—GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. 


The switchboard apparatus, herein described,, will 
be supplied in accordance with information given 
in the 


Switchboard Inquiry & Data Sheet 
Information Form 
specifications 


andthe 


Panel 

Detail 


dated., which are attached 

hereto and made a part hereof. In order to pre¬ 
vent any misunderstanding as to the obligations 
of.Company, the follow¬ 

ing general specifications will apply to the appa¬ 
ratus covered by this proposal, except as else- 

> Panel 

where expressly modified by the Company’s j) eta ^ 


specifications attached. 


THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH—in addi¬ 
tion to the apparatus covered in the above men¬ 
tioned p^el 1 specifications the following apparatus: 

(a) Panel supporting frame with mounting bolts 
and necessary fittings; steel channel base for 
switchboards having sub-panels; and fittings for 
attaching wall braces. (Pipe for wall braces to be 
furnished by purchaser.) 

(b) Necessary resistors, reactors and other auxil¬ 
iaries to make complete the instrument, meter and 
relay equipment furnished by the Company. 


(c) One card holder for each circuit. 


2?3 


March, 1922 




POWER SWITCHBOARDS 


Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued') 

. W Necessary material for small wiring for 
interconnecting instruments, meters, relays and 
other apparatus mounted on the panels or on a 
structure integral with the panel supporting frame. 
(For panels, as indicated by E, Figures 1 and 2, 
this material will be assembled on the panels. For 
benchboard panels and' structure integral with 
switchboard or benchboard panels as indicated by 
• i , and . F> Fi S ur es 1, 2 and 3, this mate¬ 

rial will be furnished in bulk unassembled.) 



(e) Power and exciter busses on the switch¬ 
board or when mounted on a structure integral 
with the panel supporting frame; and connections 
between busses, switching devices, shunts, current 
transformers, etc., when mounted on the switch¬ 
board or on a structure integral with panel sup¬ 
porting frame. (When the switchboard is not com¬ 
pletely assembled at the factory, this material will 
be furnished uncut—see clause under “Fabrication 
Assembly and Erection.”) 

(f) Standard doors for the front of oil circuit 
breaker compartments, but no other doors unless 
specified; and the Company’s standard cell hard¬ 
ware for circuit breakers (except, see “i”). 

(g) One set of fuses for such fuse holders as 
are specified for power circuits; two sets of fuses 
for such fuse holders as are specified for the pri¬ 
mary potential transformer circuits; and two sets 
of fuses for required small fuse holders in the 
circuits to instruments, meters and relays. 

(h) Oil for all apparatus requiring it. 

March, 1922 


234 




















POWER SWITCHBOARDS—SPECIFICATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

THE PURCHASER WILL FURNISH—unless 
otherwise expressly agreed: 

(i) Foundations, floors and walls, including all 
structural steel, bolts, nuts or inserts in or on 
them, concrete, brick or woodwork, floor or wall 
braces; and supports on or against which panels, 
compartments and busses will rest. 

(j) Instrument and control wiring when not 
mounted on the switchboard or a structure integral 
with the panel supporting frame; cables to con¬ 
nect generators, exciters, transformers, etc., to the 
switchboard apparatus and lightning arresters to 
the main lines; conduit for instrument and control 
wiring and main cables; and supports for cables 
and conduit. 

(k) All insulation and taping required for busses 
and their connections which must be installed after 
the erection of the apparatus. 

(l) Metal connecting rods for remote controlled 
devices. 

(m) All openings in walls or floors with cover¬ 
ings for same; and insulators and bushings in or on 
floors, walls, ceilings and concrete or brick struc¬ 
ture. 

(n) Material for barriers, shelves and partitions; 
and doors for bus bar or other compartments (ex¬ 
cept, see “f”). 

(o) Suitable drawings of the station buildings, 
showing the location of all openings in walls, all 
ducts and conduits, floor beams, etc., which have 
a bearing on the proper execution of the work 
under this agreement. 

ADDITIONAL ITEMS—to be furnished by 
either party, as follows: 

The Company will furnish items. 

The Purchaser will furnish items. 


235 


March, 1922 




POWER SWITCHBOARDS—SPECIFICATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued') (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

(1) Power busses when not mounted on the 
switchboard or a structure integral with the panel 
supporting frame. 

(2) Auxiliary frame work for circuit breakers, 
busses, etc. (When supplied by the Company, pipe 
for this frame work will be furnished unfabricated 
in commercial lengths, unpainted.) 

(3) Connections between busses, switchnig de¬ 
vices, shunts, current transformers, disconnecting 
switches, etc., when not mounted on the switch¬ 
board or a structure integral with the panel sup¬ 
ports. (When supplied by the Company this mate¬ 
rial will be furnished in commercial lengths, un¬ 
fabricated, unless otherwise specified.) 

posts 

(4) Terminal boards in the rear of A. C. panels 

blocks 

for instrument and control wiring, 
posts 

(5) Testing blocks in the of A. C. panels. 

boards front 


( 6 ) .....;. 

(7) . 

SWITCHBOARD ILLUMINATION. Switch¬ 
board illumination can be best obtained by general 
room illumination. Illuminating lamps mounted on 
switchboards are not recommended and no pro¬ 
vision is made for them 

WIRE, CABLE, BUS AND CONNECTION 
MATERIAL. The quantities of wire, cable, bus 
and connection material herein specified, and stated 
in pounds or feet, are estimated to be sufficient to 
meet the requirements and conditions known to the 
Company at the time of submitting this proposal. 
If more or less than the quantities stated are sup¬ 
plied due to a change in requirements or condit¬ 
ions, an extra charge will be made, or credit given. 

March, 1922 


236 




POWER SWITCHBOARDS—SPECIFICATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

MACHINE ACCESSORIES. Rheostats, field 
discharge resistors, starting resistors and auto 
transformer starters or starting compensators will 
not be furnished with the switchboard, unless ex¬ 
pressly specified. 

CHANGE IN APPARATUS. Should changes 
or additional information necessitate the alteration 
of, or the rebuilding of apparatus, already built, or 
partially built, or the furnishing of additional appa¬ 
ratus or material, the expense incidental thereto 
will be charged to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser 
agrees to pay such additional charge. 

This proposal contemplates the furnishing of the 
Company’s standard apparatus, except where noted 
in the detail specifications. 


FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY AND EREC¬ 
TION. Unless specified to the contrary, when the 
switchboard apparatus is to be mounted on the 
panels or on a frame work integral with the panel 
supports, switchboards will be assembled at the 
Company’s Works to such an extent as may be 
necessary to insure accuracy of workmanship and 
design. Other apparatus not to be so mounted 
will not be assembled at the Works unless spe¬ 
cifically mentioned in the attached detail specifica¬ 
tions. When the apparatus is not assembled at 
the Works, the pipe for frame work and oil circuit 
breaker supports, wire, rods, tubes and bars for 
connections and busses will not be fabricated at the 
Works, but will be furnished in bulk, in commercial 
lengths, with the necessary fittings. 

All iron and steel parts fabricated at the Works 
will be painted before shipment. Unfabricated 
parts will be furnished unpainted. 

The Company reserves the right to disassemble 
such parts of switchboards as may be necessary 
for convenient and safe shipment. 


The Purchaser will assemble and erect all 
switchboard parts on his premises, unless partic¬ 
ular mention is made in detail specification that 
the Company will so assemble and erect. 


237 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHBOARDS—SPECIFICATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued) (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

TEMPERATURE. Switching devices covered 
by the attached specifications will carry continuously 
their rated current, and the rated currents of the 
circuits in which they are applied, without exceed¬ 
ing the temperature rise limits set by the A. I. 
E. E. Standardization Rules. These ratings are 
based on an ambient temperature of 40° C. 

Maximum temperature of contacts in air when 
clean and bright, 70° C. 

Maximum temperature of oil and contacts there¬ 
in, 70° C. 

Maximum temperature on coil insulation, accord¬ 
ing to insulation, 108° C. to 125° C. (except mate¬ 
rials such as pure mica, porcelain, etc., no limits 
specified). 

Maximum temperature of other parts, including 
frames, such temperature as shall not be injurious 
in any other respect. 

Fuses, shunts for meters, and resistors which 
must necessarily operate at temperatures higher 
than the foregoing limits will be so placed that they 
will not increase the temperature of other appa¬ 
ratus above the limits stated. 

Bare busses and bare conductors may be operated 
at temperatures not exceeding 90° C., providing 
their location or connection does not increase the 
temperature of connected switching devices above 
70° C., or of connected insulated conductors above 
that specified in the A. I. E. E. standardization 
rules. Where insulated conductors are used, their 
temperature rise shall not exceed that specified by 
the A. I. E. E. standardization rules. 

DESIGN. The attached specifications are 

subject to minor modifications by the Company at 
the time of design to meet latest practice and most 
efficient arrangement of apparatus. If this proposal 
provides for the delivery of a switchboard to form 
a part of an existing installation, the Company will 
furnish an equipment to match, as near as may be 


238 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHBOARDS—SPECIFICATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 
feasible, the present installation. The Company 
reserves the right, however, to substitute the latest 
improved devices in standard details on the switch¬ 
board in place of superseded designs which are not 
in stock. 

RESPONSIBILITY. The Company will not be 
responsible for defects in devices not manufactured 
by the Company when such devices are specified 
by the customer, contrary to the recommendation 
of the Company. 

Unless otherwise specified, the design of the 
Switchboard covered by this proposal will be such 
that it can be erected and installed to comply with 
the “National Electrical Code” and such parts of 
the “National Electrical Safety Code” as apply to 
power switchboards. Mats, railings, screens, etc., 
which are external to the switchboard, but which 
may be required to meet these codes for installed 
switchboards will not be furnished by the Com¬ 
pany. The Purchaser will be responsible for speci¬ 
fying any requirements which are not covered by 
these codes. 

DELIVERY. The delivery of this apparatus is 
' contingent upon receipt of complete information 
from the Purchaser, necessary to complete the 
Company’s designs. When the manufacture and 
shipment of the board are dependent upon the 
Purchaser’s approval of drawings of switchboard 
and structure arrangement before assembling, the 
Company will not be responsible for delays caused 
by the failure of the Purchaser to give such 
approval promptly. The time required for obtain¬ 
ing the Purchaser’s approval, as well as for making 
any changes in drawings or apparatus, will be 
added to the time required for delivery.. Delivery 
date will, be extended where the Company fails to 
receive, promptly, drilling templates, connection 
diagrams or outline drawings covering apparatus 
not of the Company’s manufacture, which has been 
specified by the Purchaser. 

239 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHBOARDS—SPECIFICATIONS 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

PACKING FOR SHIPMENT. Unless otherwise 
specified, prices named in this proposal include 
packing for shipment by rail, only. 

CALIBRATION. All indicating and curve draw¬ 
ing instruments, watthour meters, relays and trip¬ 
ping devices are calibrated before shipment from 
the Company’s Works, and any subsequent calibra¬ 
tion shall be at the expense of the Purchaser. 

DRAWINGS. The Company will furnish with 
the switchboard three paper prints of such stand¬ 
ard drawings of detail apparatus, or such other 
instructions as are necessary, in connection with 
the installation and operation, and, also, three 
paper prints of front view drawings and wiring 
diagrams and such other drawings or photographs 
as may be required and are specified below: 


In case it shall be necessary for the Company to 
make or furnish drawings not included or classified 
in this proposal, such drawings will be charged to 
the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to pay 
such additional charge. 

The details of drawings to be furnished as a 
part of this proposal will be based upon informa¬ 
tion contained herein. Should it be necessary for 
the Company to make any alteration or modifica¬ 
tion of the drawings herein described, due to 
changes made or requested by the Purchaser, or due 

240 March, 1922 









POWER SWITCHBOARDS—APPLICATION OP 
DEVICES 

Reference 

Number 

(10001 Continued ) 

to additional information furnished by Purchaser 
after signing this proposal, such changes or altera¬ 
tions will be charged to the Purchaser, and the 
Purchaser agrees to pay such additional charge. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

(10002) Application of Switching Devices. 

Switching devices applied on or operated from 
Power Switchboards shall be of a rated capacity at 
least as great as the maximum rated one hour (or 
more) overload current of the apparatus that the 
switching devices will be required to control. 

(Adopted Standard Minimum Limits 11-17-1920.) 

(10003) Application of Ground Detectors. 

The standard practice in furnishing ground de¬ 
tectors on power switchboards shall be as follows: 

On voltages up to and including 300, A. C. or 
D. C. lamps or volt meters shall be used. Above 
300 volts, static or glower type ground detectors 
shall be used, except that up to and including 750 
volts, lamps or voltmeters connected to ground 
through push buttons are permissible. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

(10005) Application of Field Switches. 

Field switches used with power switchboards 
shall be two pole remote control manually or elec¬ 
trically operated. 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 

(10007) Standard Synchronizing Practice. 

The use of lamps in synchronizing is not recom¬ 
mended, but where used, synchronizing “dark" shall 
be the standard practice. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 
Effective 1-1-1922.) 


241 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHBOARDS—PANEL DESIGN 

Reference 

Number 

(10030) Panel Materials and Finishes. 

The standard material for all power switchboard 
panels where the apparatus mounted on them de¬ 
pends on the material of the panels for insulation 
shall be black oil finished or dull black finished 
slate. Where necessary for insulation on voltages 
above 750, slate panels shall be bushed. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 


(10031) Standard Panel Sizes and Bevel. 

Standard power switchboard over-all panel sizes 
and bevels shall be as follows: 

Over-All Heights Individual Section Heights 

64 Inches.Any combination of the 

following standard sections: 

76 Inches..) 48 Inches 

( 28 Inches 


B 


90 1. 

Inches*) 62 Inches 
f 28 Inches 


31 Inches / or 
31 Inches \ 

28 Inches / 


65 Inches 
25 Inches 


25 Inches 
45 Inches 
20 Inches 


NOTE—No manufacturer shall have both A and B 
combinations standard for 90-inch panels. 


Width in Inches:—16; 20; 24; 28 and 32. 

Bevel:— y 4 inch, measured on face and edge of 
panel section. 

Maximum Tolerances:— 

Width, minus 1/16" per section. 

Height, plus or minus 1/16" per section. 
Thickness, plus or minus 1/16". 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 
Effective 5-1-1922.) 


242 


March, 1922 







POWER SWITCHBOARDS—FRAMES 

Reference 

Number 

(10032) Standard Types of Frames and Sizes of 
Sills and Frames. 

Standard power switchboard frames shall be 
constructed of pipe or angle iron of the following 
dimensions: 

Pipe Frame:—$4 or VA inch standard pipe sizes. 
The center line of vertical pipe to be 2J4" 
from rear of panel. 

Angle Iron Frame:—1J4 by 2*4 by X A inches, or 
1/4 by 2 x /z by 3/16 inches standard angle 
iron. 

Sill for Multi-Panel Switchboards:—6 inch chan¬ 
nel, similar to Carnegie Section Index No. 
7. Eight lb. per foot except that 10J4 lbs. 
channel may be used where the manufac¬ 
turer’s standard bolts for foot flanges are 
54 inch in diameter. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 
Effective 1-1-1923.) 

(10033) Name Plate Markings. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on power switchboards: 

(a) Manufacturer’s name and address. 

(b) Manufacturer’s type designation. 

(c) Manufacturer’s identification reference. 

(d) Rated Amperes. 

(e) Rated Volts. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 


243 


March, 1922 


*s «ii ns o«n > n »i. i won 

C t'-ti * ■ ; • ‘ '■. " ; '> OfU; 

• i<j*fvt«h • v<ri \y ; 4~ •••'•uj.VHI 

;; oqjq U. i»v :o ’tajfeb 

.hrtfti To igon fnoo* 

H- o';,:. 

. 

>■ eo:,:.'-. io>. tot Imi biabas* not 

- ■ ifi'rh . rft'fti ,-■ > 

<moi> 

_ / «j rtv » a •?<? • • 

rtoif^ricl.r ;t ^ta \i) 

1 












5&W .rfnaW 


244 

£*C 


POWER SWITCHING 
EQUIPMENT 

Rules Applying to Oil Circuit Break¬ 
ers, Disconnecting Switches, Horn 
Gap Switches and Bus 
Bar Supports 

Reference 

Number 

(10100) RATING STANDARDS. 

(10101) Basis of Rating. 

Oil Circuit Breakers, Disconnecting Switches, 
Horn Gap Switches and Rear Connected Bus Bar 
Supports shall be rated in R.M.S. amperes based 
on the permissible observable temperature rise of 
30° C. above ambient of 40° C. in accordance with 
Rule 721 of the A. I. E. E. (1918 Revision). 

Additional ratings may be given on disconnecting 
switches and horn gap switches on the basis of a 
20° C. rise. 

The temperature rise of the connections to the 
oil circuit breaker or switch or rear connected bus 
bar supports shall not be greater than the above. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Modified 11-17-1920.) 

(10102) Ambient Temperature. 

Power Club Rules 1060 and 5002 shall be fol¬ 
lowed, except that for oil circuit. breakers the 
ambient temperature shall be determined by taking 
the average of the readings of three thermometers 
placed as follows: One twelve inches above, one 
twelve inches below, and one midway but twelve 
inches from the breaker as installed. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(10103) Basis of Voltage Rating. 

Oil circuit breakers, disconnecting switches, horn 
gap switches and bus bar supports shall be rated 
in R.M.S. volts based on a dielectric test in ac¬ 
cordance with Rules 722 and 726 of the A. I. E. E. 
(1918 Revision). 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Modified 11-17-1920.) 


245 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—GENERAL 

Reference 

Number 

(10104) Rated Interrupting Capacity. 

Oil circuit Dreaaers shall be rated in R.M.S. am¬ 
peres interrupting capacity in accordance with Rule 
720 Standardization Rules of the A. I. E. E. (Re¬ 
vision of 1918) as follows: 

“By interrupting (breaking or rupturing) capac¬ 
ity is meant the highest R.M.S. current at normal 
voltage which the device can interrupt under pre¬ 
scribed conditions at stated intervals a specified 
number of times.” 

The “stated intervals” and “specified number of 
times” at a given current and voltage determine 
the duty imppsed upon a breaker. The duty shall 
be assumed to be that the breaker will interrupt 
its rated R.M.S. current two times at a two-min¬ 
ute interval and then be in condition to be closed 
and carry its rated current until it is practical to 
inspect it and make necessary adjustments. 

The “prescribed conditions” include the stored 
electro-static and magnetic energy of the system, 
re-establishment of an arc under transient volt¬ 
age conditions and other variable conditions. 
These influences are considered as not differing 
widely in average systems and are to be taken 
into account in the factor of safety employed in the 
rating of breakers. 

In addition a momentary carrying capacity in 
R.M.S. amperes shall be given. 

NOTE—-The National Electric Light Association, 
through its Subcommittee on Switchboards, is taking an 
active interest in this subject and proposes to submit 
data and suggestions to manufacturers for their guidance 
in determining modifications of and additions to the 
above interrupting capacity rule. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(10105) Name Plate Markings. 

The following minimum amount of information 
shall be given on name plates of all oil circuit 
breakers (other than industrial types), disconnect¬ 
ing switches and horn gap switches: 

(a) Manufacturer’s Name and Address. 

(b) Manufacturer’s Type and Designation Num¬ 
ber. 


246 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—GENERAL 

Reference 

Number 

(10105 Continued ) 

(c) Rated Amperes. 

(d) Rated Volts. 

(e) Frequency, if other than 60 cycles. 

Where the operating mechanism is not included 
in an oil circuit breaker designation, separate name 
plates shall be provided on this mechanism, giving 
manufacturer’s designation of mechanism and also 
of coils, if any. 

NOTE.—See also Reference Number 10130a.) 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

STANDARD AMPERE RATINGS. 

(10120) Rated Frequency. 

Ratings, not otherwise specified, of oil circuit 
breakers, disconnecting switches, horn gap switches 
and rear connected bus bar supports are understood 
to be at 60 cycles. At and above 600 amperes, both 
25 cycle and 60 cycle ratings may be given. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Modified 11-17-1920.) 

(10121) Standard 60 Cycle Ratings. 

Existing oil circuit breakers, disconnecting 
switches, horn gap switches and rear connected bus 
bar supports so far as possible, and all new designs 
(other than industrial type oil circuit breakers) 
shall have the following ampere ratings at 60 
cycles: 

Ampere Ratings at 60 Cycles. 


200 

1600 

5000* 

400 

2000 

6000 

600 

2400 


800 

3000 


1200 

4000 


♦This 

rating applies to 

disconnecting switches 

only. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Amended 11-17-1920.) 


247 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—GENERAL 

Reference 

Number 

(10122) Standard 25 Cycle Ratings. 

Oil circuit breakers, disconnecting switches, horn 
gap switches and rear connected bus bar supports 
for 25 cycle service shall be standard 60 cycle equip¬ 
ment given its corresponding rating at 25 cycles. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919, 
Amended 11-17-1920.) 

(10123) Rated Momentary Carrying Capacity. 

Oil circuit breakers, disconnecting switches, horn 
gap switches and rear connected bus bar supports 
shall be rated in R.M.S. amperes, which they will 
safely carry for five seconds and may in addition 
be given a rating for one second. , 

(Recommended Practice 11-17-1920.) 

(10130) Standard Voltage Ratings. 

The standard voltage ratings of oil circuit 
breakers, disconnecting switches, horn gap switches 
and bus bar supports, up to 37,000 volts, inclusive, 
shall be as follows: 

Maximum Rating—a. 

750 15000 

2500 25000 

4500 37000 

7500 

Above 37,000 volts, the standard voltage ratings 
corresponding to standard normal system voltages 
shall be as follows: 

Standard Rating (Normal Voltage)—b. 

44000 132000 

66000 154000 

88000 220000 

110000 

•NOTE—It is recognized that until further notice, 
50,000 and 73,000 volt maximum rated oil circuit break¬ 
ers, disconnecting switches, horn gap switches and bus 
bar supports, may be supplied for systems up to 50,000 
volts and 73,000 volts respectively. 


248 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—GENERAL 

Reference 

Number 

(10130 Continued ) 

(a) Maximum rated oil circuit breakers, discon¬ 
necting switches, horn gap switches and bus bar 

supports shall have name plates marked “- 

volts Maximum Rating.” Standard (Normal) 
rated oil circuit breakers, disconnecting switches, 
horn gap switches and bus bar supports, shall have 
name plates marked “-volts Normal Rating.” 

(b) Standard (normal) rated oil circuit break¬ 
ers, disconnecting switches, horn gap switches and 
bus bar supports may be applied on systems having 
a maximum voltage not more than 5% above the 
name plate rating, but dielectric strength tests shall 
be based on the name plate rating. (Applications 
at 5% above the name plate rating may not be 
made in the case of maximum rated oil circuit 
breakers, disconnecting switches, horn gap switches 
and bus bar. supports.) 

NOTE—The use of the word “pressure” instead of 

“voltage” is recognized as optional. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 
Effective 1-1-1922.) 

(10132) Protection from Voltage Surges. 

The standard voltage ratings of oil circuit 
breakers, disconnecting switches, horn gap switches 
and bus bar supports are based on the understand¬ 
ing that if such apparatus is connected to aerial 
transmission lines, such lines shall not be provided 
with insulators having a wet arc over voltage in 
excess of the dielectric tests of the breakers unless 
such breakers are adequately protected by lightning 
arrester equipment. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 


249 


March, 1922 




POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 


Reference 

Number 

Rules Applying to Oil Circuit 
Breakers Only. 

(10140) Voltage Ratings. 

Published ampere interrupting capacity ratings 
shall be at standard voltages stated in Reference 
Number 10130 and, in addition, at the following 
intermediate voltages: 

6000 12000 30000 

Interrupting capacities at intermediate voltages 
ire obtained by inverse proportion related to the 
next higher listed voltage. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

SELECTION AND APPLICATION. 

(10150) Panel and Panel Frame Mounting. 

(a) Panel mounting oil circuit breakers shall be 
limited to 800 amperes maximum rating, and panel 
frame mounting oil circuit breakers shall be lim¬ 
ited to 2000 amperes maximum rating. 

(b) Panel and panel frame mounting oil circuit 

breakers shall be limited to 2500 volts maximum 
rating. (Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(10151) Series Trip Coils. 

Series trip coils in panel or panel frame mount¬ 
ing oil circuit breakers shall be limited as follows: 

(a) Maximum current rating, 200 amperes. 

(b) Maximum voltage rating of coils, 750 volts. 

(Adopted Standard 5-23-1919.) 

(10153.) Selection of Circuit Breakers for “Y” Sys¬ 
tems. 

In general, oil circuit breakers shall be applied 
on the basis of the full line or delta voltage of the 
system. However, on systems having full line volt¬ 
age of 110,000 volts or over, with the full under¬ 
standing and agreement of the Purchaser, alterna¬ 
tives may be given on the basis of voltage to 
ground when the system is “Y” connected with one 


250 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 

(10153. Continued ) 

end of the single phase transformer windings per¬ 
manently connected to the core and case, which are 
suitably grounded and with the oil circuit breakers 
so located and connected, that whether closed or 
opened they will not be energized by transformers, 
the neutrals of which are not solidly grounded. 
When applying oil circuit breakers on the basis 
of voltage to ground, the circuit breaker frame 
must be grounded and the dielectric dry test shall 
be 3.1 times voltage to ground, plus 2000, and the 
dielectric wet test shall be 2.73 times voltage to 
ground, plus 1000. (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

(10154) Information Required for Selecting Oil Cir¬ 
cuit Breakers. 

When the manufacturer is required to select oil 
circuit breakers suitable for application on the pur¬ 
chaser’s system, the information to be required 
from the purchaser shall be as follows: 


DATA SHEET 
INFORMATION SHEET 


FOR OIL CIR¬ 
CUIT BREAKER 
SELECTION. 


When the.Company is called 

upon to select oil circuit breakers for application 

on a particular system, the following i^fo rmat j on 
is required: 

(1) Indicate the required circuit breakers on 
Blank No. 1 (when Purchaser specifies the re¬ 
quired interrupting capacity and momentary carry¬ 
ing capacity and does not want the Company to 

check il information Paragraphs No. 2 to No. 7, 
inclusive, need not be supplied). 

(2) Furnish a map of the complete system, show¬ 
ing generators, transformers, generator stations, 
sub-stations, transmission lines, “ties” with other 
transmission systems, etc. 


(3) Furnish a wiring diagram for each generat¬ 
ing station, showing generators, main bus bars, con¬ 
nections, reactors and transformers. Mark the 
exact location of proposed oil circuit breakers, and 

additional ? n a £ rmation °n Blank No. 2. 

251 


March, 1922 



POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 

(10154 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 6-7-192L) 

(4) Furnish a list of overhead transmission lines, 
underground cable lines and tie lines with other 
systems on Blank No. 3. 

(5) Furnish a wiring diagram for each sub¬ 
station, showing synchronous apparatus, converters, 
transformers, main bus bars, connections and 
reactors. Mark the exact location of proposed oil 
circuit breakers. Furnish a list of sub-station 

equipment and additional information on 
No. 4. 

(6) State the approximate total Kv-a rating of 
synchronous apparatus on the system not listed 
under No. 5. 

(This is intended to include apparatus in the sta¬ 
tion of Power Company’s customers).Kv-a. 

(7) State the scheme of relay operation and 
whether the relays to be used are instantaneous, 
inverse, inverse definite or definite time. Also 
state the minimum time setting to be used. 


OIL CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION 
BLANK NO. 1. 


Proposed Oil Circuit Breakers. 


o ° 
O £ 


u 

ti g 3 

9 £ Q 


s .!§ 
<D *73 
U H . 

all 


B h 


e .S'3 


SO 

a 

O o 




^ ,sl. a- 0 ~ 

° .a 0 ? 

•3 g DoS' w * 


a >. 

'3 


. a> 
o.* 

1 rt 

;W 2 

' U M *2 C ho s* Z w-a 

£ S.sj *3 5 CO 

! go. « Zv § ho 

irtO 3 tfg.fi «Bw.S 

* 4-4* ++ 


NOTE—State altitude of each breaker location if 
more than 3000 feet. 


252 


March, 1922 













UOWEtl SWITCHING EfttlPMENt—OIL. CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 

(10154 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

♦In addition, state whether indoor or outdoor. 

Indicate by note any special conditions applying 
to the mounting of individual breakers. 

♦♦If manually operated, state “Manual" in blank. 

Standard Voltage range for storage battery con¬ 
trol is as follows. If standard range does not 
apply, state specifically for each breaker the re¬ 
quired range. 

(Manufacturer shall state standard range.) 

♦♦♦Indicate method of tripping by following keys 
and follow the key letter by a number to indicate 
the number of legs on which current transformers 
are to be used. 

Key Letter Method of Tripping. 

A Non-Automatic. 

B A. C. Series Trip. (State number of 

coils.) 

C Current Transformers with A. C. Trip 

coil—no relay. 

D Current Transformers with A. C. 

shunt trip coil and circuit closing 
relays. 

E Current Transformers with A. C. trip 

coil and circuit opening relays. 

F Current Transformers with D. C. trip 

coil and relays. 

G (Any other method than above.) De¬ 

scribe in full. 

#These columns should not be filled in if pur¬ 
chaser wants the Company to determine the re¬ 
quired interrupting capacity and momentary carry¬ 
ing capacity from ^formation called for on blanks 
No. 2 to 4, inclusive. 


253 


March, 1922 


POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 

(10154 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

The duty on which the standard interrupting 

capacity ratings of the.Company’s 

oil circuit breakers are based assumes that the 
breaker will interrupt a circuit two times at a two- 
minute interval, and then be in condition to be 
closed and to carry full rated normal current until 
it can be inspected. Any practice differing from this 
duty cycle should be the basis of a special report 
to the Company. 

OIL CIRCUIT BREAKEER SELECTION 
BLANK NO. 2. 


GENERATING STATION. 

WIRING DIAGRAM (DESIGNATION) 

GENERATORS 



Unit 

1 

Unit 

2 

Unit 

3 

Unit 

4 

Unit 

5 

Unit 

6 

Gen. Rating in Kv-a 
Power Factor. 













Voltage . 







Frequency . 







Speed . 

Manufacturer. 

. 


. 




Serial No. 







♦If Neutral is 
Grounded, State 
Resistance in 
Ohms in Ground 

Connection . 

Prime Mover. 











Per Cent Generator 
Reactance Based 
on Kv-a . 




















State Number of phases and number of wires. 

♦♦State which generators are run during condi¬ 
tion of maximum load. 

State number of generators grounded at any one 
time and the corresponding equivalent resistance 


Are voltage regulators used?. 


254 


March, 1922 




































POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 


(10154 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 

♦♦♦POWER TRANSFORMERS 



Bank 1 

Bank 2 

Bank 3 

Bank 4 

Bank 5 

Low Voltage. 






High Voltage. 






Rating . 






Connection (Y or 
Delta) . 






♦If Neutral is 
Grounded, State 
Resistance in 
Ohms in Ground 
Connection . 






Per Cent Trans¬ 
former Reactance 
Based on Kv-a. 
















State number of transformers grounded at any one 
time and the corresponding equivalent resistance.... 


♦If neutral is grounded through a reactor, state 
reactance in ohms and nature of scheme. 

♦♦Interrupting capacity should be based on worst 
condition (maximum connected generator capacity), 
but if alternative is wanted on the basis of a less 
number of generators, state the conditions accord¬ 
ingly. 

***If circuit breakers are to be applied on the 
secondary of station service transformers, state the 
per cent reactance and Kv-a of such transformers 
separately. 


MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS 


Bus Reactor 


Per Cent Reactance. 
Based on Kv-a. 


Feeder Reactor 


Per Cent Reactance. 
Based on Kv-a. 


255 


March, 1922 





























POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 

(10154 Continued ) (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921, 


OTHER EQUIPMENT AND CHARACTERIS¬ 
TICS 


OIL CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION 
BLANK NO. 3. 


TRANSMISSION LINES. 

WIRING DIAGRAM (DESIGNATION) 



* 4-1 

O 


rj Ih 

S O 
B g 

<U J3 
bfl’O 

c g 
rt o 

< 


♦Refer to Map of System. 

♦♦If underground cable, give number of con¬ 
ductors in cable and type of insulation, thickness of 
insulation on conductor and belt. 

♦♦♦State type of Insulators used and their arc 
over voltage (wet and dry). 


256 


March, 1922 
















POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 

Reference 

Number 

(10154 Continued) (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

♦♦♦The standard voltage ratings of oil circuit 
breakers are based on the understanding that if the 
breakers are connected to aerial transmission lines, 
such lines shall not be provided with insulators 
having a wet arc over voltage in excess of the 
dielectric tests of the breakers unless such breakers 
are adequately protected by lightning arrester 
equipment. 

OIL CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION 
BLANK NO. 4. 


SUB-STATION. NUMBER. 

WIRING DIAGRAM (DESIGNATION) 


POWER TRANSFORMERS 



Bank 1 

Bank 2 

Bank 3 

Bank 4 

Bank 5 

High Voltage. 






Low Voltage. 






Rating . 






Connection (Y or 
Delta) . 






♦If neutral is 
Grounded, State 
Resistance in 
Ohms in Ground 
Connection . 



V 



Per Cent Trans¬ 
former Reactance 
Based on Kv-a. 







State number of transformers grounded at any one 
time and the corresponding equivalent resistance 

♦If Neutral is grounded through a reactor, state 
reactance in ohms and nature of scheme. 

(Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 


257 


March, 1922 




























POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—OIL CIRCUIT 
BREAKERS 


Reference 

Number 

(10154 Continued) (Adopted Standard 6-7-1921.) 

GIVE FULL DETAILS OF MOTOR GENER¬ 
ATOR SETS, SYNCHRONOUS CON¬ 
VERTERS OR SYNCHRONOUS CON¬ 
DENSERS IN SUB-STATION. 



Unit 1 

Unit 2 

Unit 3 

Unit 4 

Apparatus . 





Rating . 





Voltage . 





Frequency . 





Manufacturer . 





Serial Nnmher. 





Per Cent React¬ 
ance as A. C. 
Generator . 





Based on Kv-a. 










258 


March, 1922 






















POWER SWITCHING EQUIPMENT—DISCONNECTING 
SWITCHES 

Disconnecting Switches 

Reference 

Number 

(10300) MOUNTINGS. 

(10301) Front and Rear Connections. 

Front connections shall be considered standard 
for all ratings. 

Rear connections of studs shall be considered 
standard up to and including 25,000 volts. 

All combinations of front and rear connections 
shall be considered special. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920, 
Effective 1-1-1921.) 

(10302) Indoor 2500-Volt Switch Bases. 

Indoor 2500-volt disconnecting switches shall be 
considered standard when mounted on flat insulat¬ 
ing bases, equal to, or better than marble. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 

(10303.) Rear Connected Switch Stud#. 

Rear connected disconnecting Switches shall be 
considered standard with the following studs: 

Round studs up to and including 1200 amperes. 

Round or laminated studs at 1600 and 2000 am¬ 
peres. 

Laminated studs at 2400 amperes and above. 

(Adopted Standard 11-17-1920.) 


259 


March, 1922 


amitOflnftVHHHft$:•?K'in <>' I y /.5H r >t ‘ '4 

#<»rt 4 rvTf ! i 'WH 


«3|f3Jiw8 8EiJO90fiO->»-t<l. 

yj Itert* ’btiia 16 c 

;. !$■<!'<•: -ni'vVJ 

- 

,£$K&(Ijfctfffl fo* 4 ’0#«K T MiC*ib«l ^dwl) 

-ifih^.-ii ifift f {warworn ifrrfvr t - ■ ■>• Jjslr bsr;bi?-;o-;> 
(<hsm i <(} iittxf in ,oJ ii ; <5 %r.i 

* ■' .'.• f . - : i ; •■ ■■ ; V '■• ‘ 

■.,; s! -m;-, - t•. . v^ijno .1 i^'-f 

.. ■ ■ 

,a»iy?ffi£ QOSI vrttbtibni tin* t qii al>0te b r.;< ‘I 
T?£ «Vv- '•-/ : Tf in roH 

5 

!l fn&bcuJS bitqobA) 




RECOGNIZED DEPARTURES 

From the Standards of 
The Electric Power Club 

Reference 

Number 

(20000) GENERAL. 

It is recognized by members of The Electric 
Power Club that the advance of the industry, the 
progressive development of the art of manufac¬ 
turing electrical apparatus, and the rewards to 
which individual members are properly entitled as 
the result of initiative, research and invention, 
must not be retarded or curtailed by adopted stand¬ 
ards to which the majority still subscribe; that 
during a period of change or progressive develop¬ 
ment honest differences of opinion may arise over 
a proposed change or departure from an existing 
standard; and that where there is reasonable evi¬ 
dence that such change is in the public interest, it 
is desirable that, while its merits are being gen¬ 
erally demonstrated, the departure be formally 
recognized by The Electric Power Club as the 
authoritative body controlling the standardization 
of Electrical Apparatus. 

In accordance with the above paragraph the fol¬ 
lowing departure from standard practices and rec¬ 
ommendations of The Electric Power Club has 
been formally recognized by The Electric Power 
Club: 

1. SO® open type continuous duty fractional 
horse power for general purposes. 

For standard temperature ratings of The Electric Power 
Club see Reference Number 5303. 

(Recognized 5-23-1919.) 

(Amended 11-15-1921.) 


261 


March, 1922 


%3mftfiAH#a a3smx)oan 

sri nnrtH ' 

HiiO TwoS ohfoalH fitflT 

.jamt'sk) (ooooio 

wn : r d . iV'-’or.'V. ; tl 

3 r :.wbni J. h: • . •■ 3 :. ; .. .: . :_• v .i 

ft, fohitm iis y zvy: ■ t ;.ui&ivih u \:Atlw 

• f:; '•• ***■■ .ly-.rart ,yms;km lo iki_-; vs f . 

-i ,n ' : iliF ;rm;, bibwrr ' r r j : 

•* ’ - ••«*<* < •• loi j • <:1 dly& 

: -SOT'I ir ajjFiwb to « sfthjfk. 

: ":o s - ;r >;jsm a-.tri: ;*> r> tsstmsltfb ..-' mod 3nom 
Hi r *i"r.y?9l - u;rb fc^oqoTq , 

• 

:! - s-i ~'*q sdi m • ii>o. wnsf) 

-W: ^ « mm e! • ; * ‘Mtvyy* zi 

V Uko . 1 c r •> • site i* ">h ' ,!>■ >; •: I • n< • i •: b v 1 . * s 

foH "iJvOk r *£C 
: • . 

,9m**!fiqqA U^^tyAS >C 

9 ff;i .'•• ,~j ..:*•• co-jc ri 

- : b/r..-; . £* :•- • /»!,; ■- 5 vftivmi 

■nrf d£;f,j ■•- 1 anh- 'f. -,d *»>i ishtwrcwio 

WoM nr ?T U '•:■ - i- 1 

dtrO 

U - Ntii ”<*ir w •. jqvi .£ r 

voi tjjpmBMWiwI, 'H 

rA-g J, 

{. !££!-£! • I » aA) 














262 


INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


A 


Page 

Abbreviations . 58 

Acid Resisting Apparatus. ( See Definitions) 

Adjustable Speed Motor. ( See Definitions) 

Ambient Temperature. ( See under “Definitions” 
and Apparatus Headings') 

A. I. E. E., Relations with.45-46 

Apparatus, Application and Selection of. 71 

Apparatus, General Types of. ( See Definitions) 
Armature and parts. (See Definitions) 


B 


Belt Width.126, 137, 150, 151 

Board of Governors. (See Governors) 

Brush Dimensions .78-79 

Buffers or Buffing Motors. (See Tools) 

Bus Bar Supports. (See Switching Equipment) 
By-Laws .41-43 


c 

Circuit Breakers, Oil. > (See Switching Equipment) 


Circulars, Standard Sizes of. 65 

Coal Mine Service, D. C. Generator Voltage for... 155 

Commercial Standardization, General.63-64 

Committees, Special . 23 

Committees, Standard .21-22 

Committees, Sub . 22 

Constitution .37 to 40 

Contactor. (See Control) 

Contract Forms, Standard sizes of. 65 

Control, Industrial: 

Cabinets; construction and use of. 194 

Clearances.192, 193, 196 

Creeping Distances.192 to 196 


Control Definitions. (See Definitions) 


263 


March, 1922 



















INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

C 

Control, Industrial ( Continued ) 

Page 

Diagrams, Marking .183-184 

Enclosing Cases . 192 

Enclosures, Construction of.192-196 

Insulation Distances . 196 

Master Switch for D. C. traveling cranes. 198 

Marking Resistor End Connections. 183 

Marking, Diagram . 183-184 

Material, Non-corrodible . 192 

Protection, Low or under Voltage. 191 

Protection, overload . 191 

Rating, Basis of. 185 

Rating of Resistors, Time.186-187 

Resistors for General Purpose Motor Starters 195 

Resistors, Selection of. 197 

Service, Classification of..185-186 

Screens, Requirements of wire. 195 

Specifications, Standard .191 to 196 

Starters, above 600 Volts D. C. Manual. 192 

Symbols for Diagrams. 184 

Temperature Limits of Insulating Materiais.190-191 
Temperature, Methods of Measuring.... 188 to 191 

Temperature Rise of Bus Bars. 188 

“ “ “ Coil Windings.188 to 191 

“ “ Contactors . 188 

“ Resistors . 187 

Tests of Resistors.186-187 

Transformer, Control Circuit.. . 60 

Travelling Crane. (See Crane ) 

Voltage for Contactors, Range of Operating.. 187 
Crane Contactor Controller Specifications 

Brakes, Magnetic . 200 

Disconnectors . 199 

Functions and Requirements. 198-199 

Fuses in Control Circuit. 199 

Protective Panel Requirements, Additional ....* .* 199 

Resistor Mounting . * * * jgg 

Scope, General .*. 107 

Switch, Hoist Limit. 7 ™ 

Switch, Master . 198 

Corresponding Secretaries. (See Secretaries) . 

264 March, 1922 



































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform* 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


Page 

Damaged Apparatus. (See Guarantees, General) 

Damages, Consequential . 64 

Defective Material, Replacing. (See Guarantees , 
General) 

Definitions, Apparatus, General. (See Definitions, 
General Apparatus) 

Definitions, Control: 

Abbreviations for Diagrams. 58 

Brake, Magnetic. 58 

Conductor, Resistive . 57 

Contactor, Magnetic . 56 

Controllers .56 and 58 

Diagram, Control Wiring... 60 

Diagram, Controller Construction . 61 

Diagram, Elementary Controller . 61 

Diagram, External Controller Wiring. 60 

Drop-out Voltage or Current. 59 

Duty, Controller . 61 

Low Voltage Release.• • 56 

Overload, Operating, Reference Number 1520.. 58 

Pick-up Voltage or Current. 59 

Proof (used as suffix). 59 

Protection, Low Voltage. 56 

Protection, Overload. 58 

Protection, Phase . 57 

Relay . 57 

Release, Low Voltage. 56 

Resistance . 57 

Resisting (used as a suffix). 59 

Resistors . 57 

Rheostat . 57 

Sealing Gap . 60 

Sealing Voltage or Current. 59 

Sequence Table, Control. 61 

Service Controller . 61 

Starters . 58 

Switch, Centrifugal Starting .. 55 

Switch, Disconnecting . 60 

265 March, 1922 

































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

D 

Definitions, Control ( Continued) 

Page 

Switch, Drum . 60 

Switch, Master, Float and Pressure. 56 

Tight, used as a suffix. 59 

Transformer, Control Circuit. 60 

Wear Allowance on Contacts. 59 

Definitions, General Apparatus: 

Acid Resisting Apparatus. 47 

Ambient Temperature . 48 

Drip Proof Apparatus. 47 

Dust Proof Apparatus. 47 

Dust Tight Apparatus. 47 

Duty Classifications. 48 

Enclosed Machine . 49 

Explosion Proof Apparatus. 47 

Gas Tight Apparatus. 47 

Load, Rated. 51 

Moisture Resisting Apparatus. 47 

Open Machine. 49 

Ratings, Time .* 49 

Semi-enclosed Machine . 49 

Splash Proof Apparatus. 47 

Submersible Apparatus .* 47 

Temperature, Ambient . ’ 48 

Time Rating . 49 

Wear Allowance . 59 

Weather Proof Apparatus. 48 

Definitions, Generators. {See, also, Rotating Ma¬ 
chine Definitions) 

Complete Machine, A. C. 51 

Complete Machine, D. C. 52 

Definitions, Motors: {See, also. Rotating Machine 
Definitions) 

Bare . 52 

Clutch, Centrifugal .' 55 

Commutating Pole with Stabilizing Winding’. *. 49 

Complete Fractional Horsepower. 52 

Complete Large Power.** 52 

Fractional Horsepower . 49 


266 


March, 1922 

































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

Page 


D 


Definitions, Motors: ( Continued ) 

Page 


Large Power . 49 

Overload, Operating, Reference Number 1520.. 58 

Split Phase Winding. 55 

Short Circuiter . 55 

Speed Classifications: Multi, Constant, Vary- 

ing-adjustable, and Varying. 50 

Switch, Centrifugal Starting. 55 

Universal. 50 

Winding, Split Phase. 55 

Definitions, Rating Performance and Test: 

Load, Rated . 51 

Rating, Time . 49 

Temperature, Ambient . 48 


Definitions, Rotating Machines: 

Armature and parts. 

Back of Machine. 

Bearings, parts and assembled... 
Bearing, Pedestals, Brackets, etc 

Brush Holder and parts. 

Brush Yoke .. 

Commutator and parts. 

Complete Machines .. 

Duty Classification. 

Enclosed Machine . 

End Shield and Parts. 

Field Coil . 

Field, parts and assembled. 

Front of Machine. 

Oil Rings .. 

Open Machine . 

Pedestal Bearings. 

Pole Shoe ... 

Semi-enclosed Machine . 

Slip Rings . 

Speed, Normal . 


. 54 
. 51 
. 53 
. 53 
. 54 
. 53 
54-55 
51-52 
. 48 
. 49 
. 53 
. 52 
,52-53 
. 51 
. 53 
. 49 
. 53 
. 53 
. 49 
. 55 
,. 50 


267 


March, 1922 

































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

D 

Definitions, Service Classification: Page 

Duty, Continuous . 48 

Duty, Controller . 61 

Duty, Intermittent .. j . 48 

Duty, Periodic. 48 

Duty, Varying . ]..!!!!!! 48 

Service, Controller . 61 

Definitions, Switching Equipment: 

Disconnecting Switch . 60 

Departures from Standards, Recognized.261 

Diagrams. ( See under Definitions and under Appa¬ 
ratus Headings) 

Diagrams, Vector. ( See Transformer Vector Dia¬ 
gram) 

Dielectric Tests. ( See under Apparatus Heading) 
Disconnecting Switches. (See Switching Equip¬ 
ment Definition) 

Drip Proof Apparatus, Definition. 47 

Drop Out Voltage or Current. (See Definition 
under Control) 

Dust Proof and Dust Tight Definition. 47 

E 

Electric Tools. (See Tools) 

Elevator Motors, Basis of Rating A. C. 141 

Elevator Motor Control. (See under Control) 

Elevator Motors, Name Plate Marking of A. C_ 153 

Engineering Data Forms, Standard Sizes for. 65 

F 

Fan Duty Resistor. (See Definitions, Control, Re¬ 
sistors) 

Farm Lighting Generators. (See Generators, D. C., 

Farm Lighting) 

Field Switch, Application of 


268 


.241 

March, 1922 















INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 


G 

Page 

General Engineering Recommendations.73-103 

Generators, Alternating Current: 

Belt Type. (See Definitions) 

Bores of Rotors, Charge for, Special. 64 

Bores of Rotors, Standard. 167 

Efficiency . 166 

Engine Type. (See Definitions) 

Excitation for Guarantees. 166 

Excitation Voltage . 165 

Field Switch, Application of. 241 

Frequencies . 165 

Guarantee, General . 166 

Manufacturing Practices, Standard.167-168 

Name Plate Marking. 167 

Overload . 166 

Power Factor . 166 

Pressing Rotor on Engine Shaft. 64 

Rating, Basis of. 165 

Rating, Voltage . 165 

Rotation, Direction of. 168 

Terminal Marking. 88 

Tests, Dielectric . 166 

Tests, Witness . 64 

Specifications, Performance . 165 

Voltage Ratings. (See Ratings, Voltage ) 

Water Wheel Type. (See Definitions) 

Generators, Direct Current: 

Belt Type. (See Definitions) 

Bores of Armatures, Charge for Special. 64 

Bores of Armature, Standard. 160 

Brush Dimensions .78-79 

Commutation . 157 

Compounding. 157 

Efficiency . 158 

Engine Type. (See Definitions) 

Farm Lighting, Isolated.162-163 

Guarantee, General . 158 

Generator Definitions. (See Definitions, Gen¬ 
erators) 


269 


March, 1922 































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


G 


Generators, Direct Current: ( Continued ) 

Page 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.160-161 

Name Plate Markings. 161 

Overload, 40 degree Machines. 156 

Overload, 50 degree Machines. 160 

Pressing Armature on Shaft. 64 

Rating, Basis of. 155 

Ratings, Voltage. 155 

Regulation, Voltage . 157 

Rotation, Direction of. 78 

Specification, Performance, 40 degree. 156 

Specification, Performance, 50 degree. 158 

Temperature Rise, 40 degree Machines. 156 

Temperature Rise, 50 degree Machines. 159 

Terminal Markings ..84-85 

Tests, Dielectric . 157 

Voltage for 550 volt motor service. 155 

Tests, Witness, Charges for. 64 

Generators, Farm Lighting, Isolated Plant, D. C.162-163 

Governors, Board of. 7 

Grinders or Grinding Motors. (See Tools) 

Grounding Detectors, Application of. 241 

Guarantees, General . 63-64 


H 

Heating. ( See Temperature Rise) 

Horn Gap Switches. ( See Switching Equipment) 

I 

Industrial Control. ( See Control) 

Industrial Locomotives. (See Locomotives) 
Insulation Tests. (See Tests, Dielectric, under 


Apparatus Headings) 

Insulating Materials, Classification of. 75 

Insulating Materials, Temperature Ratings with 
Different . 77 


270 


March, 1922 
























INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions’' irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


K 

Keys as Part of Shaft, Furnishing. 


Page 

. 64 


L 

Lead Markings. (See Transformer Lead Mark¬ 
ings) 

Load Ratings. (See under the Apparatus Heading) 
Locomotives, Trolley or Third Rail Industrial: 

Air Compressor, Rating of. 176 

Brakes . 176 

Cab, Construction of. 176 

Control Equipment . 176 

Gauge of Track. 176 

Headlight. 175 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.175-176 

Rating, Voltage . 175 

Specifications, General ... 175 

Specifications, Performance . 175 

Speed, Normal . 175 

Temperature Rise, Motor. 175 

Temperature of Reference, Ambient. 170 

Weights . 175 

Locomotives, Trolley Mining: 

Cab, Construction of. 171 

Classifications, General . 169 

Draw Bar Pull. 170 

Gauge of Track. 171 

Guarantee, Basis of. 170 

Headlight . 171 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard. 171 

Motor Rating, Basis of. 169 

Poles, Trolley . 171 

Ratings, Voltage. 169 

Specifications, Performance . 170 

Switch, Cut-off . 171 

Temperature of Reference, Ambient. 170 

Temperature Rise, Motor. 170 

Types . 169 

Weights . 169 

March, 1922 


271 

































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions’' irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

L 

Locomotives, Storage Battery Industrial: 

Page 

Air Compressor, Rating of. 179 

Brakes .. 178 

Cab, Construction of. 179 

Control Equipment . 179 

Draw Bar Pull. 178 

Gauge of Track. 179 

Headlight . 178 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.178-179 

Motor Rating, Nominal. 177 

Specifications, Performance . 177 

Speed, Normal . 178 

Switch, Cut-off . 178 

Temperature of Reference, Ambient. 170 

Temperature Rise, Motor. 177 

Weights and Deductions. 177 

Locomotives, Storage Battery Mining: 

Cab, Construction of... . 173 

Data Furnished by Manufacturers. 173 

Draw Bar Pull. 173 

Gauge of Track. 173 

Guarantees, Basis of. 173 

Headlight . 173 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.’ 173 

Rating, Storage Battery. 172 

Specifications, General . 172 

Specifications, Performance . 173 

Specifications, Storage Battery . 172 

Temperature of Reference, Ambient. 170 

Temperature Rise, Motor. 173 

Weights . 172 

Losses. (See under the Apparatus Heading ) 


272 


March, 1922 































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

M 

Page 

Machine Tool Motor, D. C., Horsepower and Speed 

Rating . 119 

Machine Tool Motors, D. C., Time Ratings. 118 

Machine Tool Motor, D. C., Voltage Rating. 119 

Members .8-17 

Methods of Operation in the Organization.29-32 

Mining Locomotives. (See Locomotives) 

Motor, Elevator. (See under Elevator and under 
Control) 

Motors, Fractional Horse Power, Alternating Cur¬ 
rent: 

Bare Motor. (See Definitions') 

Classification of Single Phase. Ill 

Complete Motor. (See under Definitions) 

Frame, Designation . 115 

Frequencies, Standard . Ill 

Guarantee, General . 113 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.114-115 

Name Plate Markings . 115 

Pulley Dimensions . 114 

Ratings, Load and Speed. Ill 

Ratings, Voltage. Ill 

Rotation, Direction of. 78 

Shaft Diameters and Extensions. 114 

Specifications, Performance . 112 

Temperature Rise. 112 

Terminals . 115 

Tests, Dielectric . 113 

Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 115 

Torque Characteristics . 112 

Voltage Rating, Allowable Variation from.... 113 
Motors, Fractional Horse Power, Direct Current: 

Bare Motor. (See Definitions) 

Brush Dimensions .78-79 

Complete Motor. (See Definitions) 

Frame Designation . 109 

Guarantee, General . 107 

Manufacturing Practices, Standard.107-109 

Name Plate Marking.... 109 

273 March, 1922 





























INDEX 

Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


M 


Motors, Fractional Horse Power, Direct Current: 

(Continued) Page 

Pulley Dimensions .107-108 

Ratings, Load and Speed. 105 

Ratings, Voltage . 105 

Rotation, Direction of. 78 

Shaft Diameters and Extensions. 108 

Shaft Extensions . 108 

Specifications, Performance . 106 

Speed, Allowable Variation from Rated. 107 

Speed Change Due to Heating. 106 

Starter, Resistance . 109 

Temperature Rise . 106 

Terminals . 109 

Tests, Dielectric ...... 106 

Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 108 

Voltage, Allowable Variation from Rated. 107 

Windings, Standard . 105 


Motors, Large Power, Direct Current: 

Belt Drive Limitations. 119 

Belt Widths .. 126 

Brush Dimensions . 78-79 

Bearing Outboard, When Required. 120 

Complete Motor. (See Definitions) 

Efficiencies . 125 

Gear Drive Limitations. 119 

Guarantee, General ... 123 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.126-128 

Motor Definitions. (See Definitions) 

Name Plate Marking... 127 

Overload, 40 degree Machines. 122 

Overload, 50 degree Machines. 124 

Pulley Dimensions. 126 

Ratings, Load, Speed and Voltage. 117 

Ratings, Short Time. 120 

Ratings, Voltage. 117 

Rotation, Direction of. 78 

Shaft Extensions . 127 

Specification Performance, 40 deg. 120 


274 


March, 1922 




































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


M 


Motors, Large Power, Direct Current: ( Continued ) 

Page 

Specification Performance, SO deg. and over... 123 

Speed, Allowable Variation from Rated. 123 

Speed Change Due to Heating, Enclosed Motors 125 
Speed Change Due to Heating, Open Motors.. 122 
Speed Changes Due to Load, Adjustable Speed 125 
Speed Changes Due to Load, Constant Speed.. 122 


Speed Limitations . 119 

Speed Ratios . 120 

Shaft Extensions . 127 

Shaft Taper . 77 

Temperature Rise, 40 degree Machines. 121 

Temperature Rise, 50 degree Machines and 

over . 124 

Terminals for Cable Connections. 128 

Tests, Dielectric . 122 

Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 127 

Voltage, Allowable Variation from Rated. 123 


Motors, Large Power Polyphase: 

Bare Motor. ( See Definitions ) 

Belt Widths . 150 

Bearings, Outboard . 153 

Classification of . 141 

Complete Motor. ( See Definitions ) 

Connectors, Terminal . 79 

Efficiency. 150 

Elevator Motor, Basis of Rating. 141 

Frequencies. 141 

Frequency, Allowable Variation from Rated... 147 

Guarantee, General ... 147 

Manufacturing Practices, Standard. 150 

Motor Definitions. ( See Definitions ) 

Name Plate Markings.152-153 

Overload, 40 degree . 145 

Overload, 50 degree and higher. 149 

Pulley Dimensions . 150 

Ratings, Load and Speed.141-142 

Ratings, Voltage . 141 


275 


March, 1922 




























INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 

M 

Motors, Large Power Polyphase: ( Continued) 

Page 

Shaft Extensions . 151 

Shafts, Taper . 77 

Specifications, Performance, 40 degree. 143 

Specifications, Performance, 50 degree and over 147 

Speed Limitations . 143 

Temperature Rise, 40 degree. 144 

Temperature Rise, 50 degree and higher. 148 

Terminals for Cable Connections. 153 

Tests, Commercial . 149 

Tests, Dielectric .... 145 

Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 152 

Torque Characteristics . 145 

Variation of Voltage and Frequency, Allowable 147 

Voltage, Allowable Variation from Rated. 146 

Motors, Large Power Single Phase: 

Bare Motor. (See Definitions) 

Belt Widths . 137 

Classification of . 129 

Complete Motor. (See Definitions) 

Connectors, Terminal . 79 

Efficiency. 133 

Frequencies. 129 

Frequencies, Allowable Variation from Rated 133 

Guarantee, General . 134 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.137 to 139 

Name Plate Marking. 139 

Overload Ratings, 40 degree Machines. 132 

Overload Ratings, 50 degree Machines and over 136 

Pulley Dimensions . 137 

Ratings, Load and Speed. 130 

Ratings, Voltage . 129 

Rotation, Direction of. 78 

Shaft Extensions . 137 

Shaft Taper . 70 

Specifications, Performance, 40 degree Ma¬ 
chines... 130 

Specifications, Performance, 50 degree Ma¬ 
chines and over. 134 

March, 1922 


276 































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


M 


Motors, Large Power Single Phase: ( Continued ) 

Page 

Temperature Rise, 40 degree Machines. 131 

Temperature Rise, 50 degree Machines and over 135 

Tests, Dielectric . 132 

Tolerance Limits in Dimensions. 138 

Torque Characteristics . 132 

Variation of Voltage and Frequency, Allowable 133 
Voltage, Allowable Variations from Rated.... 133 
Motors, Machine Tool. (See Machine Tool Motors ) 

Motors, Proper Selection of. 71 

Motor Service Rules.67 to 69 


Motors, Synchronous: 

Bearings (Outboard) . 143 

Classification . 141 

Connectors, Terminal . 79 

Frequencies . 141 

Guarantees, General .63-64 

Name Plate Marking. 152 

Tests, Dielectric .145-146 

Motor Terminal Connectors. 79 

Motor Terminal Markings, D. C.80 to 83 

Motor Terminal Markings, Induction.............86-87 

Motors, Use of 40 deg. and 50 deg. Rating. 73 


N 

Name Plate Marking. (See under Apparatus Head - 
ings) 

N. E. L. A. Motor Service Rules.67 to 69 

Nomenclature. (See Definitions) 

o 


Officers.*.... 7 

Oil Circuit Breakers. (See Switching Equipment) 

Oil, Transformer. ( See Transformer Oil) 

Operating Regulations for Motors.67 to 69 

Organization and Method of Operation.29 to 32 

Overload (See under Apparatus Headings) 

277 


March. 1922 























INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


P 

Panel. (See Switchboards) 

Pick-up Voltage or Current. (See Definition , Con¬ 
trol) 

Power Switchboards. (See Switchboards) 

Power Switching. (See Switching Equipment) 
Power Transformers. (See Transformers, Power) 


Pressing Shafts. (See Generators) 

Pressure Instead of Voltage.249 

Price Sheets, Standard Sizes for. 65 

Protection, Phase. (See Definitions) 

Procedure, Rules of.33-36 

Publications, Dimensions of. 65 


Pulleys. (See under Apparatus Headings) 

Q 

Quill, Armature. (See Definitions) 

R 

Ratings. (See under Apparatus Headings and Defi¬ 
nitions) 

Ratings, Standard Short Time. 76 

Ratings, Temperature . 77 

Recognized Departures from Adopted Standards. 

(See Departures) 

Regulation. (See under Apparatus Headings) 

Regulations, Operating . 67-69 

Replacement of Defective Material. (See Guaran¬ 
tee, General) 

Representatives of Member Companies.8-17 

Room Temperature. (See Temperature, Ambient) 

Rotation, Standard Direction of. 78 

Rotor, Bore of. (See Generators) 

Rotor, Pressing Shaft into. 64 

Rules of Procedure.33 to 35 


278 


March, 1922 













INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


S 

Pago 

Sealing Voltage or Current. (See Definitions) 

Secretaries, Corresponding .19-20 

Sections ......24-28 

Selection of Proper Apparatus. 71 

Service, Classification of. (See Definitions) 

Shaft Extensions. (See under Apparatus Head¬ 
ings) 

Shafts, Standard Taper of. 77 

Sheet Sizes, Data. 65 

Specifications, Government and Other. 65 

Specifications, Performance, etc. (See under Appa¬ 
ratus Headings) 

Speed Ratings. (See under Apparatus Headings 
and Definitions) 

Standardization, Foreword . 45 

Starter. (See Control and Definitions) 

Switchboards, Power: 

Application of Switching Devices. 241 

Field Switch Application of. 241 

Frames, Construction of.243 

Ground Detector, Application of. 241 

Name Plate Marking. 243 

Panel Materials, Finishes, Sizes and Bevels... 242 

Specifications, Complete General.233 to 240 

Synchronizing Practice .241 

Switching Equipment, Power (Including Oil Circuit 
Breakers, Disconnecting Switches and Bus Bar 
Supports) ) : 

Capacity, Rated Interrupting.246-248 

Capacity, Rated Momentary Carrying.248 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, for Y Systems.250 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, Mounting Limitations... 250 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, Ratings, Voltage . 250 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, Selection of.250 to 258 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, Series Trip Coil Limita¬ 
tions . 250 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, Tests on Grounded Y 

Systems, Reference Number 10153. 251 

Circuit Breakers, Oil, Voltage Ratings .250 


279 


March, 1922 
























INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform* 
underle a a y pplrltu S 0 hea P d°ta|f ° r C ° n * ro1 appa, ' atus are ind '~ d 
of thf ap^raluaTo whiiS^ey appl" «■*»«•«» 


s 

Switching Equipment, Power (Including Oil Circuit 
Breakers, Disconnecting Switches and Bus Bar 

Supports: ( Continued ) 

Disconnecting Switch Bases . *259 

Disconnecting Switch Connections, Front* Rear 259 

Disconnecting Switch Studs .259 

Disconnecting Switch Frequencies ..!!.247 

Disconnecting Switch Name Plate Markings’’ 

Dl |?° n ? ecting Switch Name Plate Marking’for 
Maximum Rating, Reference Number 10130 249 

Pressure instead of Voltage. 249 

Rating, Basis of...245 

Ratings, Basis of Voltage. 245 

Ratings, Frequency of Different...247 

Ratings, 60 Cycle. . 

Ratings, 25 Cycle. . 

Ratings, Voltage .. .. 2 48 

Surges, Protection from. . 040 

Synchronizing Practice . 241 

Temperature, Ambient..245 

Voltage, Allowable Variation from’Rated, Re’f- 

erence Number 10130. 249 

Symbols. ( See Control and Transformers) . 

Synchronous Motors. (See Motors , Synchronous ) 


T 

Taps. (See under Transformers) 

Definitions and under 
Temperature Measurements .. 

Temperature, Overload ... £ 

Temperature Ratings, General .* .*.’ *‘ ] ‘ | ‘ 77 

Temperature of Reference, Ambient. "75-76 

^^Headings)^ Connectors * ^ee under Apparatus 


280 


March, 1922 





















INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


T 


Terminal Markings. ( See under Apparatus Head¬ 
ings and General Engineering Recommendations) 


Tests of Rating Machines, Duration of. 76 

Tests. ( See under Apparatus Headings) 

Tests, Witness. 64 


Tolerance, Limits in Dimensions. ( See under Ap¬ 
paratus Headings) 


Tools, Buffers and Grinders: 

Classifications, General. 181 

Frequencies . 181 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard. 182 

Name Plate Marking. 182 

Overload . 182 

Rating, Voltage .. 181 

Speed Ratings (Grinding only). 181 

Speed of Grinding Wheels, Peripheral. 181 

Specifications, Performance . 182 

Temperature Rise . 182 

Types of . 181 

Wheel Diameters for Grinding. 181 


Torque Characteristics. ( See under Motors) 
Transformer Angular Displacement and Connec¬ 
tions : 

Single Phase Units in Three Phase Banks.99 to 101 

Single Phase Units, Three to Six Phase-102-103 

Transformer Connections for Desired Polarity. .98-103 
Transformer Control Circuit. ( See Control) 

Transformer Diagrams .95-103 

Transformer Diagram Furnished by Manufacturer 90 


Transformers, Distribution: 

Accessories for Standard and Special Ratings 215 

Classification .201 

Connection Limitations with 230/460 Volt Sec¬ 
ondaries . 204 

Diagram Requirements .213 

Efficiency, All Day. 212 


281 


March, 1922 





















INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


Transformers, Distribution: ( Continued ) 

Page 

Efficiency from Measured Losses.211-212 

Frequencies . 203-204 

Lead Markings.95 to 97 

Losses, Measurement of.211-212 

Manufacturing Practices, Standard.212-216 

Multiple Operation of Three Phase Units and 

Single Phase Banks. 204 

Name Plate Marking.212-213 

Polarity .. 214 

Polarity, Connections for Desired.98-103 

Rating, Basis of. 201 

Ratings, Standard Single Phase.201 and 203 

Ratings, Standard Three Phase.201 and 204 

Ratings, Voltage . 202 

Regulation Guarantee, Basis of.206 to 208 

Regulation, Voltage .206 to 208 

Specifications, Performance . 206 to 212 

Symbols . 213 

Taps, Voltage .’. . ’.’.202 to 205 

Temperature, Method of Measuring. 206 

Temperature Rise . 206 

Terminal Markings . 214 

Terminal Markings, Internal. 213 

Tests, Dielectric.’.208 to 210 

Tolerances in Measuring Losses. 212 

Transformation, Three to Two Phase or vice 

Voltage, Allowable Variation from Rated.’.... 203 

Voltage of System, Normal. 209 

Vector Diagrams . 0*07 

Wave Form .211 

\ to Y Connections, Limitations of.203 


282 


March, 1922 

































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


T 


Transformer Lead Marking: 

Page 

Diagrams .95 to 97 

Method for Single Phase Units.90-91 

Method for Three Phase Units.91-93 

Method for Three to Six Phase .93-94 

Requirements .89-90 

Transformer Polarity and Connections, Single 
Phase . 98 


Transformers, Power: 

Accessories for Standard and Special Ratings 230 

Air Blast Type, Limitations of.219-220 

Classification .217 

Diagram Requirements . 229 

Efficiency from Measured Losses.227-228 

Frequencies .219-220 

Lead Markings .95 to 97 

Losses, Measurement of.227-228 

Manufacturing Practice, Standard.228-231 

Name Plate Marking. 229 

Polarity .230 

Polarity, Connections for Desired.98 to 103 

Rating, Basis of.....217-218 

Ratings, Standard Single Phase.217 and 219 

Ratings, Standard Three Phase.217 and 220 

Ratings, Voltage . 218 

Regulation Guarantee, Basis of.223 to 225 

Regulation, Voltage ..223 to 225 

Specifications, Performance .221 to 228 

Symbols . 229 

Taps, Voltage . 218 

Temperature, Method of Measurement. .221 to 223 

Temperature Rise.218 and 221 to 223 

Terminal Markings . 230 

Terminals, Marking Internal. 229 

Tests, Dielectric.225-227 

Tolerances in Measuring Losses. 228 


283 


March, 1922 

































INDEX 


Rules pertaining to the design, manufacture or perform¬ 
ance of any piece of power or control apparatus are indexed 
under the apparatus heading. 

All Definitions are indexed under “Definitions” irrespective 
of the apparatus to which they apply. 


T 

Transformers, Power: ( Continued) 

Transformation, Three to Two Phase or vice**** 0 


versa . 231 

Types .219-220 

Vector Diagrams .96-97 

Voltage, Allowable Variation from Rated. .219-220 

Voltage of System, Normal. 226 

Wave Form . 227 

Y to Y Connection, Limitations of. 220 


Traveling Crane Control. ( See Control) 

V 

Vector Diagrams. ( See under Transformers) 
Voltage Excitation. ( See Generators, A. C .) 
Voltage Regulation. ( See under Apparatus Head¬ 
ings) 

Voltage Ratings. ( See under Apparatus Ratings) 
Voltage, Taps. ( See Transformers) 

w 

Wave Form. ( See under Transformers) 

Wear Allowance. {See Definitions, General Appa¬ 
ratus) 

Weather Proof. ( See Definitions) 

Witness Tests. (See Tests) 


284 


March, 1922 








ADDENDA 


The following sheets contain 
certain pertinent information 
relative to Member Companies 
of The Electric Power Club. 
There i s one page for each 
company, and the names are 
arranged alphabetically. 


285 


March, 1922 







m&jno ■ garvoflol sdl 

cioh^molni • rturt^^q mafias' 


' 

. 

ffsta&r. /ft£c(ri<So‘ 


$svi .,: >■ !t v; 


r.- '. 













Electric Controlling Apparatus 

MILWAUKEE. WISCONSIN 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Electric Current Controlling Devices 

BRANCH OFFICES 


NEW YORK 

CHICAGO 

CLEVELAND. 

DETROIT 

PHILADELPHIA 

PITTSBURG 

DENVER 

BALTIMORE . 

BOSTON 

BUFFALO 

SAN FRANCISCO 

LOS ANGELES 

MONTREAL 

SEATTLE 


50 Church Street 
57 E. Jackson Blvd. 
942 Prospect Ave. 
1918 Ford Bldg. 

910 Finance Bldg. 
414 Fulton Bldg. 
Denham Bldg. 

1119 Munsay Bldg. 
161 Devonshire St. 
651 Ellicott Square 
Rialto Building 
I. W. Heilman Bldg. 
84-98 St. Antoine St. 
L. C. Smith Bldg. 


287 


March, 1922 













Maimers Mfg. Company 

MILWAUKEE, WIS. 

Electrical Products Manufactured by Electrical 
Department of West Allis, Wis., and 
Norwood, Ohio, Works. 


ALTERNATING CURRENT 


Steam Turbo Generators 
Water Wheel Type Gen¬ 
erators 

Engine Type Generators 
Belted Type Generators 
Frequency Changers 
Synchronous Motor Gen¬ 
erator Sets 

Induction Motor Gener¬ 
ator Sets 

Synchronous Motors 
Synchronous Condensers 


Single Phase Induction 
Motors 

Polyphase Induction 
Motors 

Power Transformers 
Distribution Transform¬ 
ers 

Auto-T ransformers 
Motor Starters 
Motor Driven Air Com¬ 
pressors 
Switchboards 


DIRECT CURRENT 

Steam Turbo Generators Gasoline Engine Gener- 


Water Wheel Type Gen¬ 
erators 

Engine Type Generators 
Belted Type Generators 
Three Wire Generators 
Railway Generators 
Electrolytic Generators 
Rotary Converters 


ator Sets 
Constant Speed Motors 
Adjustable Speed Motors 
Balancer Sets 
Motor Generator Sets 
Motor Driven Air Com¬ 
pressors 
Switchboards 


BRANCH OFFICES 


ATLANTA, GA. 
BALTIMORE, MD. 
BIRMINGHAM, ALA. 
BOSTON, MASS. 
BUFFALO, N. Y. 
CHARLOTTE, N. C. 
CHICAGO, ILL. 
CINCINNATI, OHIO 
CLEVELAND, OHIO 
DALLAS, TEXAS 
DENVER, COLO. 
DETROIT, MICH. 
DULUTH, MINN. 
INDIANAPOLIS, IND. 
KANSAS CITY. MO. 


LOS ANGELES, CAL. 
MILWAUKEE, WIS. 
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. 
NEW ORLEANS, LA. 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 
PITTSBURGH, PA. 
PORTLAND, OREGON 
ST. LOUIS, MO. 

SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 
SAN FRANCISCO, CAL. 
SEATTLE, WASH. 
TOLEDO, OHIO 
WILKES-BARRE, PA. 


FOREIGN OFFICES 

LONDON, ENGLAND SANTIAGO, CHILE. 

PARIS, FRANCE 

Agencies in all Principal Foreign Countries 


288 


March, 1922 








American Transformer Company 

MAIN OFFICE AND FACTORY 

NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 


OFFICERS 

WARREN F. HUBLEY President and Treasurer 

M. H. HARROLD Vice-President and Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

“Custom Made ” Transformers 
for 

Testing, Radio, Laboratory, Welding, 

High Frequency 
Electro Chemical and 
Electro Metallurgical Purposes 

Reactances, and All Special Applications of the 
Transformer 


289 


March, 1922 






Automatic Switch Company 

154 GRAND STREET 

NEW YORK, N. Y. 


OFFICERS 

DAVID H. DARRIN .... PRESIDENT 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct and Alternating Current Automatic Motor Starters 
and Switches 

Elevator Controllers 
Printing Press Controllers 
Machine Tool Controllers 
Organ Controllers 
Vacuum Cleaner Controllers 
Speed Regulating Controllers 
Hoist and Conveyor Controllers 
Pump Controllers 
Compressor Controllers 

Pressure, Vacuum and Temperature Regulating Switches 

Magnetically Operated Valves and Damper Movements 

Lifting Magnets 

Elevator Safety Switches 

Refrigerating Machine Controlling Devices. 

Dead Front Control Panels for Wireless Gener¬ 
ating Sets. 


290 


March, 1922 




Bell Electric Motor Company 

- BELL TERMINAL 

GARWOOD, N. J. 

OFFICERS 

A. C. BELL .PRESIDENT 

T. R. BELL .VICE-PRESIDENT 

A. L. BELL .SECRETARY 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Single-phase — Repulsion — Induction Motors 
Polyphase Motors (Squirrel Cage and Compensated type) 
Direct Current Motors and Generators 

BRANCH OFFICES 

NEW YORK CITY.30 Church Street 

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS .... Monadnock Building 

NOTE: SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS CAN BE MADE COVERING 
THE SALE OF THE ABOVE APPARATUS WITH MEM¬ 
BER COMPANIES. 


291 


March, 1922 




Bodine Electric Company 

MAIN OFFICE AND FACTORY 
OHIO AND OAKLEY BOULEVARD 

CHICAGO, ILL. 

OFFICERS 

C. D. BODINE . . . PRESIDENT 

E. C. BODINE . . . VICE-PRESIDENT 

P. J. BODINE . . . SECRETARY AND TREASURER 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Motors 1-100 to 1-4 H.P. 

Alternating Current Motors 1-100 to 1-4 H.P. 

Electric Bench Grinders 

Dynamotors, Motor-Generators and Cautery Generators 
for Physicians 

Jewelers’ and Dental Motors 
Rotary Converters 
Centrifuges 

AGENCIES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


292 


March, 1922 




Burke Electric Company 

ERIE, PENN. 


OFFICERS 

JAMES BURKE 

GEORGE H. WINKLER, JR. . 

G. IRVING BLAKE . 

CHARLES H. SCHUM . 


PRESIDENT 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

TREASURER 

SECRETARY 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 
DIRECT CURRENT 


Engine Type Generators 
3 Wire Eng. Type “ 
Belted Type 
3 Wire Belt Type “ 
Coupled Type 
Motors 

Adjustable Speed Motors 
Crane Motors 
Elevator Motors 
Small D. C. Motors 


ALTERNATING CURRENT 

Engine Type Alternators 
Belted Type 
Coupled Type 
Synchronous Motors 
Induction Motors 
Adjustable Varying Speed 
Ind. Motors 

Synchronous Ind. Motors 
Crane Motors 
Elevator Motors 
T ransformers 
Small A. C. Motors 


Universal Motors for operating on both A.C. and D.C. 
Burke Electric Company Speed Change System 
Electric Arc Welding Equipments 

A. C. and D. C. Mill Motors Motor Generator Sets 
BRANCH SALES OFFICES 


NEW YORK.513 Hudson Terminal Building 

PHILADELPHIA.1505 Arch St. 

PITTSBURGH.739 Oliver Building 

CLEVELAND.911 Illuminating Building 

BUFFALO..510 Morgan Building 

DETROIT.1904 Dime Bank Building 


Selling Agencies in Other Principal Cities 


293 


March, 1922 













Century Electric Company 

Main Office and Works 

19th, Pine to Olive Streets 
ST. LOUIS, MO. 

OFFICERS 

E. S. PILLSBURY.President 

S. M. JONES.Vice-President 

R. J. RUSSELL.Vice-President and Secretary 

J. L. WOODRESS..Sales Manager and Assistant Secretary 

JOHN HERGET .Treasurer 

B. M. WHITTEMORE.Assistant Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 




Single Phase 

Alternating Current Motors 


Polyphase 

Alternating Current Motors 
t Split Phase 

Alternating Current Motors 

Fan Motors 
Alternating Current 
and Direct Current 


Sales Offices and Stocks at 


ATLANTA 

BOSTON 

CHATTANOOGA 

CHICAGO 

CINCINNATI 

CLEVELAND 

DALLAS 

DENVER 

DES MOINES 

DETROIT 

GREENSBORO 

INDIANAPOLIS 

KANSAS CITY 


LOS ANGELES 
MINNEAPOLIS 
NEW ORLEANS 
NEW YORK 
PHILADELPHIA 
PITTSBURG 
PORTLAND 
ROCHESTER 
SALT LAKE CITY 
SAN FRANCISCO 
SEATTLE 
SPOKANE 


Montreal, Toronto, Vancouver, Winnipeg, Canada. 


294 


March, 1922 









Heysson Electric Company 

ST. LOUIS, U. S. A. 


OFFICERS 


P. I. CHANDEYSSON.President 

W. C. FORDER.Treasurer 

A. C. F. MEYER.Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED: 

Polyphase Alternating Current Motors. 
Chandeysson “Special” Direct to Shaft Con¬ 
nected Sewing Machine Motors. 

Direct Current Motors, Constant Speed. 

Direct Current Generators. 

Direct Current Motors, Adjustable Speed. 
Motor Generator Sets. 

Electrolytic Dynamos. 

Synchronous Converters. 


295 


March. 1922 









Chicago Pneumatic Tool Company 


6 E. 44th St., New York City. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Little Giant Portable Electric Drills and Grinders; 
Little Giant Electric Hammer Drills; Boyer Pneu¬ 
matic Riveting and Chipping Hammers; Portable 
Pneumatic Hoists; Little Giant Air Drills and 
Grinders; “Chicago Pneumatic” Air Compressors 
and Vacuum Pumps; Giant Fuel Oil; Gas, Gasoline 
and Steam Engines; Rock Drills; Coal Drills. 


BRANCH OFFICES 


Chicago, Ill. 


Birmingham, Ala. 
Boston, Mass. 


Minneapolis, Minn. 
New Orleans, La. 
New York, N. Y. 


iNew i orK, j*. i 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Portland, Ore. 
Richmond, Va. 
St. Louis, Mo. 


Cincinnati, Ohio. 
Cleveland, Ohio. 
Detroit, Mich. 


Houston, Tex. 


Los Angeles, Cal. 
Milwaukee, Wis. 


San Francisco, Cal. 
Seattle, Wash. 



Depend Upon That Name 


296 


March, 1922 







The Cincinnati Electrical Tool Co. 

CINCINNATI, OHIO. 


OFFICERS 


J. ALBERT GOLDMAN.President and Treasurer 

JOSEPH WOLF .Vice-President 

BEN L. HEIDINGSFELD.Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

PORTABLE ELECTRIC:— 


Hand or Breast Drills 
Heavy Duty Drills 
Scotch Radial Drills 
Coal Drills 

Bench Drilling Stands 
Tool Post Grinders 


Bench Grinders 
Floor Grinders 
Internal Grinders 
Angle Plate Grinders 
Hand or Aerial Grinders 
Buffers and Polishing 
Lathes 


297 


March, 1922 








Jas. Clark, Jr., Electric Co., Inc. 

520 MAIN STREET 

LOUISVILLE, KY. 

OFFICERS 

JAS. CLARK, JR. . PRESIDENT AND TREASURER 
W. S. CLARK . . SECRETARY AND ASST. TREAS. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Portable Drills, A.C. & D.C 

Center Grinders, “ “ 

Buffers and Bench Grinders, “ 


“CLARK'S” AUTOMATIC 



Floor Grinders, A.C. & D.C. 

Sensitive Drills, “ “ 

Locomotive Turntable Motors, *' ** 

Alternating and Direct Current Motors, 

Alternating and Direct Current Dynamos. 

All tools electrically driven 


398 


March, 1922 













The Cleveland Electric Motor Co. 

5213 Windsor Ave., 

CLEVELAND, OHIO 


H. B. BOLE. 

CLINTON DeWITT 
C. S. DANGLER.... 
L. P. ORR. 


OFFICERS 

.President 

.Secretary 

.Vice-President 

....Treasurer and General Manager 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Polyphase motors ^ H.P. to 75 H.P., in follow¬ 
ing types. 40 and 50 degree ratings: 

Sleeve and Ball Bearing horizontal squirrel cage 
general service motors. 

Sleeve and Ball Bearing horizontal slip ring gen¬ 
eral service motors. 

Ball Bearing Vertical squirrel cage motors. 

Ball Bearing Vertical slip ring motors. 

Back geared horizontal squirrel cage motors. 

Back geared horizontal slip ring motors. 

High torque squirrel cage and slip ring motors for 
hoist and crane service. 

High torque squirrel cage and slip ring motors for 
elevator service. 


CLEVELAND . . 

CHICAGO . . . 
DETROIT . . . 

NEW YORK CITY 
PITTSBURGH . . 
PHILADELPHIA 
INDIANAPOLIS . 
MILWAUKEE . . 


Factory and Main Office 
1243 Monadnock Block 
1918 Ford Building 
39 Cortlandt Street 
3117-19 Penn Avenue 
1711 Chancellor Street 
Hatfield Electric Company 
573 Superior Street 


299 


March, 1922 













Condit Electrical Mfg. Co. 

Main Office and Factory 
SOUTH BOSTON, MASS. 


MANUFACTURERS OF 



Circuit Breakers 
Motor Starters 

Oil Switches and Circuit Breakers 
Relays—Safety Switches 
Switchboards 

Transformers (Current and Potential ) 
Represented in 


Akron, Ohio.323 Ohio Building 

Albany, N. Y.467 Broadway 

Baltimore, Md.1926 Edmondson Avenue 

Buffalo, N. Y.601 Elliot Square 

Charlotte, N. C.615 Commercial Building 

Chicago, Ill.19 South Wells Street 

Cincinnati, Ohio.1310 Union Trust Building 

Cleveland, Ohio.407 Park Building 

Dallas, Texas.911 Insurance Building 

Denver, Colorado.202 Denham Building 

Des Moines, Iowa. 602 Hubbell Building 

Detroit, Mich.805 Ford Building 

Little Rock, Ark.339 Gazette Building 

Los Angeles, Cal.308 East Third Street 

Minneapolis, Minn.802 Plymouth Building 

New Orleans, La.515 S. Peters Street 

New York, N. Y.105 West 40th Street 

Philadelphia, Pa.112 South 16th Street 

Pittsburgh, Pa.609 Chamber of Commerce Bldg. 

Rochester, N. Y.Chamber of Commerce Building 

St. Louis, Mo.1103 La Salle Building 

San Francisco, Cal.583 Howard Street 

Seattle, Wash.552 First Avenue, South 

Syracuse, N. Y.614 City Bank Building 

Toledo, Ohio.Valentine Building 

Youngstown, Ohio.9 Wick Avenue 

Export.105 West 40th St., New York, N. Y. 

NORTHERN ELECTRIC COMPANY, LTD. 

Sole Distributor for the Dominion of Canada 
Montreal . Halifax Ottawa Toronto \Vinnipeg 

Regina Calgary Vancouver London 


300 


March. 1922 































Crocker-Wheeler Company 


AMPERE, NEW JERSEY. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

ALTERNATING CURRENT : 

Generators 
Synchronous Motors 
Induction Motors 
Squirrel Cage and Slip Ring 
Fractional Horsepower Motors 

DIRECT CURRENT: 

Generators 

Constant and Adjustable Speed Motors 

Mill Type Motors 

Fractional Horsepower Motors 


MOTOR GENERATOR SETS 


BRANCH OFFICES 


BOSTON 


BUFFALO 


NEW HAVEN 
NEW YORK 
NEWARK 


PHILADELPHIA 

BALTIMORE 


PITTSBURGH 

CLEVELAND 

BIRMINGHAM 

CHICAGO 


SAN FRANCISCO 


301 


March, 1922 




The Cutler-Hammer Mfg. Co. 

MILWAUKEE, WIS, 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Motor Starting and Control Apparatus 

Compensators 

Field Rheostats 

Theatre Dimmers 

Float Switches 

Pressure and Vacuum Regulators 
Machine Tool Controllers 
Printing Press Controllers and Equipment 
Battery Charging Equipment 
Lifting Magnets 

Magnetic Clutches and Clutch Brakes 
Electric Brakes 
Magnetic Separator Pulleys 
Switches, Sockets and Wiring Devices 
Industrial Heating Appliances 
Molded Products 

Electrically Operated Gas Meters and Calorimeters 
C-H Gear Shift for Automobiles 

BRANCH OFFICES 


NEW YORK ..... 50 Church Street 

BOSTON.Harvey Building 

PHILADELPHIA .... Commonwealth Building 
CINCINNATI ..... Dixie Terminal Building 
CHICAGO ...... 323 No. Michigan Avenue 

PITTSBURGH.Farmers’ Bank Building 

CLEVELAND .Guardian Building 

DETROIT .Kresge Building 

ST. LOUIS.Railway Exchange Building 


SELLING AGENTS 
H. B. SQUIRES COMPANY, 

San Francisco, 583 Howard Street 
Los Angeles, 308 East 3rd Street 
Seattle, 552 First Avenue, South 
GENERAL MACHINERY COMPANY, 

Birmingham, Brown-Marx Building 
H. L. VAUGHAN, 

Denver, 536-538 U. S. National Bank Building 
L. BRANDENBURGER, 

Salt Lake City, 59 West Broadway 
NORTHERN ELECTRIC COMPANY, LTD., 

Regina, 6th and Osier Street Montreal, 121 Shearer Street 
Vancouver, 313 Water Street Toronto, 131 Simcoe Street 
IGRANIC ELECTRIC CO., LTD., 

London, England Bedford, England 


303 


March, 1922 












The Dayton Fan & Motor Co. 

Main Office and Factory 
DAYTON, OHIO. 


OFFICERS 


Maurice D. Larkin.President 

Ernest Boehme .Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Desk Fans — A. C. and D. C. 

Ceiling Fans — A. C. and D. C. 

Fraction H. P. Motors — A. C. and D. C. 
Repulsion Induction Motors. 

Special small motor applications. 


303 


March, 1922 









ELIZABETH, N. J. 


OFFICERS 

HJALMAR.HERTZ President 

F. A. PARK Vice-President 

C. H. MORRELL Secretary and Assistant Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Power Apparatus, including Motors, 
Generators , Dynamometers, Automobile Motors, Adjust¬ 
able Speed Motors and many classes of Special D. C. 
Apparatus . 

Alternating Current Poly Phase Induction Motors up 
to 50 H. P. 

Direct and Alternating Current Desk and Ceiling 
Fans and Exhaust Wheels , 

Interchangeable Direct and Alternating Current Frac¬ 
tional Horse Power Motors. 


BRANCH OFFICES 


NEW YORK . 
PHILADELPHIA 
CHICAGO 
BOSTON 


149 Broadway 

1305 Race Street 

1017 W. Jackson Boulevard 

56§ Atlantic Avenue 


304 


March, 1922 











The Domestic Electric Company 

CLEVELAND 


OFFICERS: 

CARL A. DUFFNER . President 

M. H. SPIELMAN . Vice-Pres. 

A. N. KELLOGG . Sec. & Treas. 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

Fractional Horse-Power Motors 


c E>ome5tlc Electric 
IRotar^ 


305 


March. 1922 







LAFAYETTE, IND. 


OFFICERS: 

Thomas Duncan .President 

C. L. Ricketts . Vice-President 

Fred Holmes .Secretary 

Geo. L. Cragg .Treasurer 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED: 

For Direct Currents: 

House Type Watthour Meters 
Switchboard Watthour Meters 
Portable Test Watthour Meters 

For Alternating Currents, (Single and Polyphase); 

House Type Watthour Meters 
Switchboard Watthour Meters 
Portable Test Watthour Meters 

AND 

TRANSFORMERS 


306 


March, 1922 









BELLEVILLE, N. J. 


OFFICERS: 

A. BOURGEOIS .President 

W. J. WALLACE.Vice-President and Treasurer 

C. H. KRUEGER.Secretary 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Alternating Current, Polyphase Induction Motors — 
to 30 horse power. 

Direct Current Motors of all types, 1-32 to 40 H P. 

Direct Current Dynamos 

Motor Generators 

Dynamotors 

Rotary Converters 

Alternating Current Generators , 1-10 to 30 K.V.A. 
Direct and Alternating Current Fans, Desk and Oscillat¬ 
ing type 

Direct Current Exhaust Fans 

BRANCH OFFICE 

NEW YORK CITY.14» Church St. 


307 


March, 1922 







Edison Storage Battery Co. 

Factory and Main Office: Orange, N. J. 


MANUFACTURERS OF 

EDISON STORAGE BATTERIES 

for 

Industrial Trucks and Tractors, Lumber Carriers, 
Industrial and Mine Locomotives, Electric Com¬ 
mercial Street Trucks, Edison Electric Safety 
Mine Lamps, Meter Testing, Time Clock and Fire 
Alarm Systems, House Lighting, Emergency 
Power for Lighting and Wireless on Shipboard, 
Gasoline Truck Lighting, Railway Car Lighting 
and Signaling, Storage Battery Railway Cars, A 
and B Batteries for Amateur Radio, etc. 


SALES OFFICES 

New York Boston Chicago Seattle 

Cleveland Detroit Clrleans St ' Louis 

San Francisco Los Angeles Atlanta 

Washington Philadelphia Pittsburgh Montreal 

Export Division—26 W. Broadway 
New York City 


308 


March, 1922 






lonment 



& Machine Company 

PHILADELPHIA 


OFFICERS 

H. P. Liversidge..President 

W. E. Long.Treasurer 

H. B. Austin. Manager 

The 

‘ k F ranklin Line 

OF 

Generating Station 

bus supports Equipment 

Pot Heads # A 

Disconnecting Switches 
Compartment Doors 
Air Pressure Relays 
Instrument Cut-Out Switches 
Cleat Insulators Lugs Clamps 
Electric Irons _ 

SALES AGENTS 

EASTERN STATES CENTRAL STATES 

Utility Products Corporation Midstates Engineering Co., 
50 Church Street Marquette Building, 

New York City Chicago, Ill. 

PACIFIC STATES 
C. H. Pennoyer, 

216 Rialto Bldg., 

San Francisco, Cal. 


309 


March, 1922 








The Electric Controller & Mfg. Co. 

CLEVELAND, OHIO 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Controllers for Electric Motors 
Lifting Magnets 
Magnetic Brahes 


BRANCH OFFICES 


NEW YORK . 

. 50 Church Street 

CHICAGO . 

. Monadnock Block 

PITTSBURGH . 

. Oliver Building 

BIRMINGHAM . 

. Brown-Mars Building 

DENVER 

• Ideal Building 

TORONTO . 

. Traders Bank Building 

r 



310 


March, 1922 





The Electric Products Company 

1745 Clarkstone Road 
CLEVELAND, OHIO 


OFFICERS 


MAXWELL R. BERRY.President 

E. H. BRIDGE. Vice-President 

MAXWELL R. BERRY. Treasurer 

T. J. WILLIAMS.Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Motor-Generators for Battery Charging. 
Rheostats for Battery Charging. 

Direct Current Vehicle Motors. 

D. C. and A. C. Power Switchboards. 
Grid Resistors. 


BRANCH OFFICES 

NEW YORK .... 30 Church Street 

PITTSBURGH ... 518 State Bldg. 


311 


March, 1922 











Electric Service Supplies Co. 

Manufacturer of 

ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLIES 


PHILADELPHIA NEW YORK CHICAGO 

17th and Cambria Sts. 50 Church St. Monadnock Bldg. 

OFFICERS 

C. J. MAYER, President.Philadelphia, Pa. 

J* W. PORTER, First Vice-President.Chicago, Ill. 

H. A. ENGLUND, Vice-Pres. and Treas..Philadelphia, Pa. 
H. G. LEWIS, Vice-Pres. and Sales Mgr.. Philadelphia, Pa. 

MAX A. BERG, Secretary.....Chicago, Ill. 

J. R. McFARLIN, Elec. Eng..Philadelphia, Pa. 

L. A. DARLING, Mechanical Engineer...Philadelphia, Pa. 
G. W. COX, Assistant Sales Manager.Philadelphia, Pa. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Keystone Truss Pins 
Keystone Triangle Arms 
Never-Creep Anchors 
Locke Insulators 
Segur Coil Winding Tools 
Peerless Armature Tools 
Gaston-Daniels Lightning Arresters 
Garton-Daniels Lightning Arresters 
Expulsion Type Lightning Arresters 


BRANCH OFFICES: 

Boston Scranton Pittsburgh 

CANADIAN DISTRIBUTORS: 

Lyman Tube & Supply Co., Ltd., 
Montreal Toronto Winnipeg Vancouver 


312 


March, 1922 









The Electric Storage Battery!! o. 

Oldest and Largest Manufacturers in the World of 
Storage Batteries for Evefry Purpose 

PHILADELPHIA 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 



IRONCLAD 


BATTERY 


The battery with the qualities that count in storage 
battery locomotive service :— 

RESERVE POWER 
SUSTAINED ENERGY 
RUGGEDNESS 
LOW TON COST 


Write for Free Booklet, “Facts.” 


313 


March, 1922 






Electro-Dynamic Company 

BAYONNE, N. J. 


OFFICERS 

HENRY R. CARSE.President 

HENRY R. SUTPHEN .... Vice-President 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED. 


ALTERNATING 

CURRENT 

Squirrel Cage Induction 
Motors 

High T orque Squirrel 
Cage Induction Motors 

Constant Speed Slip 
Ring Induction Motors 

Variable Speed Slip Ring 
Induction Motors 

Motors for Cranes and 
Hoists 

Back Geared Induction 
Motors 

Vertical Induction Mo¬ 
tors 


DIRECT CURRENT 

Interpole Motors 
Interpole Generators 
Motor Generator Sets 
Constant Speed Motors 
Variable Speed Motors 
Elevator Motors 
Crane Motors 
Machine Tool Motors 
Submarine Motors 
Mill Type Motors 
Car Lighting Equipment 


SALES OFFICES 


PHILADELPHIA . 

CHICAGO.. 

PITTSBURGH ... 

NEW YORK. 

WILKES-BARRE, PA... 

ALLENTOWN, PA. 

DETROIT, MICH. 

CLEVELAND, OHIO... 

BALTIMORE, MD. 

BOSTON, MASS. 

CINCINNATI, OHIO... 
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN 

ST. LOUIS, MO. 

WASHINGTON, D. C... 


.Bulletin Bldg. 

.People’s Gas Bldg. 

.Oliver Bldg. 

.11 Pine St. 

.Second National Bank Bldg. 

.Hunsicker Bldg. 

... 133 General Motors Bldg 

.Hippodrome Bldg. 

.321 Title Bldg. 

.136 Federal St. 

. . .2611 Union Central Bldg. 
1124 Metropolitan Life Bldg. 
.. 1445 Syndicate Trust Bldg. 
.806 12th St., N. W. 


314 


March, 1922 


















Main Office and Factory 
19th and 52nd Ave., 

CICERO, ILL. 

(Adjoining Chicago) 

Apparatus Manufactured 

HAMMERS—Portable Electric 

For drilling concrete, stone and brick, channeling, chip¬ 
ping, trenching, wrecking, etc. 

Equipped with D. C. or Universal Motors in five sizes. 

DRILLS—Portable Electric 

For drilling metals and wood. 

Various sizes and voltages. 

Equipped with Universal or D. C. Motors. 

GRINDERS—Tool Post 

For precision external and internal grinding. 

Various sizes. 

TIE TAMPERS 

For tamping railroad ties. 

Branches in Principal Cities. 


315 


March, 1922 




General Electric Company 

GENERAL OFFICE 


SCHENECTADY. N. Y. 

Some of the Apparatus Manufactured 
Curtis Steam Turbines, Generators, Converters 
and Rectifiers, Switchboards, Circuit Breakers, Elec¬ 
trical Instruments , Transformers, Lightning Ar¬ 
resters, Voltage Regulators, Flow Meters, Locomo¬ 
tives and Railway Line Material, Wiring Supplies, 
Battery Charging Equipment, Arc Welding Equip¬ 
ment, Motors and Control Equipment, Lighting 
Equipment, Industrial Heating Equipment. 


BRANCH OFFICES 


AKRON, OHIO 
ATLANTA, GA. 
BALTIMORE, MD. 
BIRMINGHAM, ALA. 
BLUEFIELD, W. VA. 
BOSTON, MASS. 
BUFFALO, N. Y. 
BUTTE, MONT. 
CHARLESTON, W. VA. 
CHARLOTTE, N. C. 
CHATTANOOGA, TENN 
CHICAGO, ILL. 
CINCINNATI, OHIO 
CLEVELAND, OHIO 
COLUMBUS, OHIO 
♦DALLAS. TEXAS 
DAYTON, OHIO 
DENVER, COLO. 

DES MOINES. IOWA 
DETROIT, MICH. 
DULUTH, MINN. 
ELMIRA, N. Y. 

♦EL PASO, TEXAS 
ERIE, PA. 

FORT WAYNE, IND. 
GRAND RAPIDS. MICH. 
HARTFORD, CONN. 
♦HOUSTON, TEXAS 
INDIANAPOLIS, IND. 
JACKSONVILLE, FLA. 
JACKSON, MICH. 
JOPLIN, MO. 

KANSAS CITY, MO. 
KNOXVILLE, TENN. 
LITTLE ROCK, ARK. 


LOS ANGELES, CAL. 
LOUISVILLE, KY. 
MEMPHIS, TENN. 
MILWAUKEE, WIS. 
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. 
NASHVILLE, TENN. 

NEW HAVEN, CONN. 
NEW ORLEANS, LA. 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 
NEWARK, N. J. 

NIAGARA FALLS, N. Y. 
♦OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. 
OMAHA, NEB. 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 
♦PHOENIX, ARIZ. 
PITTSBURG, PA. 
PORTLAND, ORE. 
PROVIDENCE, R. I. 
RICHMOND, VA. 
ROCHESTER, N. Y. 

ST. LOUIS, MO. 

SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 
SAN FRANCISCO. CAL. 
SCHENECTADY, N. Y. 
SEATTLE, WASH. 
SPOKANE, WASH. 
SPRINGFIELD, MASS. 
SYRACUSE, N. Y. 
TACOMA, WASH. 

TERRE HAUTE, IND. 
TOLEDO, OHIO 
TRENTON, N. J. 
YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 
WORCESTER, MASS. 


*Southwest General Electric Company. 

For Business Outside of the United States- 

i™ n B rna ^ 10nal *? ener „ al Electric Company, Inc., 
120 Broadway, New York. Schenectady, N. Y 


316 


March, 1922 




The Glow Electric Company 

CINCINNATI, OHIO. 

Alex. Glowicki .President 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Portable Electric Drills 

Ball Bearing Bench Grinders 

Ball Bearing Floor Grinders 

Ball Bearing Bench Buffers or Polishing Lathes 

Ball Bearing Floor Buffers or Polishing Lathes 


Represented in All Principal Cities. 


317 


March, 1922 








CHICAGO, ILL. 


OFFICERS 

FRANK S. WASHBURN.President 

CHAS. H. STRAWBRIDGE....Vice-President 
CHAS. A. PRATT.Vice-President 


FRED H. JOHNSTON. .Secretary & Treasurer 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Electric Coal Cutting Machinery 
Electric Locomotives 

BRANCH OFFICES 

NEW YORK CITY .... 

PITTSBURGH, PA. ... 

CINCINNATI, OHIO . . . 

CHARLESTON, W. VA. . . 

ST. LOUIS, MO. 

DENVER, COL. 

BIRMINGHAM, ALA. . . . 


511 Fifth Avenue 
Farmers Bank Bldg. 
Union Trust Bldg. 
Union Building 
Boatmen’s Bank Bldg. 
Boston Bldg. 
Brown-Marx Bldg. 


318 


March, 1922 







Gould Storage Battery Company 

30 east 42nd Street 
NEW YORK CITY 


319 


March, 1922 







The Hisey Wolf Machine Company 


Colerain and Marshall Aves. 
CINCINNATI, OHIO. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED. 


Bench and Floor 
Grinders. Made 
in y 2 , 1, 2, 3, 5 
and 10 H.P. 
sizes. 


Also manufacturers of Portable Electric Bench 
and Floor Buffing Lathes, Surface Grinders, Angle 
Plate Grinders, Screw Driver, Scotch Radial Drills , 
Heavy Duty Drills and Reamers. 


Portable Electric 
Tool Post Grind- 
ers, 54 and y 2 
H.P. size, with 
and without 
Slide Adjust¬ 
ment. 

Portable Electric 
Drills for Direct 
Current, Alter¬ 
nating Current, 
also Universal 
motor machines 
for operation on 
Direct Current 
and Alternating 
Current. 


a 


March, 1922 

















The Hoitzer-Cabot Electric Co. 

ROXBURY, BOSTON, MASS. 


OFFICERS 


C. W. HOLTZER.President 

EDWIN R. HARDING .... Vice-President 
W. S. KEMP .... Secretary and Treasurer 

T. W. NESS.General Manager 

W. E. HASELTINE . Ass’t General Manager 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Fractional horse-power Direct Current Motors; 
Fractional horse-power single- and Poly-phase Alter¬ 
nating Current Motors; Direct Current Motors to 30 
H. P.; Direct Current Generators to 20 K. W.; Poly¬ 
phase Alternating Current Motors, 1 to 30 H. P.; 
Motor Generators; Dynamotors; Reversed Rotaries; 
Plating Dynamos; Buffing and Grinding Motors; 
Dental and Jewelers' Lathe Motors; Gas Engine 
Generating Units; Multicycle Motor Generator Sets; 
Alternating Current Magnetos; Magneto Tachom¬ 
eters; Wireless Motor Generators. 


BRANCH OFFICES 


CHICAGO. 

BALTIMORE- 

PHILADELPHIA 

NEW YORK. 

DETROIT. 

MINNEAPOLIS.. 


.6161 South State Street. 
1104 Union Trust Bldg. 

.112 So. 16th St. 

.101 Park Avenue 

.952 Book Bldg. 

Metropolitan Life Bldg. 


321 


March, 1922 










Howell Electric Motors Company 

HOWELL, MICHIGAN 


OFFICERS 


H. N. SPENCER 
r. b. McPherson 

W. M. SPENCER 
C. F. NORTON 


President 
Vice-President 
Secretary and Treasurer 
Sales Manager 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

POLYPHASE MOTORS 
EXCLUSIVELY 

i to IOO H. P.—All Types. 


SALES AGENCIES : 


NEW YORK 

CHICAGO 

PHILADELPHIA 

DETROIT 

CLEVELAND 

ST. LOUIS 

BUFFALO 

MINNEAPOLIS 


DALLAS 
GRAND RAPIDS 
SAGINAW 
SEATTLE 
MILWAUKEE 
SAN FRANCISCO 
LOS ANGELES 


322 


March, 1922 







SsIderl Electric 

& MMvufeLctvnia^ Co., Mansfield, Ohio 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 


ALTERNATING 

CURRENT 

Engine Type Alternators 
'Belted Alternators 
Squirrel Cage Motors 
Slip %ing Motors 
Elevator Motors 
Hoist Motors 
Pump Motors 
Motor-Generators 
Synchronous Motors 


DIRECT CURRENT 
Engine Type Generators 
‘Belted Generators 
3 Wire Belted Generators 
Low Voltage Generators 
3 Wire Balancer Sets 
Constant & Variable Speed 
Interpole Motors 
Elevator Motors 
Hoist Motors 
Pump Motors 



Milwaukee, Wis. 
Cleveland, Ohio 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Boston, Mass. 
Chicago, Ill. 


DISTRICT OFFICES 

New York City 
Minneapolis, Minn. 
St. Louis, Mo. 
Kansas City, Mo. 
Detroit, Mich. 

Pittsburgh, Pa. 


Chattanooga, Tenn, 
Charlotte, N. C. 
Canton, Ohio 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

Los Angeles, Cal. 
New Orleans, La. 
Montreal, Canada 


AGENTS 

San Francisco, Cal. 
Raleigh, N. C. 
Denver, Colo. 
Baltimore, Md. 
Cincinnati, Ohio 
Toronto, Canada 
Shanghai, China 

Wellington, N. Z. 


323 


March, 1922 








The Imperial Electric Company 

AKRON, OHIO. 


OFFICERS 


JOHN HEARTY 
KYLE ROSS 
J. A. W. SEIFERT 
C. S. McQUEENEY 
GUY S. WORTLEY 


President 
Vice-President 
. . Treasurer 

. . Secretary 

General & Sales Manager 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 


ALTERNATING 

CURRENT 

Squirrel Cage Motors 
Slip Ring Motors 
Motor Generator Sets 


DIRECT CURRENT 

Standard Interpoled Mo¬ 
tors 

Adjustable Speed Inter¬ 
pole Motors 

Standard Voltage Gen¬ 
erators 

Low Voltage Generators 


Polyphase Motors are built in sizes from HP 
to 100 HP in all voltages and cycles. Direct Cur¬ 
rent Machines are built in ratings from HP to 
75 HP in all voltages. 

This equipment is built for all classes of service. 

BRANCH OFFICES: 


CHICAGO. 

NEW YORK. 

PITTSBURGH... 

COLUMBUS.. 

CINCINNATI.... 
PHILADELPHIA 
BOSTON. 


.130 North Wells Street 

.253 Broadway 

.210 Second Avenue, South 
311 Citizens Bank Building 

.138 West 3rd Street 

.The Bourse 

.164 Federal Street 


324 


March, 1922 












MILWAUKEE, WIS. 


OFFICERS 


C. G. WELCH 
F. W. MAGIN 
H. L. VAN VALKENBURG 


PRESIDENT 

SECRETARY AND GEN. MGR. 

Treas. and chief Engineer 



APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

A. C. AND D. C. ELECTRIC CONTROL 


BRANCHES 


NEW YORK 
CHICAGO 
DETROIT 
PHILADELPHIA 


CINCINNATI 

CLEVELAND 

MINNEAPOLIS 

BUFFALO 


MAIN OFFICE: MILWAUKEE, WIS. 


325 


March, 1922 




The Ironton Engine Company 

IRONTON, OHIO. 


OFFICERS 


E. 

B. 

HETZEL 

. 

President 

A. 

H. 

MITTENDORF 

# 

Vice-President 

E. 

H. 

ALLFREE 


Sec’y and Gen. Mgr. 

E. 

O. 

MARTING 


Treasurer 


PRODUCT 

Storage Battery Locomotives. 

Combination Storage Battery and Trolley Loco¬ 
motives. 

Motor Generator and Rheostat Switchboards. 


BRANCH OFFICES 

PITTSBURGH.561 Union Arcade Bldg. 

PHILADELPHIA. 511 Widener Bldg. 

CHICAGO.Caxton Bldg., 508 So. Dearborn St. 

DENVER.570 Gas and Electric Bldg. 

COLUMBUS, OHIO...409 Weber Road 

LOUISVILLE, KY.1110 Starks Bldg. 

HUNTINGTON, W. VA.1016 Robson-Prichard Bldg. 

BIRMINGHAM, ALA.1308 American Trust Bldg. 

SEATTLE WASH.808 Post St. 


326 


March, 1922 















Jantz & Leist Electric Co. 


Western Avenue and York Street 
CINCINNATI, O., U. S. A. 



APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct current electrolytic generators. 2 to 8 volts, 
from 200 amperes up to 12,000 amperes, belted tppe, 
direct current motor driven and alternating current 
motor driven, all on one base. 

Standard type, direct current motors, from 1 HP., 
at 450 R.P.M ., up to 100 HP., standard voltages. 

Direct current, adjustable speed motors, 1 HP., 
at 200 R.P.M. adjustable to 800 R.P.M., up to 60 
HP, at 400 R.P.M., adjustable to 1200 R.P.M. 

Direct current, constant speed motors suitable for 
direct connecting to compressors or pumps, 1150 or 
1750 R.P.M., in sizes to_ 60 H.P., standard voltages. 

Also engine type, direct current generators, 25 
K.W., at 300 R.P.M., to 300 K.W. at 150 R.P.M. 

MAIN OFFICE AND WORKS 
CINCINNATI, O. 


327 


March, 1922 




The Jeffrey Manufacturing Co. 


COLUMBUS, OHIO 


OFFICERS 

J. A. JEFFREY .... 
R. H. JEFFREY .... 
SANFORD B. BELDEN 
J. W. JEFFREY .... 
C. W. MILLER .... 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct- and Alternating-Current Coal-Mining Machines, 
Electric Locomotives, Electric Coal Drills, Electric-driven 
Mine Fans. 


PRESIDENT 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

SECRETARY 


328 


March. 1922 






Kimble Electric Company 

634-646 N. WESTERN AVENUE 

CHICAGO, ILL. 



OFFICERS 

PERKINS B. BASS.President 

JOHN D. NIES ..... Vice-President 
JAMES K. BASS . . . Treas. and Gen. Mgr. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Single phase, commutator alternating current 
motors, to 5 hp., and complete control equipment 
for printing machinery. Also control equipment for 
other industrial variable speed drives. 

Single phase, commutator alternating current 
motors, l /i to 5 hp., of special design for high torque 
intermittent or continuous duty, reversing and non¬ 
reversing service. 

Single phase, reversible, variable speed exhaust 
fans from 18 " to 36 " diameter. 

Polyphase constant and variable speed exhaust 
fans, 18 " to 42 " diameter. 

Single phase and polyphase blower equipments. 

Polyphase squirrel-cage and slip-ring motors from 
Vshp. to 7 l / 2 hp. 

Polyphase ball-bearing grinders. 


DISTRICT REPRESENTATIVES, 


Albany 

Baltimore 

Buffalo 

Cincinnati 

Cleveland 

Columbus 

Denver 

Detroit 

Indianapolis 


Los Angeles 

Louisville 

Milwaukee 

New York 

Omaha 

Philadelphia 

Pittsburgh 

Richmond 

Rochester 


Scranton 

Seattle 

St. Louis 

St. Paul 

Syracuse 

Toledo 

Toronto 

Washington 

Winnipeg 


329 


March, 1922 







Kuhlman Electric Company 

BAY CITY, MICH. 


OFFICERS 

J. C. HEWITT.President 

J. T. KUHLMAN.Vice-President 

J. A. JOHNSON.Secretary-Treasurer 

P. E. JOHNSON.Sales Manager 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

TRANSFORMERS 

Single-Phase and Three-Phase for Any and All 
Purposes 


DISTRICT OFFICES: 


BUFFALO.280 Carolina Street 

PHILADELPHIA.1500 W. Montgomery Ave. 

CLEVELAND.511 Hippodrome Bldg. 

MINNEAPOLIS.917-A Marquette Ave. 

ST. LOUIS.Federal Reserve Bank Bldg. 

LOS ANGELES.406 American Bank Bldg. 

MILWAUKEE.453 E. Water St. 

MADISON, WIS.P. O. Box 404 

DETROIT.519 Free Press Bldg. 

DISTRIBUTORS: 

PITTSBURGH.Duquesne Electric & Mfg. Co. 

SAN FRANCISCO.C. F. Henderson, Call Bldg. 

CHICAGO. .Electrical Material Co., 618 W. Jackson Bl. 

DULUTH.Duluth Electrical Supplies Co. 

CHARLOTTE.. O. F. Asbury, Commercial Bank Bdlg. 


330 


March, 1922 



























The Lincoln Electric Company 

EAST 38TH STREET AND KELLEY AVENUE 

CLEVELAND, O. 


OFFICERS 


J. C. LINCOLN ... 
J. F. LINCOLN.... 
J. W. MERIAM.... 
J. C. LINCOLN.... 

.President 

APPARATUS 

MANUFACTURED 

Polyphase Alternating Current Motors , K H. P. 
to 500 H. P. 

Electric Arc Welders for all purposes. 

BRANCH OFFICES 

CLEVELAND, O. 

CHICAGO, ILL. 

DETROIT, MICH. 

COLUMBUS, O . 

BUFFALO, N. Y . 

PHILADELPHIA, PA.. 
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN 

CINCINNATI, O. 

PITTSBURGH, PA . 

BOSTON, MASS. 

NEW YORK, N. Y. 

.1257 Monadnock Building 

.Builders Exchange Bldg. 

.105 W. 40th St. 


331 


March, 1922 



















Louisville Electric Mfg. Co. 

INCORPORATED 

LOUISVILLE, KY. 


Manufacturers of 

“PIONEER” ROYAL BLUE SEAL 
PRODUCTS. 


OFFICERS: 

Charles E. Willey.President 

James F. Willey.Vice-President 

Jno. B. McFerran, Jr_Secretary and Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Portable Electric Drills Sensitive Drills 
Bench Grinders Hack Saws 

Floor Grinders Auto Tire Grinder and 

Center Grinders Buffer 

Garage Special 


SALES REPRESENTATIVES: 

NEW YORK.150 Nassau St. 

CHICAGO, ILL.23-25 S. Jefferson St. 

SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.1240 Mission St. 

DALLAS, TEXAS...715 Trust Bldg. 

CLEVELAND, 0.342 Engineers Bldg. 

INDIANAPOLIS, IND......3409 College Ave. 

WASHINGTON, D. C.303 Evening Star Bldg. 

TOLEDO, O.Wabash Ave. 

DETROIT, MICH.... (G. H. Mourning, Jr.) Butler Hotel 

PITTSBURGH, PA....631 Fulton Bldg. 

BOSTON, MASS... 168 Dartmouth St. 

SEATTLE, WASH...Colman Bldg. 

PHILADELPHIA, PA. 

JACKSONVILLE, FLA. 

ORLANDO, FLA. 

FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES: 

Mexico Cuba Japan Manchuria 


332 


March, 1922 


















Marble-Card Electric Company 

GLADSTONE, MICH. 


OFFICERS 

W. L. MARBLE.President 

F. H. VAN CLEVE .... Vice-President 

JOHN F. CARD .Manager 

J. T. JONES.Sec’y and Treas. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Machinery Only for A11 Standard 
Voltages. 


Standard Motors 
Vertical Motors 
Variable Speed Motors 
Back Geared Motors 
Crane Motors 
Elevator Motors 
Special Motors of All 
Kinds 


Standard Generators 
Direct Connected Gen¬ 
erators 

3 Wire Belted Generators 
Farm Lighting Generators 
Moving Picture Gener¬ 
ators 

Special Generators of All 
Kinds. 


Agencies in Principal Cities. 


333 


March. 1922 




The Mechanical Appliance Co. 

“WATSON MOTORS” 

133 Stewart Street 
MILWAUKEE, WIS. 

OFFICERS 

LOUIS ALLIS.President 

EDW. P. ALLIS.. .Vice-President 

O. F. PIHL, JR.Secretary and Treasurer 

J. M. BARR.General Manager 

E. G. RICKER.Assistant Secretary 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

DIRECT CURRENT 

Constant Speed Motors Vertical Ball Bearing 
Variable Speed Motors Motors 

Crane and Hoist Motors Horizontal Ball Bearing 
Generators Motors 

Motor-Generator Sets High Speed Motors 

ALTERNATING CURRENT 
Squirrel Cage Motors Multi-speed Motors 

High Torque Squirrel Vertical Ball Bearing 

Cage Motors Motors 

Crane and Hoist Motors Horizontal Ball Bearing 

Constant and Variable Motors 

Speed Slip Ring High Speed Motors 

Motors 

Also Special Electric Machinery 

BRANCH OFFICES: 

Buffalo—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 311 White Building. 
Chicago—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 28 E. Jackson Blvd. 
Cincinnati—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 605 Mercantile 
Library Bldg. 

Cleveland—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 5716 Euclid Ave. 
Detroit—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 2631 Woodward 
Ave. 

Minneapolis—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 1123 Metro¬ 
politan Life Bldg. 

Philadelphia—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 661 Drexel 
Bldg. 

Pittsburgh—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 1213 Bessemer 
Bldg. 

New York—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 409 Broadway. 
Boston—New England Appliance Co., 514 Atlantic Ave. 
Philadelphia—J. M. Brugler, 1328 Chestnut St. 

St. Louis—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 1445 Syndicate 
Trust Bldg. 

Grand Rapids—The Mechanical Appliance Co., 317 Powers 
Bldg. 

San Francisco—The Coast Equipment Co., 766 Folsom St. 
Portland—The Coast Equipment Co., Lewis Bldg. 

Seattle—The Coast Equipment Co., L. C. Smith Bldg. 

Los Angeles—The Coast Equipment Co., 514 Central Bldg. 


334 


March, 1922 











Moloney Electric Company 


MAIN OFFICES AND FACTORIES 


ST. LOUIS, U.S.A. WINDSOR, ONT 


OFFICERS 


T. O. MOLONEY .... PRESIDENT 

J. J. MULLEN .... VICE-PRESIDENT 

H. WURDACK .... SECRETARY 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

High-Tension Transformers 

Low-Tension Transformers 

Power Transformers 

Single - and Three-Phase Transformers 

Subway Transformers 

Current and Potential Transformers 

Special Transformers for any capacity, frequency or 


voltage 


OFFICES 


ATLANTA 

BUFFALO 

CHARLOTTE, N. C. 

CHICAGO 

DETROIT 

LOS ANGELES 

MINNEAPOLIS 

NEW YORK 

PHILADELPHIA 


MONTREAL 
TORONTO 
PITTSBURGH 
SAN FRANCISCO 
SALT LAKE CITY 
SEATTLE 
VANCOUVER 
WINNIPEG 


335 


March, 1922 





MAIN OFFICE AND FACTORY 

BALTIMORE, MD. 


MANUFACTURERS OF 


Automatic Starting and Controlling Apparatus for both 
Alternating and Direct Current Motors; Standard Appa¬ 
ratus to meet all ordinaly problems, and Special Apparatus 
for the unusual ones. 


BRANCH OFFICES 


NEW YORK 

CHICAGO 

BOSTON 

PHILADELPHIA 

BUFFALO 


DETROIT 
ST. LOUIS 
MINNEAPOLIS 
PITTSBURGH 
CLEVELAND 


AGENTS IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


336 



CHICAGO, 


Electric Co. 

, ILL. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Electric Mine Locomotives 
Direct and Alternating-Current 
Coal Mining Machines 


BRANCH OFFICES 

PITTSBURGH, PA.Chatfield Woods Building 

CLEVELAND, OHIO...Williamson Building 

CHARLESTON, W. VA.109-111 Dunbar Street 


337 


March, 1922 









The Neil <H Smith Electric Tool Co. 

813-815 Broadway, 

CINCINNATI, OHIO. 

OFFICERS 

JOHN W. NEIL.President 

GEO. P. JUNG .... Sec’y and Treas. 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

PORTABLE ELECTRIC: 

J Center Tool Post 

Universal Extension 

Heavy Duty Internal 

Surface Aerial 

Roll Bench 

mn?T?Tn?c • i Aerial Extension 
BUFFERS. ] Bench 

DRILLS. ( C "*£ 

Reamers, Augers: j pi exib i e shaft 

SCREW DRIVERS —To Set Up Screws, Nuts, 
Bolts and Lag Screws . 

PORTABLE FLEXIBLE SHAFT SCREW 
DRIVERS. 

PORTABLE DIRECT CONNECTED 
CICRCULAR SAWS 


338 


March. 1922 



Northwestern Mfg. Company 

480-82 CLINTON ST. 

MILWAUKEE, WIS. 



OFFICERS : 

WILLIAM STARK SMITH.President 

JOHN F. HARPER.Vice-President 

FREDERICK W. ELLS.Secretary 

WM. STARK SMITH.Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Motors and Generators 
Polyphase Alternating Current Motors and Gen¬ 
erators 

Coke Oven Pressure Regulators 
Special Electrical Machinery 
Boiler Draft Control 


BRANCH OFFICES 

CHICAGO.30 No. Michigan Blvd. 

PHILADELPHIA...208 Fuller Bldg. 

NEW YORK.145 W. 18th St. 

DETROIT..715 Dime Bank Bldg. 

GRAND RAPIDS.637 Michigan Trust Bldg. 

NEW ORLEANS.721 Whitney Central Bldg. 


339 


March, 1922 
















The Ohio Electric & Controller Co. 

5900 Maurice Avenue 
CLEVELAND, OHIO 


OFFICERS 

F. W. Jessop.President 

A. D. Walter.Vice-President 

Clement Whittier.Secretary and Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

OHIO Lifting Magnets 

OHIO Fractional Horsepower Motors 


340 


March, 1922 









Otis Elevators 

Made in all types and standard sizes for every 
practicable duty. 

FREIGHT AND PASSENGER ELEVATORS 

Otis Geared Electric Traction Elevators. 

Otis 1:1 and 2:1 Gearless Electric Traction Ele¬ 
vators. 

Otis Micro-Drive (Self-Leveling) Elevators. 

Otis Push Button Controlled Electric Elevators. 

Otis Elevators combine the advantages of correct 
and accurate design, superior control, long life and 
positive safety. 


OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY 
260 Eleventh Avenue 
New York 

Offices in all Principal Cities of the World. 


T 


341 


March, 1922 






Warren, Ohio 


Officers 

N. A. WOLCOTT, Pres. 

R. E. GORTON, Vice-Pres. and Sec. 

N. A. WOLCOTT, Treas. 


Apparatus Manufactured 

TRANSFORMERS 

Every Type and Size 
For Every Purpose. 


AUTOMOTIVE CABLES 

Ignition — Lighting —S' tarting—Battery Charging 
A Standard Style for Every Automative 
Requirement 



DISTRICT OFFICES 


NEW YORK.Printing Crafts Bldg. 

CHICAGO.431 So. Dearborn St. 

DETROIT.David Whitney Bldg. 

BUFFALO.502 Marine Trust Bldg. 


REPRESENTATIVES 


BOSTON 
PITTSBURGH 
SAN FRANCISCO 
LOS ANGELES 
BIRMINGHAM 
GRAND RAPIDS 


DETROIT 
SEATTLE 
FORT DODGE 
ST. LOUIS 
BALTIMORE 
MINNEAPOLIS 


342 


March, 1922 












The Peerless Electric Company 


WEST MARKET ST., 


WARREN, OHIO 


OFFICERS 


GEO. H. JONES.President 

W. C. WARD Vice-President, Treasurer and Gen. Mgr. 
C. R. SIEGFRIED ..... Secretary 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Motors and Generators 
Alternating Current Motors 
Motor Generators 
Rotary Converters 
Synchronous Motors 
Direct and Alternating Current Fans 


SALES OFFICES 


NEW YORK 

PHILADELPHIA 

BALTIMORE 

BOSTON 

NEW ORLEANS 

DENVER 

DALLAS 

PITTSBURGH 


TOLEDO 
CHICAGO 
ST. LOUIS 
SEATTLE 


SAN FRANCISCO 
LOS ANGELES 


CLEVELAND 


343 


March, 1922 





Ontario and C Sts., 


Philadelphia, Pa. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 



FOR MINE LOCOMOTIVES 


/GREATEST CAPACITY 
L that can pe put into 
1 a given space 

Combine < LONG LIFE 

J MODERATE PRICE 
f both Initial Investment 
\ and Operating Cost. 


344 


March, 1922 



Pittsburgh Transformer Company 

Main Office and Factory, 

PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 

Manufacturers of 

TRANSFORMERS 

All Sizes—All Voltages—All Types 

DISTRICT OFFICES 

Buffalo New York 

Chicago 


DISTRIBUTORS 


Akron 

Kansas City 

Birmingham 

Philadelphia 

Boston 

Pittsburgh 

Charlotte 

Seattle 

Cleveland 

Y oungstown 

Denver 

San Francisco 

Detroit 

St. Louis 

Cincinnati 

New Orleans 

Atlanta 

Indianapolis 

Charleston 

Salt Lake City 

Greenville 

St. Paul 

El Paso 

Lincoln 

Des Moines 

Los Angeles 


345 


March, 1922 



Railway and Industrial Engineering 
Company 

Works and Main Office 
GREENSBURG, PA. 



APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Transmission Switching and Protective Equip¬ 
ment, consisting of: 

BUS SUPPORTS 
AIR BREAK SWITCHES 
DISCONNECTING SWITCHES 
CHOKE COILS 
FUSE HOLDERS 
LIGHTNING ARRESTERS 
FARM LINE EQUIPMENT 
STEEL SUBSTATIONS 

DISTRICT OFFICES 

NEW YORK.2 Rector St. 

BOSTON.136 Federal St. 

PITTSBURGH.Standard Life Bldg. 

CINCINNATI.Greenwood Bldg. 

CHICAGO.Monadnock Bldg. 


346 


March, 1922 










1072 Ivanhoe Road 
CLEVELAND, O. 


OFFICERS 


C. L. COLLENS, 2d.President 

H. MORLEY HITCHCOCK. Vice-President 

C. V. PUTNAM.Secretary 

LAWRENCE HITCHCOCK .Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

DIRECT CURRENT MOTORS 

Adjustable Speed 

Type “AS” Armature Shifting Design 

Runs at any speed and develops a constant 
horsepower output over any range up to 1 to 
10. Smooth and gradual changes in speed are 
obtained by shifting the motor armature. 

Type “T” Inter-pole field resistance control. 
Constant Speed 

Type “T” shunt or compound wound 
Type “T” Inter-pole, shunt or compound 
pound wound 

Direct Current Generators 


ALTERNATING CURRENT INDUCTION MOTORS 
Squirrel Cage Rotor 
Wound rotor with slip rings 
High Resistance Squirrel Cage Rotor 

TRADE NAME, “RELIANCE” 


BRANCH OFFICES 


CHICAGO. 

NEW YORK. 

PHILADELPHIA 

PITTSBURGH... 

BOSTON. 

DETROIT. 

CINCINNATI.... 


_343 S. Dearborn St. 

.52 Vanderbilt Ave. 

.Pennsylvania Bldg. 

.House Bldg. 

....200 Devonshire St. 

..401 Sun Bldg. 

1700 Union Trust Bldg. 


347 


March, 1922 

















ELECTRIC COMPANY 

2650 WEST CONGRESS STREET 

CHICAGO, ILL. 


TRADE 


C. F. ZIEGLER PRESIDENT 

OLIVER D. ZIEGLER . . Vice-President 

Wm. L. LAIB .... Sec y-Treas. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Fractional H. P., A. C. Single Phase Motors, 
Utility Motors 

FLASHERS for Electric Signs 
COLOR HOODS for lamps 
Special Motor Driven Controllers 
ELECTRIC KITCHEN UNITS for the Home 
MIXERS for Hotels t Restaurants, 
Hospitals Etc. 


EASTERN OFFICE 
. 32nd. STREET. NEW YORK CITY 


848 


March, 1922 








Ridgway Dynamo 8 Engine Go. 

MAIN OFFICE AND WORKS 

RIDGWAY, PA. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

DIRECT CURRENT—Engine Type, Belted Type 
and Coupled type Generators; 2-wire and 3-wire. 

MOTOR-GENERATORS—Driven by Induction or 
Self-starting Synchronous Motors. 

ALTERNATING CURRENT—Engine Type, Belted 
type and Coupled type Alternators, in all stand¬ 
ard voltages and frequencies; Turbo-Alternat¬ 
ors; Self-starting Synchronous Motors; Fre¬ 
quency Changers. 

STEAM ENGINES—Simple and Compound, single¬ 
valve and four-valve, side crank and center 
crank; Horizontal Engines for belted or direct 
connected service; Adjustable Cut-off Engines; 
Poppet Valve Unaflow Engines 

TURBINES — High-pressure, low-pressure and 
mixed-flow Turbines for direct connection to 
direct and alternating current generators and 
turbo-blowers. 

BRANCH OFFICES 


NEW YORK . 
BOSTON 

WASHINGTON, D. C. 
WILKES-BARRE, PA. 
PITTSBURGH 
CLEVELAND 
ST. LOUIS 
CHICAGO 
DENVER . 
CINCINNATI 
NEW ORLEANS 
PHILADELPHIA . 
SAN FRANCISCO . 
KANSAS CITY 
OMAHA . 


. 350 Madison Ave. 

. Blake Elec. Co., 1 Rowes Wharf 
Woodward Bldg. 

Second Nat’l Bank Bldg. 

. Oliver Building 
. 7016 Euclid Ave. 

. 419 Chemical Bldg. 

. Marquette Bldg. 

. Boston Building 
. P. O. Box 238 
. 408 Canal Street 
. Real Estate Trust Bldg. 

. 766 Folsom St. 

. Interstate Bldg. 

. First National Bank Bldg. 


349 


March, 1922 







Ths Robbins & Myers Co. 

MAIN OFFICE AND FACTORY 

SPRINGFIELD, O. 


OFFICERS 

C. F. McGILVRAY 
W. J. MYERS .... 
W. A. MYERS .... 
H. E. FREEMAN 


. President 
Vice-President 
Secretary 
Treasurer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Motors 
Alternating Current Motors 
Direct Current Generators 
Motor Generator Sets 

Direct and Alternating Current Fans, for desk, wall, and 
ceiling mounting 

Special Electrical Apparatus 

TRADE NAME, “ROBBINS & MYERS” 

BRANCH OFFICES 

NEW YORK PHILADELPHIA 

BOSTON CHICAGO ST. LOUIS 

CINCINNATI BUFFALO 

CLEVELAND SAN FRANCISCO 


350 


March, 1922 



Rochester Electric Products Corp. 

Cor. Driving Park Ave. and Argo Park 
ROCHESTER, N. Y. 


OFFICERS 

EDW. F. DAVISON... .President and Treasurer 


JOSEPH H. KIMMEL.Vice-President 

E. DARWIN SMITH, JR.Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct current motors Y\ H. P. to 30 H. P. 
Constant and adjustable speeds. 

Horizontal md vertical ball bearing motors. 
Direct current dynamos. 

Direct and alternating current buffers and grinders. 

New York Office: 149 Broadway (Singer Bldg.) 
Philadelphia Office: 639 Real Estate Trust Bldg. 


351 


March, 1922 







Roth Bros. & Co. 

MAIN OFFICE AND WORKS 
ADAMS AND LOOMIS STREETS 

CHICAGO, ILL. 

OFFICERS 

CHARLES H. ROTH 

A. P. MUNNING. 

D. O. WOLCOTT- 

R. C. FENNER. 

H. E. STOCKER. 


.President 

... .Vice-President 

.Treasurer 

.Secretary 

.General Manager 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Direct Current Motors, 1-4 to 50 H.-P. 
Alternating Current Motors, to 40 H.P. 

Elevator Motors, D. C. and A. C. 

Electric Polishing Motors, to 17 HP. 

Electric Grinding Motors, 1 to 10 HP. 

Direct Current Generators, 1-8 to 65 K.W. 
Alternating Current Generators, 2 to 100 K.V.A. 
Special Electrical Machinery 

OFFICES IN FOLLOWING CITIES 

NEW YORK, N. Y.50 Church Street 

PHILADELPHIA, PA.613 Lincoln Bldg. 

ST. LOUIS, MO....Chemical Bldg. 

SEATTLE, WASH.538 First Avenue, South 

BALTIMORE, MD.3907 Springdale Ave. 

BOSTON, MASS.44 Federal Street 

MILWAUKEE, WIS.Majestic Bldg. 

DETROIT, MICH.8229 Dexter Blvd. 

SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.583 Howard Street 

KANSAS CITY, MO.813 Walnut Street 


352 


March, 1922 

















Sangamo Electric Company 

SPRINGFIELD, ILLINOIS. 


OFFICERS 

JACOB BUNN.President 

HENRY BUNN.Vice-President 

ROBERT C. LANPHIER . Vice-Pres. and Gen. Mgr. 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED. 

Direct and Alternating Current Watt-Hour Meters, 
Service and Switchboard Types. 

Ampere-Hour Meters, Service and Switchboard 
Types. 

Instrument Transformers. 

Relays, Small Circuit Breakers. 

Portable Test Meters. 




BUILT LIKE a watch 

VI 


mm 


353 


March, 1922 







B. F. Sturtevant Company 

Main Office and Works 
Hyde Park District 
BOSTON, MASS. 

MANUFACTURERS OF 



(REG.U.S.PAT. Off.i 


Polyphase Motors, Single Phase Motors, D. C. Com¬ 
mutating Pole Motors, Motor Generating Sets , Steam 
Engine, Steam Turbine and Gas Engine Generating 
Sets, Special Electrical Machinery. 


BRANCH OFFICES 

Dallas New York 

Detroit Philadelphia 

Hartford Pittsburgh 

Kansas City, Mo. Portland, Ore. 
Los Angeles Rochester 

Minneapolis Springfield 

Salt Lake City Seattle 

San Francisco St. Louis 

Washington 


CANADIAN OFFICES 

Montreal Galt Toronto 

Representatives in All Principal Cities of the World. 


Atlanta 

Boston 

Buffalo 

Chicago 

Cincinnati 

Cleveland 


354 


March, 1922 










The Temco Electric Motor Co. 

LEIPSIC, OHIO. 

TEMCo 

Mark. 

OFFICERS 

J. E. WERNER.. President 

R. A. PRENTISS.Sec’y-Treas. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED. 

Portable Electric Drills. 
Grinders and Buffers. 

Small Motors. 


355 


March, 1922 





The Triumph Electric Company 

CINCINNATI (OAKLEY), OHIO. 
OFFICERS 

J. C. HOBART.President 

GRAHAM P. HUNT . . Vice-President and Secretary 

C. E. WINCH ELL .... Sales Manager 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS 
Type TR Self Start 
Type B Squirrel Cage 
Type C Slip Ring 
Type B Elevator Motors 



TRIUMPH 



DIRECT CURRENT 
Type F Constant Speed 
Type F Ekvator Motors 
Type F Planer Motors 
Type F Belted Generators 
Type F Adjustable Speed Motors 

Ice Making Machinery 
Refrigerating Machinery 


356 


March, 1922 

















Union Electric Mfg. Co. 

MILWAUKEE, WIS. 


OFFICERS 

E. F. LeNOIR . . . President and Sales Mgr. 

H. W. HOHENSEE .... Vice-President 
H. E. CAMPBELL ..... Gen. Mgr. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

FACE PLATE-DRUM TYPE 

CONTROLLERS FOR 
A. C. and D. C. MOTORS 
OPERATING 

Cranes, Hoists, Derricks, Pumps, Blowers, Mine 
Locomotives, Industrial Trucks, Machine 
Tools, Line Shafts and All Industrial 
Motor Applications. 

1 to 150 H.P. 


REPRESENTED IN 


Baltimore, Md. 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
New York, N. Y. 
Hartford, Conn. 
Boston, Mass. 
Buffalo, N. Y. 
Cleveland, O. 
Minneapolis, Minn. 


Pittsburgh, Pa. 
Chicago, Ill. 

St. Louis, Mo. 

New Orleans, La. 
Dallas, Texas 
Los Angeles, Cal. 
San Francisco, Cal. 
Seattle, Wash. 


357 


March, 1922 









II. $. Electrical Mfg. Co. 

MAIN OFFICE AND FACTORY 
CENTRAL AVENUE AT THIRD 

LOS ANGELES, CALIF. 


H. G. STEELE.President 

CARL E. JOHNSON. .Vice-Pres. and Secretary 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Polyphase, constant and variable speed, 
alternating current motors in standard 
voltages, all speeds and types, % to 125 
H. P. 

Ball bearing electric grinding and buf¬ 
fing motors. 


358 


March, 1923 







The United States ElectricalTool Co. 

CINCINNATI, OHIO. 


OFFICERS 


J. A. SMITH.President and General Manager 

J. C. SMITH...Vice-President 

G. E. SMITH. Secretary 

G. H. FELTES.Treasurer 


MANUFACTURER OF 


Portable Electric Drills, Grinders and Buffers in 
All Types and Styles. 

Floor Type Grinders and Buffers for Light and 
Heavy Duty Work. 

Air Compressors, Valve Grinders, Screw Drivers 
and Reamers. 


BRANCH OFFICES 


BOSTON 

NEW YORK 

PHILADELPHIA 

PITTSBURGH 

CLEVELAND 

HOUSTON 


DETROIT 
CHICAGO 
MILWAUKEE 
KANSAS CITY 
ST. LOUIS 
MINNEAPOLIS 


359 


March, 1922 









The Recognized 
Standard 


For all Factory or 
Outside Work 


Portable Electric 


Drills 

Reamers 

Grinders 

The Van Dorn Electric Tool Co. 

Cleveland, Ohio, U. S. A. 

Offices in all principal cities 


360 


March, 1922 




Wagner Electric Mfg. Co. 

ST. LOUIS, MO. 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Single-phase Motors; Polyphase Motors; Distri¬ 
bution and Power Transformers; Portable and 
Switchboard Instrument Transformers; Rectifiers; 
Converters for changing alternating current to direct 
for Motion Picture Projection and Battery Charg¬ 
ing; Automobile Engine Starters; Battery Ignition; 
Electric Automobile Motors. 

♦ATLANTA, Ga.....116 West Peachtree Avenue 

AUSTRALIA.127-137 Elizabeth St., Melbourne 

♦BALTIMORE.2018 N. Charles St. 

♦BOSTON.342 Newbury St. 

BRAZIL.44 Rue De Boa Vista, Sao Paulo 

BRITISH INDIA.Bombay No. 4, India 

BRITISH S. AFRICA_43 Anderson St., Johannesburg 

♦BUFFALO.16 Carlton St. 

♦CHICAGO...918 S. Michigan Blvd. 

♦CINCINNATI.20 East 9th St. 

♦CLEVELAND.701 Union Bldg. 

CUBA.Murallo 40, Havana 

♦DALLAS.2007 S. Ervay St. 

♦DENVER.1633 Tremont St. 

♦DETROIT.5919 Woodward Ave. 

EGYPT.Alexandria, care E. R. Ballis & Brother 

♦INDIANAPOLIS, IND.922 N. Pennsylvania Ave. 

JAPAN.75 Main Street, Yokohama 

♦KANSAS CITY, MO. 905 E. 15th St. 

♦LOS ANGELES.1320 South Grand Ave. 

♦MEMPHIS, TENN.1076 Union Ave. 

MEXICO.San Juan De Letran 5, Mexico City 

♦MILWAUKEE.501 Broadway 

♦MINNEAPOLIS.1310 Nicollet Ave. 

MONTREAL.420 Power Bldg. 

♦NEW YORK.50 Church St. 

♦OMAHA.3102 Sherman Ave. 

♦PHILADELPHIA.1632 Sansom St. 

♦PITTSBURGH.530-534 Fernando St. 

♦PORTLAND, OREGON.327 Flanders St. 

♦SALT LAKE, UTAH.59 W. Broadway 

♦SAN FRANCISCO.159 New Montgomery St. 

♦SEATTLE.531 1st Avenue S. 

SIAM.Bangkok. Siam Electric Company 

SPAIN.Paseo De Gracia 20, Barcelona, Spain 

♦ST. LOUIS, MO.3029 Locust St. 

SPRINGFIELD, MASS.318 Main St. 

TOLEDO.1077 Lincoln Ave. 

♦TORONTO.217 Dundas St., E. 

♦These Offices have fully equipped service stations. 


361 


March, 1922 











































OFFICERS 

LEONARD KEBLER .President 

D. J. BURNS..Vice-President 

WALTER H. MOTT.Secretary and Treasurer 

ALFRED E. WALLER.Chief Engineer 


APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Generator Rheostats 
Motor Rheostats 
Resistance Units 
Circuit Breakers 
Theatre Dimmers 
Circuit Controlling Devices 

Automatic Dynamo Controllers for Electric Lighting 
and Starting Systems 


AGENTS IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


362 


March, 1922 









Westinghouse Elec. & Manuf g Co. 

EAST PITTSBURGH, PA. 

APPARATUS MANUFACTURED 

Generators, Motors, Rotary Converters, Switch¬ 
boards, Switchboard Instruments, Watthour Meters, 
Graphic Recording Meters, and other auxiliary elec¬ 
trical apparatus for the generation, control, trans¬ 


mission and application of 


BRANCH 

ALBANY, N. Y. 
ATLANTA, GA. 
BALTIMORE, MD. 
BIRMINGHAM, ALA. 
BLUEFIELD, W. VA. 
BOSTON, MASS. 
BUFFALO, N. Y. 

BUTTE, MONT. 
CHARLESTON, W. VA. 
CHATTANOOGA, TENN. 
CHARLOTTE, N. C. 
CHICAGO, ILL. 
CINCINNATI, O. 
CLEVELAND, O. 
COLUMBUS, O. 

DALLAS, TEX. 

DAYTON, O. 

DES MOINES. IOWA 
DENVER, COLO. 
DETROIT, MICH. 
DULUTH, MINN. 

EL PASO, TEX. 

FRESNO. CAL. 
HOUSTON, TEX. 


electric power. 


OFFICES 

INDIANAPOLIS, IND. 
JACKSONVILLE, FLA. 
KANSAS CITY, MO. 
LOUISVILLE, KY. 

LOS ANGELES, CAL. 
MEMPHIS, TENN. 
MILWAUKEE, WIS. 
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. 
NEW ORLEANS, LA. 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 
NIAGARA FALLS, N. Y. 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 
PITTSBURGH, PA. 
PORTLAND, ORE. 
ROCHESTER, N. Y. 

ST. LOUIS, MO. 

SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 
SAN FRANCISCO, CAL. 
SEATTLE, WASH. 
SYRACUSE, N. Y. 
TOLEDO, O. 

TUCSON. ARIZ. 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 
WILKES-BARRE, PA. 


363 


March, 1922 



Zobell Electric Motor Corporation 

Main Office and Works 
GARWOOD, N. J. 


OFFICERS 

Fred G, Bell.President 

Alfred T. Zoebisch.Vice-Pres. and Treasurer 

Frederick E. Bucker.Secretary 

Edward G. Parvin.Assistant Secretary 


MANUFACTURERS OF 

Direct and Alternating Current Motors and 
Generators 


364 


March, 1922 











